2011 Expert Meeting Report Sharing ICH Informati n · PDF file ·...

2 0 1 1전문가회의보 고 서

무형

문화

유산

정보

의 구

축과

공유

Building and Sharing ICH Inform

ation

무형문화유산 정보의 구축과 공유

Building and Sharing ICH Informati n

Building and Sharing ICH Information

2011 Expert Meeting Report

유네스코아태무형유산센터 (ICHCAP)

305-380 대전광역시 유성구 문지로 132 T 042-820-3513 F 042-820-3500 [email protected] www.ichcap.org

제주 네트워크 회의 표지.indd 1 2013-05-14 오전 11:57:13




제주 네트워크 회의.indb 1 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 2 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Preface

International Information and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Heritage in

the Asia-Pacific Region under the auspices of UNESCO(ICHCAP) held a four-day expert

network meeting on Jeju Island, starting on 30 November 2011. This meeting provided

participants with an opportunity to discuss the Centre’s strategies in its main functions in

information and networking for ICH safeguarding.

This report includes the presentation papers of the participants and a summary of the

discussions that took place at the meeting. The general discussion topics for the three

sections are Implementation of 2003 Convention and International Cooperation;

Strengthening Collaborative Network through ICH Information Sharing; and Building

Information Systems: Identification, Documentation, and Archives. The individual

papers go into detail about building online systems for disseminating ICH information;

protecting intellectual property; maintaining and strengthening regional and sub-regional

cooperation; and other relevant subjects.

I’d like to express my sincere gratitude to the Cultural Heritage Administration, Jeju

Island, and the Jeju Island Seagrant who supported this meeting. I’d also like extend to my

gratitude for the presenters who worked hard to prepare informative presentations and

to the other experts who participated in the meeting. Meeting on beautiful Jeju helped to

reinforce the beauty of our collective agenda—safeguarding ICH, which is as rich and varied

as the natural wonders to be found on Jeju.

Samuel Lee, Ph. D

DirectorInternational Information and Networking Centre for

Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Regionunder the auspices of UNESCO (ICHCAP)

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 3 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

004

Contents

Chapter I Implementation of 2003 Convention and International Cooperation

009 Implementing the 2003 Convention and Its Safeguarding Measures Noriko AIKAWA

021 Examining the Methodologies of the Collaborative Work of ICHCAP for ICH Safeguarding Seong-Yong PARK

Chapter II Building Information Systems: Identification, Documentation and Archives

039 Parameters of Collecting Data for ICH Information Systems Jesus PERALTA

049 Supporting Identification and Documentation for the Information Building Joanne ORR

057 Establishing and Managing Online Databases and Archives for ICH Safeguarding Hanhee HAHM

071 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights for the ICH Practitioners Pilho PARK

091 ICH Safeguarding and Utilisation through ICH Information Gaura MANCACARITADIPURA

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 4 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

005

Chapter III Strengthening Collaborative Networks through ICH Information Sharing

111 Involvement and Collaboration of NGOs in Building Information: A View from India Sudha GOPALAKRISHNAN

119 Enhancing Regional and Sub-regional Collaboration among ICH Stakeholders Akatsuki TAKAHASHI

131 Intangible Heritage in Canada: Political Context, Safeguarding Initiatives, and International Cooperation Antoine GAUTHIER

Appendix

145 Summary of Discussion

169 Profile of Participants

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 5 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Chapter I 006

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 6 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

007

Chapter I Implementation of 2003 Convention and

International Cooperation

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 7 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 8 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

009

Abstract

This paper begins by reviewing the current implementation of the 2003 Convention at the international level, notably its ratification status and the inscriptions on its two lists—the Urgent Safeguarding List and the Representative List—as well as on the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices. It then examines how procedures to process nominations and inscriptions on the lists and register have been improved and rationalised since drawing up the first version of the Operational Directives in 2008.

The paper takes note of the significance of the capacity-building activities undertaken by the UNESCO Secretariat. It then addresses the implementation of the Convention at the national level on the basis of the First Periodical Reports on the implementation of the Convention that have recently been submitted to the Committee. Various fundamental issues are brought to light.

Finally, the paper discusses the importance of distributing tasks among the three East-Asian Category 2 Centres for the implementation of the 2003

Implementing the 2003 Convention and Its Safeguarding Measures

Noriko Aikawa

Visiting ProfessorNational Graduate Institute for Policy Studies in Tokyo

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 9 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Chapter I 010

Convention in the Republic of Korea, the People’s Republic of China, and Japan and underscores the significant roles that have been entrusted to the information and networking centre in the Republic of Korea.

The Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage (henceforth, the 2003 Convention), which was adopted in 2003 and entered into force in 2006, has been implemented swiftly in its inaugural phase. The Convention already has 138 States Parties, and, since its entry into force in 2006, six regular sessions of the Intergovernmental Committee have been held in addition to two extraordinary sessions. The Committee finalised the Operational Directives governing the Convention in 2008, these being fundamental to its implementation, and it has inscribed 232 elements of Intangible Cultural Heritage on two lists: the List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding (henceforth, the Urgent Safeguarding List) and the Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity (henceforth, the Representative List), together with the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices.

In the initial stages of the implementation of the Convention at the international level, the Committee sought to improve the methods by which it was implemented and notably the management of the lists by drawing lessons from experiences gained in the three cycles of inscription since 2009. The Committee rationalised the timetable for the submission of nominations and improved their methods of treatment while also taking steps to ensure that a reasonable number of nominations were evaluated at each session. Particularly concerned about a possible thematic and geographical imbalance among the nominations, the Committee felt there was an urgent need to redress the balance. It, therefore, decided to strengthen capacity-building activities in countries that have few or no nominations due to their lack of financial or technical capacity and expertise.

With regard to the implementation of the Convention at the national level, the Sixth Session of the Committee, held in Bali last week, examined, for the first time, five Periodical Reports on the implementation of the Convention submitted by states that became States Parties in 2004 (Algeria, the Central African Republic, China, Japan, and Mauritius: ITH/11/6.COM/CONF. 206/6).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 10 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

011

In this paper, I will discuss the implementation of the 2003 Convention and its safeguarding measures by looking at the following issues.

i) The implementation of the 2003 Convention at the international levelii) The implementation of the 2003 Convention at the national leveliii) The roles of the Category 2 Centres in the Asia-Pacific region, notably the

International Information and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Centre in the Asia-Pacific Region under the auspices of UNESCO for the implementation of the 2003 Convention

I. Implementation of the 2003 Convention at the International Level

1. Ratification

For a Convention to be universally implemented, it is crucial for it to be supported by a large number of States Parties. The rate of ratification of the 2003 Convention by the Member States of UNESCO has been much higher than that of any other UNESCO Convention. Its ratification by 30 Member States in just two years and three months has allowed the Convention to enter into force at record speed. This shows the strong interest among Member States in the Intangible Cultural Heritage in general and in the Convention in particular. Today, 26 out of 138 States Parties to the Convention are from the Asia and Pacific Region. The announcement by Palau that it had recently ratified the Convention was warmly welcomed at the last General Conference of UNESCO. A further 23 countries from the Region have also been invited to join the Convention as rapidly as possible.

2. Nomination and Inscription

Thus far, 27 elements have been inscribed on the Convention’s Urgent Safeguarding List, of which 12 were inscribed in 2009, 4 in 2010 and 11 in 2011. On the Representative List, 232 elements have been inscribed, of which 76 were inscribed

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 11 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Chapter I 012

in 2009, 47 in 2010, and 19 in 2011 with a further 90 being added to the List in 2008 from the former Masterpieces of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity. On the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices, 8 elements have been inscribed of which 3 were inscribed in 2009 and 5 in 2011. The total number of inscribed elements today stands at 267.

The majority of nominations have been made to the Representative List, and the clear numerical imbalance between the two lists appears to have been caused by a lack of comprehension of the principal purpose of the 2003 Convention, which is ICH safeguarding. However, above all, many states seem to have confused the 2003 Convention with the World Heritage Convention, in which the inscription onto the Endangered List is regarded as a penalty, and therefore a source of shame for the country concerned.

An impressive number of nomination files have been addressed to the Representative List (111 in 2009 and 147 in 2010), which is proof of the enthusiasm of States Parties for the Convention. This overwhelming number of nominations was, however, beyond the capacity of the Secretariat and the Subsidiary Body and Committee to process ‘responsibly and credibly’ (Decision 5.COM 7). A breakdown of the nominations to this list also reveals a significant geographical imbalance between regions. Out of 111 nominations to the list in 2009, 61 (54 percent) were from Asia while only 5 were from the African region, which is made up of 53 countries. Of the 107 nominations expected to be evaluated by the Committee in 2010, 84 (78.5 percent) were submitted by Asian countries while no nomination was submitted from the African region. Out of the 49 nominations processed at the 2011 Session, 30 were from Asian countries (61 percent).

3. Improvement to Procedures for Nomination, Examination and Evaluation of Elements and their Inscription on the Lists and Register

The General Assembly of States Parties to the Convention decided in June 2010, upon the recommendation of the Committee at its 2009 Session, to rationalise the treatment of nominations by adopting a single timetable for the Convention’s four mechanisms: the two lists, the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices, and requests for international assistance over US$25,000. Under the previous system, each list and request was a different timetable, leading to possible confusion.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 12 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

013

During its Fifth Session in November 2010, the Committee decided to establish a Consultative Body, consisting of six specialised NGOs and six individual experts, which would apply a single examination system to nominations to the Urgent Safeguarding List, proposals for the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices, and requests for international assistance (Decision 5.COM 9), each mechanism previously having had a different and cumbersome examination procedures.

It had been found necessary to reduce the excessive number of nominations to the Representative List to guarantee their ‘responsible and credible’ examination and evaluation by the Committee, Subsidiary Body, and Secretariat. At its Fourth Session in 2010, the Committee, therefore, requested the Secretariat ‘to process between thirty-one and fifty-four nominations to the Representative List (for inscription in 2011)… in priority multi-national nominations and those submitted by States Parties that do not have elements inscribed on the Representative List or have few elements inscribed on it’ (Decision 5.COM 7).

At its Sixth Session in 2011, the Committee, having extensively discussed the question of the credibility of the Convention, expressed its concerns about the existing mechanism for examining nominations to the Representative List. It expressed its concern that the mechanism for the treatment of nominations currently in force could jeopardise the credibility of the Convention, given that the Subsidiary Body was acting as both judge and judged. The Committee, therefore, decided to replace the Subsidiary Body by the Consultative Body, which is composed of independent experts and NGOs. It thus decided that nominations, proposals, and requests for the four mechanisms should be examined by the same Consultative Body at the same level of scientific rigour.

The same session of the Committee decided that for the 2012 cycle it could evaluate a maximum of 60 nominations for the four mechanisms, taking into account the capacity of the Secretariat, the Subsidiary Body, and the Committee to guarantee equality of treatment for nominations, given that as many as 214 submissions for the four mechanisms had been received by the Secretariat. To ensure geographical balance among the elements nominated to the four mechanisms, the Committee also decided that multinational files, files from states having no element inscribed, no proposals elected, or no international assistance request approved, should be treated in priority. However, it also decided that the Committee should seek to examine, to the extent that this was possible, at least one element from each submitting state.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 13 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Chapter I 014

These improvement measures decided by the Committee will be reflected in amendments to the Operational Directives of the Convention, upon their approval by the General Assembly at its Fourth Session in June 2012.

4. Capacity Building

Thanks to the decision of the Committee to give the highest priority to strengthening capacities for implementing the Convention at the national level and to authorise the General Assembly of the States Parties (2010) to use the Intangible Cultural Heritage Fund to develop capacity-building activities worldwide, the Secretariat has been able to finalise guidelines and manuals for use on training courses on the following topics, to be organised in order of priority: (i) ratification, (ii) implementation of the Convention at the national level, (iii) community-based inventorying, and (iv) drafting nominations to the Urgent Safeguarding List. Between January and April 2011, six UNESCO ‘training of trainers’ workshops were held in Beijing, Harare, Libreville, Sofia, Havana, and Abu Dhabi. The purpose of the workshops, attended by a network of sixty-five regional experts as well as UNESCO staff responsible for culture in different regional offices, was to familiarise those attending with the above-mentioned guidelines and manuals. As a follow-up to these workshops, a number of national training courses are currently being organised worldwide, giving priority to the first and second topics, which are the ratification of the Convention and its national implementation.

II. Implementation of the Convention at the National Level

The Convention obliges States Parties to submit reports to the Committee on the legislative, regulatory, and other measures taken to implement it (Article 29). The Operational Directives stipulate that States Parties should submit such Periodical Reports every six years, and that these should contain information not only on the implementation of the Convention but also on the status of elements inscribed on the Representative List. Accordingly, the seven states that ratified the Convention in

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 14 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

015

2004 were expected to submit their reports to the Sixth Session of the Committee in 2011. Out of these seven countries, five—Algeria, the Central African Republic, China, Japan, and Mauritius—have submitted reports. These revealed the points described below.

First, with respect to institutional capacities, different countries have been adopting different approaches, including a centralised approach (China and Algeria) and a decentralised approach (Japan). State funding, however, seems to play a crucial role in both centralised and decentralised approaches.

Second, when viewed from a legal point of view, it is interesting to note that those countries (Japan and Algeria) whose laws on ICH date from before the adoption of the Convention have not modified their legislation to adapt it to the Convention’s requirements.

Third, lacunae in human resources for ICH management have been generally observed, and there is a need for further training. Countries seem to have satisfactory facilities regarding documentation.

Fourth, different approaches have been identified in the methods countries used when drawing up inventories. These include national inventories (Japan, China, and Mauritius), territorial inventories (Algeria), and thematically structured inventories (Mauritius) as well as those using a geographical structure (Algeria), an ethnic one (the Central African Republic), or both (China). In developing their inventories, countries seem to have encountered difficulties in securing the full participation of the communities concerned when obtaining the consent of bearers/practitioners and ensuring respect of customary practices relating to accessing certain aspects of ICH and the availability of data collected.

Fifth, most countries have promoted transmission activities by recognising tradition bearers, who are granted incentives for transmitting their know-how to the young. Some countries (China and Algeria) integrate ICH into school curricula. An interesting example was reported from Japan, where distinct modes of transmission applied to different genres of ICH: a non-formal mode of transmission for folklore and a formal mode of transmission for professional institutions.

It is also worth noting that safeguarding tangible elements linked to ICH, such as cultural and natural spaces (rainforests for the Aka Pygmies), places of memory (Mauritius), tools, instruments, costumes, masks, and raw materials, were generally considered pivotal to ICH safeguarding.

Forms of bilateral, regional, and international cooperation have also begun

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 15 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Chapter I 016

to be promoted, including the recent establishment of Category 2 Centres in the Republic of Korea, China, and Japan.

The reports submitted by the five countries mentioned above on the status of elements inscribed on the Representative List indicate the difficulties these countries have experienced in maintaining the viability of ICH. They reveal that the viability of transmission mechanisms can be a more valid indicator of an element’s viability than the number of bearers/practitioners (Japan). The viability of ICH in general has been challenged by socio-economic and environmental changes, such as changes in intergenerational relations, increased urbanisation, rural exodus, emigration, and the weakening of traditional methods of transmission. While international recognition can increase group cohesion, the pride of the community concerned and respect for minority cultures, raising awareness of the need to safeguard ICH and the desire to do so, such recognition can also attract unsuitable public attention, generating excessive commercialisation and a lack of respect for customary practices. Japan (Koshikijima No Toshidon) and the Central African Republic (Aka Polyphony) reported measures to mitigate risks arising from excessive media or public attention, such as regulating the access of tourists and researchers or banning photography and filming.

In some cases, efforts have been deployed to increase the visibility of elements following their international recognition. China has promoted traditional crafts (Xuan papermaking and calligraphy) among the general public, for example, in order to increase recognition of the value of the craftsmanship.

Finally, the first round of periodical reporting also raised other important and various issues at stake. Only a few reporting countries seemed to be concerned with the protection of the intellectual property rights (IPRs) of ICH bearers and practitioners, for example, when compiling documentation and recordings for inventorying or preparing nominations and promotional activities. Though the protection of IPRs is not within the mandate of the 2003 Convention, it is an obligation of States Parties that are party to any international instrument related to IPRs (Article 3(b) of the Convention and Paragraph 104 of the Operational Directives).

A further worrying trend that appeared in the reports was that many States Parties seemed to understand ICH as being a component of national identity. This is contrary to the Convention, which aims to promote cultural diversity.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 16 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

017

III. Roles of Category 2 Centres in the Asia-Pacific Region

At its 35th Session in 2009, the UNESCO General Conference approved the establishment of three Category 2 Centres in the Republic of Korea, China, and Japan under the auspices of the UNESCO to promote regional cooperation in ICH safeguarding. These three Centres have complementary mandates: the Centre in the Republic of Korea is responsible for information and networking, that in China for training, and that in Japan for promoting research into practices and methodologies for safeguarding the endangered Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region.

I was privileged enough to undertake a feasibility study for establishing two of these three Centres, those in the Republic of Korea and China. Prior to the study, the Republic of Korea and China had submitted requests to the UNESCO Executive Board at its 179th Session (April 2008) to establish Category 2 Centres for ICH safeguarding in their respective countries. Japan had also announced its intention to propose establishing in Japan a third such Centre at the same Session. The UNESCO Executive Board, wanting to understand why two such Centres having the same purposes and functions were to be established in the East Asian sub-region, requested the Director-General to carry out a feasibility study, ‘indicating clearly the specialisations of both Centres’ (179EX/44 and 179 EX/46). In 2008, representatives of the Republic of Korea, China, and Japan met to define the forms of cooperation and respective specialisations of the three Centres.

Looking back on the procedure behind the creation of the three Centres, it is impossible to deny their importance in carrying out their designated specialisations. Although the three Centres have more or less the same objectives—(i) to promote the 2003 Convention, (ii) to increase the participation of communities, (iii) to enhance capacities for ICH safeguarding the Intangible Cultural Heritage, and (iv) to foster regional and international cooperation—their specific functions are different.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 17 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Chapter I 018

The Information and Networking Centre in Korea has numerous functions, including:

(1) to establish an information system to ensure the effective management of ICH data through the construction of a database to support the ICH identification and documentation, to conserve and digitise archival materials, and to support the development of meta-data standards;

(2) to use accumulated ICH data for dissemination, to produce and publish informational and promotional materials and to promote the protection of the IPRs of ICH bearers and practitioners who are included in documentation and recordings carried out for inventorying, nomination, and informational materials;

(3) to build networks among the communities, groups, and individuals concerned to reinforce ICH transmission and dissemination, notably by organising public events and meetings (of communities, groups, and individuals) at the regional and international levels; and

(4) to strengthen international and regional networks for exchanging knowledge and information.

All these functions need to be carried out fully to ensure the successful implementation of the 2003 Convention. However, the first round of periodical reporting revealed that measures to promote the protection of IPRs of practitioners and creators included in documentation and informational materials had not always been observed among the reporting States Parties. It is now up to the Korean Category 2 Centre to play a leading role in this domain.

IV. Conclusion

Eight years after its adoption, the Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage is passing from an initial experimental phase to a second developmental phase. Capacity-building activities have been solidly established by the UNESCO Secretariat, and the Sixth Session of the Intergovernmental

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 18 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

019

Committee, which closed in Bali yesterday, finalised amendments to the methods of processing nominations to the Convention’s two lists, proposals to the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices and requests for international assistance above US$25,000. The Committee has inscribed a total of eleven elements on the Urgent Safeguarding List, nineteen on the Representative List, and five on the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices. Problems identified in the first and second cycle of inscriptions in 2009 and 2010, such as a possible thematic or geographical imbalance among the lists and the inscribed elements, seem to be being progressively resolved. We may now consider that implementing the Convention at the international level is on the right track.

The next urgent task that needs to be tackled is strengthening Convention implementation at the national level. In this respect, the International Information and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region under the auspices of UNESCO in Korea could play a significant role by establishing an effective information system that would link the countries of the Asian-Pacific region. This would provide pivotal support to the countries of the region in fostering activities for ICH safeguarding.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 19 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 20 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

021

I. Introduction

The Asia-Pacific region can be called a treasure house of ICH because of its diverse heritage and rich cultural environment. However, much of the ICH in the region is facing the possibility of disappearance because the value of ICH isn’t fully understood and there is a shortage of institutional and administrative support. In particular, developing or underdeveloped countries in the region are experiencing difficulties in effectively safeguarding ICH in the context of maintaining sociocultural traditions and promoting sustainable development because globalisation, urbanisation, and modernisation stand as obstacles.

Recognising the shortcomings in ICH safeguarding, ICHCAP, a UNESCO Category 2 Centre, has recently been established based on the approval of UNESCO General Conference in 2009 and the agreement between UNESCO and the government of the Republic of Korea. The main roles and functions of the Centre focus on information and networking in the ICH safeguarding field. ICHCAP has contributed to ICH safeguarding and has learned a lot from the activities the

Examining the Methodologies of the Collaborative Work of

ICHCAP for ICH Safeguarding

Seong-Yong Park

Assistant DirectorInternational Information and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Heritage in

the Asia and the Pacific Region under the auspices of UNESCO (ICHCAP)

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 21 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

Chapter I 022

Centre has conducted and participated in over the past four years.In this paper, I will introduce the main roles, functions, and collaborative

works of ICHCAP in relation to ICH safeguarding in the Asia-Pacific region. I am hoping that the information provided here will also contribute to developing useful methods and cooperative measures in the ICH field among Asia-Pacific Member States and ICHCAP.

II. Objectives of ICHCAP

Guided by its mission of enhancing cultural diversity and expanding sustainable development through ICH, ICHCAP’s aim is to help Member States of the region reinforce the capacity of the Asia-Pacific region. To this end, ICHCAP’s objectives1 are to

• promote the implementation of the 2003 ICH Convention; • increase the participation of communities, groups, and individuals and raise

awareness;• enhance the capacity for safeguarding ICH in the Asia-Pacific region through

coordination and dissemination of information; and• foster regional and international cooperation for ICH safeguarding.

In other words, the objectives of ICHCAP are to safeguard ICH in relation to the implementation of the 2003 ICH Convention; actively encourage the participation of relevant communities, organisations, and individuals; enhance awareness among the general public, especially youth, regarding the importance of ICH safeguarding; reinforce regional and international cooperation through ICH safeguarding activities; and build future-oriented environments for the ICH safeguarding by using information and communication technology.

1) Agreement between the government of the Republic of Korea and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) regarding the Establishment in the Republic of Korea of an International Information and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region under the Auspices of UNESCO (Category 2), UNESCO, Republic of Korea, 2009, Article 7 – Objectives and functions.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 22 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:42

023

III. Main Functions of ICHCAP

ICHCAP will focus on the primary functions of information and networking. Information specifically refers to the entire information distribution system of collecting and producing information related to ICH using digital technology and global online systems for both production and distribution. Networking includes online and offline networks in relation to ICHCAP. These also imply relations with communities, transmitters, experts, specialised centres and institutes, and the general public who may take part in ICH safeguarding activities of ICHCAP.

In light of this, the specific functions of ICHCAP2 are as follows:

1) Establish an information system to ensure the effective management of ICH and construct an ICH database

ICHCAP supports countries in the region for the identification and documentation of ICH and constructing an ICH database. Moreover, ICHCAP will assist in the restoration, conservation, and digitisation of old and damaged data and materials on ICH as well as facilitate networking among ICH archives by developing metadata on ICH

2) Ibid,. Article 7 – Objectives and functions.

[Figure 1] Objectives of ICHCAP

Promote the Convention for Safeguarding ICH

Objective 1

Increase Community Participation and Raise Public Awareness

Objective 2

Enhance ICH Safeguarding Capacity of the Asia-Paci�c Region

Objective 3

Foster Regional and International Cooperation

Objective 4

Goal

Information & Networking

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 23 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter I 024

2) Disseminate and use accumulated information and data on ICH ICHCAP will produce secondary information materials that are processed

into digitised ICH data. ICHCAP publishes promotional materials, such as relevant books and audio-visual materials, to raise public awareness, and promotes the protection of intellectual property rights in relation to ICH

3) Build networks among concerned communities, groups, and individuals to reinforce the transmission and dissemination of ICH

ICHCAP supports the organisation of public events, such as performances and exhibitions, at the regional and international level. ICHCAP also identifies and publicises exemplary activities for ICH safeguarding. Furthermore, ICHCAP organises network meetings among communities or groups to ensure the viability of ICH

4) Strengthen international and regional networks to exchange information and knowledge concerning the safeguarding of ICH

ICHCAP plans to build an international network among centres and institutes in the field of ICH. In relation to this, ICHCAP will create and use a pool of ICH specialists for the effective implementation of safeguarding activities. Also, ICHCAP will put forth effort in providing a portal website to facilitate the exchange of knowledge and information regarding ICH

IV. Strategic Tasks and Collaborative Works of ICHCAP

Based on ICHCAP’s main functions of information and networking, ICHCAP will implement tasks related to ICH safeguarding based on five categories: 1) identification and documentation, 2) transmission and dissemination, 3) policies and institutions, 4) transmission and enhancement, and 5) exchange and

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 24 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

025

cooperation.3 ICHCAP will develop effective methodologies so that the measures and tasks within these categories can be utilised to establish information and networking system while taking into consideration the needs of the Member States of the region.

1) Identification and documentation4

ICHCAP will assist in conducting field surveys to identify the current situation of ICH in the region to document and understand the transition of ICH elements. In the process of making national inventories and documentation, relevant information and support may be provided by ICHCAP through cooperative projects, meetings, and so forth. In particular, ICHCAP will develop guidelines and manuals with regional organisations and provide specialised institutes with technical assistance to establish inventories in their respective countries.

A. Identification In relation to identification, ICHCAP has been implementing several projects.

The following includes examples of joint projects that ICHCAP is working on in collaboration with other Member States:

• Field Survey: The project began in 2009, and it aims to collect relevant information on ICH safeguarding efforts of Member States in the region. As a basis for establishing ICH information systems, ICHCAP invites researchers from each country to conduct a field survey of the ICH safeguarding status. The appointed researchers of each country answer a comprehensive questionnaire that will provide relevant information about the status of domestic ICH situations and safeguarding activities. ICHCAP will also publish and disseminate guidelines following the survey. ICHCAP has been working on field surveys with twenty countries in the Asia-Pacific region over the last three years.

3) UNESCO, 2003, Article 2 – Definitions, 3. ‘Safeguarding’ means measures aimed at ensuring the viability of the intangible cultural heritage, including the identification, documentation, research, preservation, protection, promotion, enhancement, transmission, particularly through formal and non-formal education, as well as the revitalisation of the various aspects of such heritage.

4) UNESCO, Republic of Korea, 2009, Article 7 – Objectives and functions, 2 (b).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 25 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter I 026

• ICH Identification (Inventory-Making Support): This project aims to create a foundation for ICH safeguarding through identifying and documenting ICH in the Asia-Pacific region. ICHCAP is currently working with Bhutan to assist in their ICH inventory-making efforts. Bhutan announced their intention to develop an ICH inventory after successfully completing the 2010 field survey project. The three-year project was set up, and to identify ICH elements in Bhutan, we expect a small-scale pilot survey will take place shortly.

• ICH Inventory Making of Central Asia Utilising Online Tools: This project aims to create an online system that will support ICH inventory making in Central Asia. ICHCAP is currently working in collaboration with four Member States of the sub-region: Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, and Uzbekistan. Each state will identify ICH elements in their territory and create a web-based inventory system.

• Supporting ICH nominations of Member States to the UNESCO ICH Lists: ICHCAP will also collaborate with Member States in identifying ICH elements and nominating them to the Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity and the List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding

• Assisting in Preparing ICH Inventory Making and an Online Database: The Centre conducted ICH inventory-making and online database-building projects to strengthen regional capacity and promote the implementation of the Convention. The online database project was carried out in collaboration with the UNESCO Office in New Delhi. The purpose was to build a web-based archive so that various ICH elements in India could be categorised according to their domain and region. This archive allows more people to have access to ICH information. The Cultural Atlas of India database system has been developed, and sample data from four provincial partners in India was obtained. Moreover, as a part of the inventory-making process, ICHCAP will be providing assistance to nominate ICH elements to the UNESCO ICH lists. This project was a special effort by participating organisations to inventory ICH elements in critical condition and in need of urgent safeguarding.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 26 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

027

B. Documentation To assist in ICH documentation, ICHCAP is focusing on documentation

manual development, data restoration, and ICH digitisation in the Member States of the region. In these efforts, ICHCAP plans to develop documentation manuals; support other Member States in documentation efforts, especially in recording elements at risk of disappearance; and support archiving efforts in collaboration with relevant organisations. The following includes examples of documentation-related projects:

• Video Documentation of Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region: This project aims to raise public awareness and activate educational activities by producing a professionally documented video to promote ICH visibility in the Asia-Pacific region. ICHCAP will work with experts of Member States to record high-definition video, and the selection of ICH elements will be decided in cooperation with the government of the partner country. A video guideline will be produced though the project. The outcome of the documentation can be used for educational purpose and raising public awareness. The video can also be used to assist in nominating ICH elements to the UNESCO ICH lists.

• Restoration and Digitisation of ICH-Related Data: This project aims to secure resources of superannuated and damaged ICH-related data and to raise awareness of this data through restoration and digitisation. ICHCAP has already conducted a preliminary study regarding the restoration of analogue materials that require urgent action in Mongolia. ICHCAP will assist in restoring superannuated ICH-related data damaged by time and environmental factors. The outcome materials could be used for publishing promotional videos and e-books to raise public awareness.

• Assisting in Building Archives: ICHCAP will also research classification systems and metadata for the systematic storage and management of data, produce and supply guidelines to establish archives, support related institutes in building archives, and organise networks to link archives through a central portal website.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 27 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter I 028

Conduct Field Surveys

Document

Assist in Inventory Making

Restore and DigitaliseICH-Related Data

Support ICH Nomination to RL & UL

Identi�cation and Documentation

Assist in Building Archives

2) Transmission and Dissemination ICHCAP will organise public events to raise ICH visibility. These events

will include creating and operating a transmission programme targeted towards the general public, particularly the youth, to encourage sustainable transmission. In addition, by using information technology, ICHCAP will develop intangible heritage–related digital contents and make them available online via an e-learning system.

• Public Events: ICHCAP will hold open events, such as travelling photo exhibitions, performances, and international festivals, for the general public to foster increased contact and interaction with ICH. The Centre will also provide onsite programmes that offer chances to experience and learn about different forms of ICH.

• Expert Networking Programme: ICHCAP is working in collaboration with Member States to create ICH expert networks. The project aims to reinforce networks among ICH experts in the Asia-Pacific region through the development of professional programmes. This programme is designed to share information on the newest international issues related to the UNESCO 2003 Convention and to provide an opportunity to discuss encountered difficulties. This project began in 2009, and each year since then, twelve to fifteen cultural heritage experts and government officials have participated.

• Online Knowledge System: ICHCAP will also move towards creating an online knowledge system that will allow experts, transmitters, and the general public better accessibility to ICH-related knowledge and information while strengthening information sharing for those involved in the ICH field.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 28 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

029

Organise WorkshopsHold Public Events(performances, exhibitions)

Create e-Learning Systems

Transmission and Dissemination

3) Policies and Institutions ICHCAP will promote cultural policies to safeguard ICH and encourage

Member States to adopt appropriate legal and administrative safeguarding systems. The Centre will collect ICH information on policies and exemplary cases of safeguarding as well as produce guidelines related to ICH safeguarding. It will also promote dissemination projects related to the UNESCO Living Human Treasures System.

• Establishment of ICH Safeguarding Systems and Policies: This project aims to assist Member States in developing ICH safeguarding policies and measures. ICHCAP supports Member States in identifying exemplary case of ICH safeguarding activity, developing ICH safeguarding policies, and disseminating ICH safeguarding measures. ICHCAP also organises expert seminars, and an ICH guidebook will be published using ICH data produced throughout the project. At present, ICHCAP is working with Tonga and Lao PDR.

• Policy Research and Model Examples: ICHCAP will research and explore exemplary cases of ICH safeguarding in the Asia-Pacific region and use these cases to establish support for safeguarding systems that can be adjusted and applied to other countries in the region, taking into account specific social and cultural characteristics. In addition to this, ICHCAP will develop practical guidelines for ICH measures. These guidelines related to ICH safeguarding measures include identification, documentation, research, preservation, systems, promotion, transmission, and revitalisation.

• Dissemination of UNESCO LHT System: The aim of the project is to share information and experience in creating and managing ICH safeguarding systems with Member States in the Asia-Pacific region and to promote safeguarding activities. Additionally, ICHCAP has been working closely with the governments of Viet Nam and Mongolia since 2007 to assist in the

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 29 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter I 030

introduction of the Living Human Treasures System. ICHCAP invited ICH experts from Viet Nam and Mongolia and provided them with opportunities to share their experience in the ICH safeguarding field. Korean experts have also been delegated to both countries to provide advice and to exchange opinions regarding safeguarding systems and measures.

Develop GuidelinesConduct Policy Research and Find Model Examples

Disseminate a Living Human Treasures System

Policies and Institutions

4) Promotion and Enhancement ICHCAP will use accumulated ICH data to increase ICH visibility. ICHCAP

will also provide a venue for the debate on concerning intellectual property rights of ICH and help solve the issues of intellectual property right infringement that could arise in the process of collecting and using ICH information. In addition, ICHCAP will make efforts to disseminate ICH promotional materials and contents for distribution to promote the social and cultural value of ICH.

• Publication and PR for Promoting ICH: ICHCAP publishes ICH-related books and newsletters to provide information on ICH and raise public awareness about ICH. To this end, three publications of UNESCO ICH books in the Korean language titled 2009 UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage Lists, 2008 UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage List, and Understanding Intangible Cultural Heritage (Kit on ICH) were published and widely distributed. Also, a reference book on the Mongolian ICH was published in 2010.

• Newsletter: ICHCAP also contributes to introducing Asia-Pacific ICH and addressing international ICH issues by publishing the ICH Courier, ICHCAP’s quarterly newsletter. This project aims to enhance ICH visibility and to promote ICHCAP’s activities by disseminating information about ICH and issues regarding ICH safeguarding in the Asia-Pacific region. Every issue of the newsletter since the winter of 2009 is available for download from the ICHCAP website (http://www.ichcap.org/en/publications/ publicationList.jsp ?bbs_name=BOARD_ICH1_ENG).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 30 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

031

• ICH Enhancement Project for Raising Awareness of ICH: This project aims to raise awareness of the importance of ICH safeguarding through an international prize award and to contribute to promoting the visibility of ICH safeguarding activities. Currently, feasibility research for establishing an international ICH prize is on-going. This project will catalyse ICH safeguarding activities and promote the visibility of ICH safeguarding activities.

• Develop ICH-Related Digital Contents: This project aims to contribute to raising public awareness, especially for young generations, by developing and disseminating ICH-related digital contents. To create added value using ICH, ICHCAP will support the development of digital contents to be accessed through the Internet and other media. ICHCAP will also assist in developing an ICH website at the national and regional level and constructing ICH-related online links.

• Protecting Intellectual Property Rights in Relation to ICH Information and Documentation: This project aims to develop a guideline through research for protecting intellectual property in the process of information building and sharing. ICHCAP organised expert meetings to discuss problems that could arise in the process of ICH information building and sharing and to develop solutions. ICHCAP is conducting a survey project with ICH information–related institutes in each country through experts in the information and intellectual property fields. In collaboration with these experts, ICHAP plans to develop a guideline that will be disseminated throughout the region.

Publish and PromoteProtect Intellectual Property Rights

Develop Cultural Contents

Promotion and Enhancement

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 31 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter I 032

5) Exchange and Cooperation5

ICHCAP will promote international and regional cooperation among relevant institutes for ICH information and knowledge exchanges. ICHCAP will also establish cooperative networks for ICH safeguarding and pool related experts. There are also plans to operate an ICH-related portal site.

• Sub-regional Collaborative Expert Networking Meeting: This project aims to discuss regional tasks and strategies for sub-regional collaboration regarding the implementation of the 2003 Convention. ICHCAP has held sub-regional meetings in the Pacific, Central Asia, and South-East Asia.

• Intangible Cultural Heritage Expert Networking Workshop in the Asia-Pacific Region: This project aims to organise network programmes to encourage information sharing and to build networks among policymakers and experts in the ICH field in the Asia-Pacific region. Each year, ICHCAP invites fifteen to twenty ICH experts from region to participate workshops to build cooperative networks. Invited participants make presentations on specific themes and have group discussions. ICHCAP plans to develop an online cooperation network system using a Social Network Service (SNS) to strengthening expert networking.

• National ICH Expert Networking Meeting: This project aims to introduce UNESCO ICH activities and to build a national collaborative network. ICHCAP holds national network meetings among ICH communities and experts on a regular basis. Through these network meetings, participants will be kept up to date on issues related to ICH safeguarding and implementing the Convention. In particular, the meetings create opportunities for experts to seek measures involving ICH safeguarding in the region and to strengthen safeguarding capacities.

• Manage Portal Website: ICHCAP also plans to develop integrated ICH

5) UNESCO, Republic of Korea, 2009, Article 7 – Objectives and functions, 1. The Centre shall specialise in information and networking and its objectives shall be to: (d) foster regional and international cooperation for the safeguarding of ICH.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 32 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

033

information systems through a portal website. This web portal will function as an integrated information centre to collect ICH-related data in the Asia-Pacific region as well as to integrate and link various related websites so that related organisations and individuals can exchange data and information through an online platform.

Utilise Expert PoolEstablish Cooperative Networks

Manage Portal Website

Exchange and Cooperation

V. Challenges and Strategies

Through the experiences and activities mentioned above, ICHCAP has recognised the challenges involved with planning and implementing projects with countries in the region. Above all, ICHCAP understands that it should continue to learn more about the current challenges in the region by listening to local communities and experts from areas where ICH is still practiced. In this regard, through meetings and workshops, ICHCAP will facilitate networking among ICH experts and communities. The demands and needs that arise from various actors, especially communities in the region, should be reflected in ICHCAP’s projects.

Establishing consistent mid- to long-term strategies for reliable safeguarding activities is also one of the challenges ICHCAP encounters. To sustain the viability of ICH and its transmission, it is import to ensure feasible projects and programmes on effective and sustainable.

ICHCAP should also encourage integrated approaches for tangible and intangible cultural heritage since the two forms of heritage are closely interrelated. Holistic approaches towards cultural heritage has been emphasised by stakeholders and experts in both fields.

To this end, ICHCAP should engage in developing and disseminating various methodologies on safeguarding measures, strengthening cooperative partnerships with relevant institutions and other stakeholders in the ICH field at the regional and international level, and carrying out activities with a multilateral and inclusive approach that focuses on information sharing and network building.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 33 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter I 034

ICH is composed of various forms of art that reflect the diverse historical background of a country or region and its diverse cultural influences. As a UNESCO Category 2 Centre in the ICH field, ICHCAP will play an active role in ICH safeguarding in the Asia-Pacific region by managing various issues. It is the Centre’s vision to promote a ‘culture of peace’ internationally to parallel UNESCO’s ultimate goal. The origin of ICH derives from the mind and spirit of individuals and communities, and the main activities of the Centre are to safeguard and transmit ICH to the next generation. ICHCAP intends to build a regional and international culture of peace through conducting collaborative ICH projects. The Centre’s efforts will attempt to promote cultural diversity and sustainable development through ICH safeguarding activities. As cultural heritage is a valuable resource, the fundamental basis for protecting cultural diversity and creative activities in each society for future human development is pertinent. Therefore, the Centre’s activities will focus on safeguarding ICH elements efficiently and systematically and reinforce accessibility for the general public.

ICHCAP will endeavour towards developing and disseminating various measures and methodologies for ICH safeguarding in close cooperation with the Member States of the region and other relevant institutions.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 34 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43




제주 네트워크 회의.indb 35 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter I 036

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 36 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

037

Chapter II Building Information Systems:

Identification, Documentation, and Archives

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 37 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 38 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

039

ABSTRACT

Measures taken in identifying the initial Philippine nomination to UNESCO on the first proclamation of Masterpieces of Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity were based on the contingency and the availability of comprehensive information.

Subsequent formulations on the collection of data were based principally on the identification of ICH that is evolving and/or devolving but still viable. Focus is made on the ICH processes that are still viable within the culture of the practicing societies. This is made possible by the fact that domestic and political institutional structures maintain much of what were in traditional cultural heritage, that were not affected by the introduction of world religions that have altered beliefs and values systems. The complication is that there are more than eighty ethno-linguistic groups in the country from which inventories will emanate.

Finally, the manner by which the collection of information is organised along the lines of the structure of Philippine societies, from the municipal level uploaded to the provincial level, then to the relevant national cultural agencies; and finally to

Parameters of Collecting Data forICH Information Systems

Jesus T. Peralta

ConsultantNational Commission for Culture and the Arts

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 39 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter II 040

the National Commission for Culture and the Arts, that will maintain the national registry. Both literature search and primary field research will constitute the methods in data collection.

To manifest the processes of identifying and collecting data for ICH inventory undertaking by the Philippines since the year 2000 is best described by:

i) the initial emergency measures taken by the National Commission for Culture and the Arts (NCCA) in identifying the initial nominations of ICH to UNESCO by the Philippines in the year 2000;

ii) from the initial experience above, the formulation of the subsequent action plan for the ICH programme of identification and collection; and

iii) the methodology of identification and collection.

I. The Initial Emergency Measures

The announcement of the submission for nominations for proclamations to the Masterpieces of Oral and Intangible Heritage for All Humanity was received by the National Commission for Culture and the Arts (NCCA) in July 2000, with the information that the deadline for the submission was five months hence at the end of December. There was a definite time pressure.

The initial reactions to the announcement were as follows:

1) It was recognised that there are quite a few oral and intangible heritage elements of the Philippines that may fit into the stipulated category. However, none had been described and documented as required for nomination. The deadline was too close, so immediate action was needed.

2) There was no single structure in the NCCA with an operational budget that could handle this enterprise that had numerous implications and demands, since it was not involved with only one nomination but a continuing concern, not only with respect to UNESCO, but for the country as a whole. There was, therefore, a perceived need for an Intangible Heritage Committee within the

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 40 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

041

NCCA with an operational budget, but even this would take time to organise.

The immediate response was a request for the NCCA to put together an ad hoc core group to work on the nomination and other attendant concerns. A consultative meeting among experts was called immediately to organise a priority listing of oral and intangible heritage from the stand point of history, artistry, ethnography, sociology, anthropology, etc. The mobilisation of a documentation team was also considered. The results of the literature search was submitted to determine which of the known oral and intangible heritage of the Philippines are most significant and well-documented enough to require minimal preparation in time for submission. The availability of collateral information was also considered. Four were initially selected:

(1) Hudhud of the Ifugao of the Ifugao province(2) Darangen of the Maranao of Lanao del Sur province(3) Labaw Donggon/Hinilawod (Sugidanon) of the island of Panay(4) Tuwang of the Manuvu of the island of Mindanao

Upon assessment of the available information, the consultative meeting decided on the Hudhud of the Ifugao as the Philippine nomination. The underlying reasons were that

(1) the epic has an outstanding traditional value that is valid contemporaneously of a nature that can be considered an achievement of humanity,

(2) there are sufficient available publications about it, (3) the area where it is practiced is close enough to enable quick audio-visual

documentation without too much logistic problems,(4) there are easily identifiable resource persons, and finally, (5) there are identifiable practitioners who can participate in the documentation. Simultaneously, an action plan was drafted and implemented to address this

matter and others in the future.A documentation team was sent to Ifugao province to interact with

practitioners who were organised by resource persons. At the same time, the text work was started based on available ethnographic data. The nomination was

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 41 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter II 042

submitted in time.By May 2001, the NCCA was informed that the Hudhud was among the

nineteen elements proclaimed as Masterpieces of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity.

II. Identification of ICH in the Philippine Registry of Cultural Properties, Keeping in Mind the Need for Safeguarding Priorities

It was evident that the concerns of the Philippine Registry of Cultural Property (PRECUP) mandated by Republic Act 10066, the Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, where all cultural property, tangible and intangible, are to be inventoried, will include

(1) ICH still being practiced and evolving or devolving,(2) ICH still being practiced but endangered and devolving but still viable,(3) ICH still being practiced but endangered and no longer viable, and(4) ICH no longer practiced but still in recent living memory.

However, for purposes of the UNESCO Convention, the focus was on numbers 1 and 2, which will be safeguarded, while numbers 3 and 4 would be only for documentation.

There were also the following considerations in identifying bits of ICH information:

a) The most critical consideration, at least in the Philippines, is that the ICH item is a social process still viable within the practicing society. It should be a social act participated in by members of the culture. Following the UNESCO intent, the ICH item has to be preserved in its proper social context in accordance with tradition;

Secondarily, while it is true that ethnic societies have changed in terms of cultural evolution that has resulted making a great number of intangible

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 42 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

043

heritage elements no longer functional, all the more it becomes imperative that these be preserved, if at all possible within the context of its traditional milieu.

The first needs to be done as the most desirable since it is the most basic of the tasks. This will give us a transection of what is included in this form of cultural heritage. This will pose difficulties because it will have to contend with contemporary social organisations and structures, in some cases, that will inhibit the re-insertion and development of these traditional practices within the context of traditional practices and societies. This, while desirable, may be wishful thinking if the ideal is aimed at, but can be made practical in certain cases. Much of this stems from the fact that indigenous religions have been supplanted by major world religions like Christianity, Islam, and so on, changing as effect, belief and value systems, but without altering the structure and organisation of the society. Domestic structures in ethnic areas are largely intact, and that is why social processes can still be reintroduced in their proper social context without too many problems.

b) There is a perceived need to prioritise due to the magnitude of the task considering that there are at least eighty major Philippine ethno-linguistic groups, complicated by more than four hundred subgroupings, each with their particular cultures. More immediate attention will be given to groups that are in a more advance state of acculturation and are in graver danger of cultural degradation.

c) The focus of the Committee due to expediencies is framed against the five UNESCO domains, although this is limited by available manpower expertise.

d) This prioritisation considers what intangible cultural heritage forms are most ephemeral and are in gravest danger of disappearing. The program is particularly focused on item letter b above—elements of oral and intangible heritage that are still extant, that although are in danger of disappearing, and that can, however, still be made viable within the context of the culture-bearing society.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 43 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter II 044

e) Another consideration is the availability of information/data about an item of ICH for documentation. Immediate attention will be given to items that are provided with more information materials since these will be easier accomplished. This is the reason the ICHCAP initially worked on the Ifugao Hudhud and the Maranao, which are both oral expressions but already with sufficient data available.

f) Much of the intangible heritage of traditional Philippine societies rests on rituals and specialists—Balian, Baylan, Babaylan, Mumbaki, Mumbunong, Man-aalisig, Monkintema, and Monlapu—and epic chanters and other chanters of the various ethnic communities. It is well pointed out that traditional practices are usually founded on or associated with rituals. If and when the above specialists die out, entire segments of the intangible heritage of the Philippines will have also disappeared. This is why it is an imperative to attend to this concern—that practitioners be given the necessary attention before these culture bearers disappear without some assurance that the heritage they bear is preserved if not perpetuated.

g) The implication of the work of the inventory is virtually the creation of a cultural map of the peoples of the Philippines that will cover the areas defined by UNESCO with respect to intangible cultural heritage.

While the ideal cultural mapping envisioned will include the totality of oral and intangible heritage, the sheer magnitude of the material is daunting so that for practical purposes, parameters need to be drawn to make a comprehensive map within practical terms.

Each culture group would have its own belief systems with different sets and subsets, which are all associated with specific rites and rituals. It is therefore contingent to the person doing the documentation to be discerning enough to be sensitive to the nuances of the culture being studied so that the different intangible heritage categories can be isolated and recorded. As an example, a major subsistence activity like the agricultural ritual cycle would have subsets rites.

h) It is also true that not all the members of a culture group would know all the

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 44 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

045

aspects of that culture, and the specificity of whatever knowledge is possessed varies in degrees from person to person. It is important that a wide range of data gathering is resorted to.

i) There are uniquely or jointly owned ICH forms, so it is necessary that inventories can differentiate between them.

j) If there is the question as to whether an item is a piece of intangible heritage, this has to be documented first, and then the issue can be resolved afterwards.

III. Methodology of Documentation of ICH

There was the need to be able to identify and make an inventory of existing and viable items of ICH whether evolving or devolving among the eighty or so ethno-linguistic groups in the Philippines. Most of those known are found in different publications from multitudinous sources and need to be collated. The first task was to go over available literature and identifying significant items of intangible cultural heritage and making a tentative listing.

a) Initially, the collected information from literature is typed. (At present, there are some 390 pages of roughly 260 intangible cultural heritage elements, with thumbnail sketches, randomly covering all the domains).

b) Simultaneously, a library is being organised, collating ethnographic literature not yet on hand to augment the collection with the aim of completing an ethnographic coverage of all the ethno-linguistic groups in the country.

This is a long-term programme that will include the collation of existing literature. This will give us a transect of what is included in this form of cultural heritage. There are a great number of different forms of intangible heritage with existing examples. However, a comprehensive compilation of

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 45 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

Chapter II 046

these forms and specific examples has to be organised. Although there had been enumeration in literature, there has really been no listing that can be said to be a last word on the subject.

There is a large body of documentary material on intangible cultural heritage—publications on some Philippine epics, folklore, and other forms of oral literature—but much more remains to be done. There is little textual documentation of specific major rituals of different ethnic groups. The Ifugao is one of the most documented of ethnic groups, and much has been written about their belief systems and rituals; most of these are very cursory in nature. It is known, for instance, that theirs is probably the richest and most complex religion in the country and that they have a pantheon of some two thousand deities. Much of this, however, is not well-documented and this is more especially true in terms of the myths that are the bases for these innumerable deities. The text of the rituals, which are epics in themselves, are largely undocumented. We do not know actually how many Hudhuds chants there are, or what the Alim really is. The Darangen of the Maranao has never been completed. This is true in all areas of the country.

Action Plan

The Phase I.The Action Plan involved a nation-wide registration of cultural property inventories that initially included the following

a) The inventories already existing in the five national cultural agencies of the country will be prioritised since these are bodies of collection with already collated data that have been researched and validated:

i. Cultural Center of the Philippines ii. National Museum iii. National Library iv. National Archives of the Philippines v. Commission on National Language

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 46 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:43

047

b) The main issue about the above inventories is that the formats of each are different from all the rest, such that the main task is to be able to integrate them all into a single format with the main difference between each being the number of fields in each of the specialised inventories.

The Phase II. The next level of action will be the regional inventory. This will involve the inventory done at the local government level. In the Philippines, this will be the provincial government structure composed of any number of municipalities with their respective barangays and sitios. However, for practical purposes, the most viable work unit within the inventory is the municipality (covering the lower levels) where control will be more manageable. Moreover, the results of the municipal inventories will in fact automatically constitute the provincial tallies.

Corollary to this is that, since the concept of intangible cultural heritage is relatively unfamiliar, there is an urgent need to organise an orientation program to acquaint the authorities on the issues of identification and collation of ICH items among the various ethno-linguistic groups. This orientation program is envisioned to be done at the level of the province, bringing in the relevant municipal officials who will implement the inventory in their respective municipal levels. It is envisaged that these local officials, in turn, will orient local leaders among the ethno-linguistic groups about intangible cultural heritage.

This orientation program will include the all-important compatibility among the various inventories in term of format so that all these can be integrated with the databases at the national level, and depending on the nature of the inventories, these will have to be uploaded to the relevant national cultural agencies in the database format, which have been made to conform with each other.

Once the format is established, the collection of information can begin to be initiated. The inventories from the municipal levels will be uploaded and compiled at the provincial level, where these will be validated and verified. In turn, these provincial inventories will be uploaded to the national level, depending on the relevant national cultural agency. Finally, the inventories will be deposited in the Philippine Registry of Cultural Properties (PRECUP) maintained by the National Commission for Culture and the Arts (NCCA).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 47 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 48 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

049

Abstract

This paper considers some of the challenges around inventory making for intangible cultural heritage from a European perspective. It will outline the work that is currently being undertaken in Scotland to develop an online inventory using a wiki-based approach. Scotland as a devolved nation within the UK has its own cultural policies that embrace the concept of intangible cultural heritage (ICH); however, at a UK level, there appears to be resistance to the ratification of the 2003 UNESCO Convention on ICH. Scotland has taken an inclusive and participatory approach to the creation of an inventory that reflects the broad and open definition of ICH that has been adopted. This approach has brought some challenges as we begin to operationalize the identification and future safeguarding of ICH in Scotland. In managing the process, we are beginning to encounter some ethical questions. The digital inventory format of the wiki promotes grassroots community ownership, which means that data is user generated. Our challenges are around how this data should be moderated whilst adhering to the principles of

Supporting Identification and Documentation for Information Building

Joanne Orr

CEOMuseums Galleries Scotland

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 49 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

Chapter II 050

a community approach, but also ensuring that we do not actively promote ICH that contravenes the basic human rights that the Convention is designed to uphold.

I. Introduction

The United Kingdom is constituted as four home nations—England, Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland—and since 1999, Scotland has had a devolved parliament. Devolved areas of governance cover all aspects of home affairs, including culture and intangible cultural heritage (ICH). UNESCO is not a devolved area and matters relating to UNESCO Conventions are dealt with at a UK-government level. The UK has not signed up to the 2003 UNESCO Convention, and although Scotland is working in the spirit of the Convention, this is a reserved matter; therefore, Scotland cannot ratify it.

In their recent article, ‘The Envy of the World’, Smith and Waterton (2009) suggest that the UK has not ratified the 2003 Convention because the ‘accepted heritage discourse’ in England has rejected the intangible because ‘it simply cannot be managed’. They theorise that the accepted heritage discourse has started to stagnate around a view of identifying national importance, establishing objective and immutable value of aesthetics and authenticity. Heritage from a UK government perspective is seen as in the past and an end product in itself a view that is in tension with ICH, which is focuses the more on the living culture that develops through participation.

Scotland has embraced the framework of the 2003 Convention as it has relevance to the way communities relate to their culture here in Scotland. We are now beginning to operationalise the processes of implementing the inventory element of the Convention using an online wiki that relies on user-generated content and the willingness of communities to participate in identifying their ICH. In implementing the inventory making, we are identifying challenges in how far to moderate the content and how to present the information in a way that identifies the breadth of ICH but does not celebrate practices that may contravene basic human rights.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 50 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

051

II. Institutional Context

Museums Galleries Scotland (MGS) is the representative body for over 350 museums and galleries in Scotland. Almost every community in Scotland either hosts a museum or has access to one, from the most remote island communities to Glasgow, the largest metropolitan museum service in the UK. Scotland has the highest number of museums per capita anywhere in the UK. Many of the museums in MGS’s membership are small independent trusts embedded in the local community. Over 50 percent of the sector’s workforce is made up of volunteers: in short, people are passionate about their heritage. All of this aggregates up to a sector that generates £800 million per annum in economic return and attracts over £25million visitors a year.

This grassroots infrastructure means that museums play an important role within local communities operating as cultural hubs and providing additional physical capital such as cafés and meeting places. For example, the Taigh Chearsabhagh Museum and Arts Centre in Lochmaddy on the Isle of North Uist, is also the post office, and the heritage centre on the Isle of Lismore also houses the library and community centre.

III. Scotland’s Approach to ICH and Inventory Making—the Research Project

MGS is the development organisation for all the museums and galleries in Scotland, and from around 2006, it started to receive requests from the sector for support on how to develop and build their links with their local ICH. As a response to this interest, MGS commissioned a study to scope and map ICH in Scotland and explore measures to safeguard this ICH. The brief for the work used the 2003 Convention as the framework drawing on the domain definitions set out in Article 2.2. The work was funded through a partnership of MGS, the then Scottish Arts Council, and the Scotland Committee of the UK National Commission for UNESCO, with advice from the Scottish government Gaelic Unit.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 51 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

Chapter II 052

Edinburgh Napier University was successful in winning the contract and was commissioned in January 2008 with their findings published in ‘Intangible Cultural Heritage in Scotland—The Way Forward’ (2008). This piece of research explored a definition of ICH that would be applicable to all people living in Scotland regardless of their place of origin and regardless of the length of time they had lived in Scotland. It would be an inventory of ICH in Scotland not the inventory of Scottish ICH, and as such it was aimed at promoting diversity and enhancing cultural knowledge and understanding. It would be about the living practices of ICH in Scotland.

The research proposed that an inventory would be a first step in scoping ICH in Scotland and that this could be done using an online database using a wiki format. The full report suggested that the wiki should be password protected and that authorised and trained users would enter the data. It was anticipated that this process would start with people working in local authorities throughout Scotland and that there would be a snowball effect and more people would become involved over time.

Following this report, Edinburgh Napier University in partnership with MGS was successful in securing UK Arts and Humanities Research Council funding for a three-year research project to create an online inventory using a wiki approach.

The wiki specification used off-the-shelf software called MediaWiki, and this basic software was customised as the project progressed. It was envisaged that the local Scottish authorities would input the data into the inventory as registered users. However, the onset of the economic downturn meant that the local authorities did not have the capacity to do this, and an alternative approach was quickly developed, instead relying on the general public providing user-generated content. To assist in this process, a video tutorial on how to input data was uploaded onto the wiki. The wiki homepage was also adapted to be accessed in three languages: English, Scots, and Gaelic.

A major challenge for the project is to raise the profile of the wiki and engage people to create wiki records of their ICH. This stage is proving challenging as those participating in living practices are not necessarily those who are online. The three-year research project placed particular emphasis on raising the profile of ICH, and the wiki was the chief focus in this promotion. Promotion was done using social media, such as blogs, a presence on Facebook and Twitter, and with the publication of a quarterly newsletter. The Edinburgh Napier University team also carried

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 52 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

053

out community outreach, engaging with community groups to create inventory records. A series of short films showcasing ICH examples were produced, and they are now available on YouTube.

IV. ICH and Museums in Scotland

As a large percentage of museums in Scotland are rooted in their respective communities, they are a natural portal for much ICH activity. They are often a reflection of local culture, language, and tradition. They can provide opportunities for ICH practitioners to reach new audiences and for people to experience and interact with ICH practices. A recent example of this is around the Gaelic language, which is now mainly spoken in the Western Isles and parts of the Highlands. When the Inverness Museum and Art Gallery (IMAG) reopened in 2007 after refurbishment, they made a number of changes to ensure that Gaelic was present and usable throughout the museum. They wanted a venue ‘that gives an introduction to Gaelic, encourages the use of the language, and celebrates the richness of Scottish Cultural identity.’ All interpretation and signage are bilingual throughout the museum with Gaelic holding equal status throughout and enabling non-Gaelic speakers to make a comparison between the two languages.

Another example of where a museum has been the catalyst for the reinvigoration of an ICH practice on a national scale is the Scottish Fisheries Museum. The museum worked with students and its own historic boatyard to produce a kit for building a rowing skiff based on a historic design—a project funded through MGS. In 2010, the museum established a coastal rowing club that uses one of the boats built in the boatyard to race. The idea behind the Scottish coastal rowing project is that communities come together to form a rowing club and build a boat using the kit developed by the museum. Once the boat is completed, it is ready to take to the water. In the first year alone, ten boats were launched, and twenty-two boats are now on the water, with at least a further sixteen in production across the country. Communities are now racing these boats and the project has reinvigorated the tradition of inter-community regattas in Scottish coastal communities.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 53 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

Chapter II 054

Another MGS-funded project embedding the intangible was carried out by the Taigh Chearsabhagh Museum and Arts Centre on the Isle of North Uist in the Outer Hebrides. Here, a contemporary artist Deidre Nelson spent a four-month artist’s residency, responding to the collections of artefacts, photographs, and oral recordings. Deidre researched the symbols used in fishermen’s jerseys, particularly the Eriskay jumpers, where each fishing village has its own pattern. She then wove into her work, Gaelic proverbs such as ‘he’s nothing but a half hemmed blanket’ and ‘there’s no salmon without peer equal’. This new art work inspired by living traditions has helped to reinvigorate community enthusiasm for knitting, and there are now regular groups meeting to knit together.

The Scottish Traditional Boat Festival, which is held in Portsoy on the boundary between Moray and Aberdeenshire, has been taking place annually for sixteen years. The festival opened a new museum base in 2008 at the Portsoy Salmon Bothy, where visitors can learn about the maritime and cultural heritage of the North East. This includes sailing, fishing, crafts, language, music, dancing, food, and drink. Having a museum venue has enabled the organisation to make links with other ICH practitioners from related ICH practices outside the existing annual event calendar.

V. Future Development and Challenges for the Inventory

The wiki-based inventory making in Scotland champions taking a bottom-up community-based approach. Inspiring people to create inventory records and to describe their ICH practice in their own words and explain why it is important. Before handing over the wiki to MGS, Edinburgh Napier University was overseeing the site to ensure appropriate material was being uploaded. They were not, however, verifying each entry. In taking over the administration of the online wiki, MGS has to consider how it will take the project forward, developing the site to be more user friendly and raising the profile of ICH so that more inventory records are created. In promoting the site, MGS will have to consider what level of intervention will be appropriate on the user-generated content. At present, intervention is low, and the material on the site is treated very much like the information that is collated on

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 54 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

055

Wikipedia. However unlike Wikipedia, which is a platform for information, the inventory is in effect a platform for promoting ICH in Scotland.

MGS is now challenged in ensuring that what is promoted on the wiki does not contravene basic human rights, which underpin all of UNESCO’s conventions, or break the law of the land in Scotland. MGS will have to provide some level of moderation to ensure, for example lyrics from sectarian football songs, are not posted up as examples of Scotland’s ICH to be promoted. This type of ICH would arguably contravene Scotland’s laws on racial equality. In its current form, the wiki faces the dilemma of effectively censoring information on less desirable ICH. Where then do we collate this as information without effectively promoting these as ICH practices to be safeguarded?

MGS is developing a partnership with Wikimedia UK which is part of the Wikipedia family. They have flagged that they hold much information that has been collated at community level on ICH practices in Scotland; they also have entries in many of the languages to be found in Scotland. The partnership we are developing will recruit a co-ordinator who will work on transferring some of this ICH material into the wiki. The partnership may help us to take a closer look at some of the ethical issues of making information available responsibly, something that Wikipedia is also considering. What is becoming clear is that although linked, a distinction between the inventory and information gathering stage and the safeguarding of ICH practices will need to be made. The ICH inventory has now been handed over to MGS, and the thinking on how we can develop it to be more user-friendly has begun. MGS is developing a major programme to engage people with the inventory and to raise the profile of ICH nationally. In 2012, MGS, working in partnership with Historic Scotland and Creative Scotland (they built heritage and arts agencies for Scotland), is to deliver a project of artists in residence using ICH as its central theme. As 2012 is a themed year of Creativity and Culture, MGS is planning a programme of events that will focus on using museums as venues for living practices such as traditional music, storytelling, crafts, and festivals. Also planned to launch is an online search to ask people to vote for the ICH practices in Scotland that they would nominate to the UNESCO ICH lists. In doing so, it will raise awareness of the 2003 Convention and its relevance in the UK.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 55 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

Chapter II 056

VI. Conclusion

The UK has not signed up to the 2003 UNESCO Convention. This is perhaps symptomatic of a particularly European view of heritage as something fixed and in the past, which is in contrast with the ICH Convention, which promotes the notion of heritage as being living and dynamic.

In the UK, we have many organisations devoted to preserving a particular aspect of heritage, often fixing it to a particular point in time. However, these organisations all employ a great range of knowledge and skills in preserving the heritage. This knowledge and skill is often drawn from a context of ICH, for example thatching or dry-stone diking or the knowledge of building techniques passed down through generations. So perhaps these two views of heritage are not so polarised as they would first appear.

Re-theorisation of heritage as a cultural practice rather than simply as site, place, or intangible performance or event is being developed through the broader heritage literature. This perspective of heritage that embraces the intangible is certainly alive and well in Scotland. It is embedded at the community level and is being supported through Scotland’s network of over 350 museums. Heritage cannot be defined by its materiality or non-materiality but rather by what is done with it. It is people who ascribe value to heritage and participation in living practices is a way of valuing that heritage.

By developing an inclusive and broad definition of ICH in Scotland and through the online wiki we provide snap shots of living practice in Scotland. Heritage can be seen as in the past and an end product, whereas ICH is about the living and the actual process. It could be argued that all heritage is intangible as it is only form until people ascribe value to it. By taking this project forward we hope to be able to demonstrate that the UK has as much ICH as anywhere in the world and to work towards a shift in the perception of heritage that will enable a UK ratification of the 2003 Convention.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 56 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

057

I. Introduction

With recent recognition of the value of intangible cultural heritage (‘ICH’ hereafter) elements of a specific society, movements have emerged to signify them as common cultural heritage of humanity. These movements are related with UNESCO's activities, and they are spreading across the world as cultural movements to newly evaluate disappearing traditional culture and safeguard them. As part of these movements, UNESCO stresses that, by announcing the Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage in 2003, protection and management of ICH are the way of preserving traditional culture of each country as well as that of safeguarding cultural resources of humanity.

Of safeguarding methods, inventories are very important ways in which the intangible heritage community members can raise awareness about their ICH (Article 13. 8(4)).1 According to UNESCO, the process of inventorying ICH

1) The concept of inventorying intangible cultural heritage includes complete and detailed contents of each element.

Establishing and Managing Online Databases and Archives for ICH Safeguarding

Hanhee Hahm

ProfessorChonbuk National University

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 57 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

Chapter II 058

enhances the self-respect of heritage bearers and communities and enriches human creativity. The Convention encourages the involvement of States Parties in creating inventories of ICH existing in their territory and providing regular updates of such inventories already created (Article 12). Updating of inventories is an on-going process that can never be fully completed. The Convention allows some flexibility for the States Parties in utilizing their own methods in inventory-making.

II. Korea’s Safeguarding Policy

Since the 1960’s the Korean government has made efforts to protect and preserve cultural heritages at the national level.2 Both legal and administrative measures have been undertaken affecting the national treasures containing both tangible and intangible cultural heritage elements. The government’s imperative to safeguard the national treasures is acknowledged as being exemplary and draws international attention. Given this, the UNESCO’s initiatives in the area of ICH are not new to Koreans. As the Korean government had an existing protection policy and legal enactment for protection, it was taken aback by UNECO’s initiatives. Korea had developed its own system of protection and preservation of cultural heritage, but it is now facing a shift of the existing system. Since the announcement of the Convention in 2003 and its Operational Directives, Korea might not be the only country that fell into confusion. There are some conflicts and differences between Korea’s existing system and UNESCO’s new one regarding the safeguarding measures. It is necessary to carefully take into account the differences and distinctions between the two systems.

In 1962 the Cultural Properties Protection Law was legislated in Korea to selectively protect cultural heritage that faced the greatest risks of disappearance and change due to modernisation and industrialisation. The law aims towards maintaining and preserving the original form of cultural properties. According to the law, such heritage of both tangible and intangible varieties that are recognised

2) The Cultural Properties Protection Law was legislated in 1962.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 58 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

059

to have historical, cultural, and artistic values have been protected with priority. The major criteria in the selection process were thus, originality, excellence, and high quality. This approach to preserving cultural properties in Korea directly clashes with that of the UNESCO 2003 Convention in several aspects. While Korean criteria focus on the originality, excellence, and superiority of the element, the Convention would not consider the element valid if it were not practiced within a certain community, group, or a subset of individuals. In the case of tangible cultural heritage, the original form should be kept. But the most distinctive aspect of ICH, according to the Convention, is that it is a living culture, not counting its originality. Secondly, the Convention ensures ‘the long-term viability of intangible heritage within communities and groups’ (article 2.3) and for ‘ICH to be sustainably maintained by the communities, groups or individuals concerned.’ Living culture within communities and groups through transmission from generation to generation is considered as the most significant criteria in the inscription of ICH. Due to this character, the Convention focuses on practices and processes rather than on products. By doing so, the Convention attempts to raise awareness within communities and groups about their own ICH.

Due to its complex nature, intangible heritage generates more complicated issues than tangible cultural heritage does. As explained above, the law in Korea defines ICH elements as those that have high historical, artistic, or scientific value among intangible cultural assets, such as drama, music, dance, and crafts skills.3 While ICH refers to arts and skills, actual targets of protection and management are the people who have such arts and skills. In Korea, they are typically called intangible cultural property artisans. As they are inherited through people, intangible cultural properties can be seen and heard when these people perform them. So, preservation and inheritance of ICH mean those of arts and skills owned by artisans.4 Currently, ICH in Korea is designated in two categories of artistic talents and skills. Artistic talents include music, dance, drama, game/ritual, and martial arts, and skills include crafts and culinary skills.5

As the government played a leading role in protecting and managing ICH, there

3) Excerpts from Article No.2 ‘Definition’ of provisions on ICH of the Cultural Properties Protection Law (As of April 2007)

4) 'A Beautiful Meeting', 2004 published by Korea Cultural Heritage Foundation

5) As of 2010, the Cultural Heritage Administration has designated and is managing a total of 116 cultural heritage elements, including 17 music items (23 sub-divided items), 9 dance items, 14 drama items, 24 game and ritual items (27 sub-divided items), 49 crafts skills, 2 food items (4 sub-divided items), and one martial art.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 59 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

Chapter II 060

is no question about the effect of such a downward approach.6 But various discussions are being made over the designation of ICH, the protection programs, and the perception of targets, as society changes fast.7 Thanks to these internal and external factors, new attempts have recently been made in Korea to make an ICH inventory. A pilot online survey on intangible cultural heritage being conducted by the Cultural Heritage Administration is part of this effort. I have been serving as the leading researcher for this project that has been on-going since September 2010. Based on this research, I would like to suggest a new way of investigating such heritage. The new way eventually aims at collecting information for ICH and makes documentation using advanced information networks.

III. Surveying Intangible Cultural Heritage from the Bottom

Surveying ICH through the bottom-up approach requires a new epistemology of such heritage and a methodology in collecting the related elements. Unlike the top-down approach of the past, the Convention advises that the communities, groups, and individuals play major roles in safeguarding and inventorying processes for their ICH. Thus, ‘free, prior, and informed consent of the community’ is the primary requisite condition for fulfilling the spirit of Convention.

The bottom-up may take longer and may be less efficient than the other approaches, such as the top-down approach. In the past, with experts and officials taking major roles in safeguarding measures of ICH, community members

6) It is believed that UNESCO approved in 2009 to establish the 'International Information Networking Center on Asia Pacific Intangible Heritages' in Korea, recognizing Korea government's active protection of ICH. In November of the same year, a treaty was signed between Korea and UNESCO for establishing the center. In line with this, the Cultural Heritage administration plans to build the Hall of Asia Pacific Intangible Cultural Heritage

7) When making ICH lists according to a new policy, we can refer to the following presentation papers. Park, Weonmo. ‘A Way to Draw Up Lists of Intangible Cultural Heritage Online’, Tasks and Strategies for

Drawing Up Lists of ICH in Central Asian Countries—Asia Pacific Intangible Cultural Heritages (Daejeon: ICHCAP, 2010) 82–85.

Hahm, Hanhee, ‘New Way to Inscription of Cultural Heritage through Collective Intelligence and Online Network’, The 1st Asia-Pacific Roundtable on Visibility of Intangible Cultural Heritage(Daejeon: Cultural Heritage Administration) 18-25.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 60 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

061

were relegated to being providers of information, not active participants in the inventorying process. The community members, with the assistance of experts, research institutes, local government officials, and NGOs, were expected to cooperate with one another in carrying out their missions for safeguarding ICH. In sum, the bottom-up approach has following the merits.

(1) It can restore unknown ICH. (2) It helps members of communities restore their identity by inscribing their

own ICH. Particularly, it can help alienated regional people and minorities realise value of neglected culture by encouraging them to actively participate while devising protection plans by themselves.

(3) It enables us to get access to diversified culture beyond any format or frame, expanding range of ICH.

(4) It can help draw up plans of safeguarding such heritage elements by discovering them before disappearance.

One of the most efficient approaches to excavate ICH from the bottom is the use of the Internet. Using communication facilities and innovative computer technologies allows the cataloguing of such heritage in fully open system. I will discuss further details in the following chapter.

IV. Surveying Intangible Cultural Heritage Using Collective Intelligence

To expand the list of ICH in quality and quantity, the survey method is important equally to the paradigm shift. New methods are required both in expanding surveyors and in creating data-collecting techniques. I will first discuss the way of expanding of surveyors. The bottom-up approach allows any interested individuals to participate in survey. In the past, national inventory making was led by specialised researchers and related government officials. However, in the new method, those who are interested in ICH are encouraged to be active surveyors. For this, the pilot survey team has created an online database system using a Web 2.0 platform. It

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 61 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

Chapter II 062

allows numerous surveyors and interested individuals across the country to freely input basic information of the concerned ICH element. The input data is shown in real time so that the data are to be simultaneously shared by others online. The main point of the online survey system is to use collective intelligence through the participation of various people. We have thought of Wikipedia as a model of using collective intelligence. Using a Web 2.0 site, anyone can present knowledge by inputting, reviewing, and/or verifying information through the online system. This innovative system can be made by merging Internet and information technology.

V. Spread of Cultural Movement through Online Network

The establishment of an innovative online network is needed to draw up basic ICH data. The online network is non-authoritative and built to support equal relations. Surveyors, administrators, ordinary people, and ICH bearers establish networks to collect ICH data, and thereby, they can share each other’s knowledge, information, and practices. In this case, the inventory-making process may be less systematic compared to that of the current one. In the early stage, many problems may occur as well. Under the transitional situation, we may face some critical issues, such as the reliability of information, human rights infringement, and copyright disputes. But when we solve the problems, making the inventory through the online system using collective intelligence will eventually evolve into a cultural movement. Owing to this movement, ICH of remote communities, groups, and individuals that is in danger of disappearance would be protected and preserved by diverse stakeholders.

VI. ICHPEDIA

1. Collecting Basic Information to Draw Up a National ICH Inventory

In close collaboration with the Cultural Heritage Administration, our team has been carrying out the pilot survey and research. The research is composed of making a

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 62 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:44

063

new format for the inventory, the classification system, and the protection situation to comply with the fundamental philosophy of the 2003 Convention. Though our team’s work in its early stage, there is a definite contribution to the ICH arena particularly in the fields of online surveys. I would like to briefly introduce the basic format of the online surveying system and its goals and methodologies of collecting data, and then I’ll add information about the future direction and outlook.

First, the research team designed our own inventories called ICHPEDIA. ICHPEDIA was composed on the basis of items needed for drawing up the Representative List of UNESCO. ICHPEDIA items include the ICH title, community, classification, content (including bearers, groups, and community, safeguarding policies, and activities concerned), source of materials, type of

Table 1. Comparison of Forms between UNESCO ICH List and ICHPEDIA

Figure 1. Outline of ICHPEDIA

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 63 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:45

Chapter II 064

designation, research results, related organisations, and attached documents. As shown above, Table 1 is a comparison of the items of UNESCO with those of

ICHPEDIA.8 ICHPEDIA is designed to record the collected information in easy and fast ways without omitting important points. Second, it requires making a detailed record using the Archive of ICH when more detailed information is available or such record is needed. The archive with detailed records has the strength of providing materials needed for drawing up an inventory. These are explained by figures and tables as follows. Figure 1 explains the overall structure and distinctive design of ICHPEDIA (See Table I and Figure 1). Figures 2 and 3 show an ICH element in Korea and another country in ICHPEDIA, respectively (See Figures 2 and 3). Figure 4 shows how to make detailed records of ICH information. Our team has interviews with ICH practitioners when we visit their village. We use a movie camera and recording machines. The practitioners talk about their skills and knowledge and perform cultural heritage before us. We record the whole interview and practice session with careful arrangements. It is necessary for fieldworkers/researchers to be trained under the guidance of experts and instructors (See Figure 4). We have developed a high-tech survey mechanism as well. We can input data wherever we go, and we can our smartphones. This can be a noteworthy recording method since it allows us to easily record multimedia information about ICH using not only professional devices, such as cameras and voice-recorders, but also everyday digital appliances, such as computer and smartphones (See Figures 5, 5-1, and 5-2).

8) Table 1. is from comparative analysis by Yonggu Kim (a project ICH officer for an online research project of the Cultural Heritage Administration of Korea).

Figure 2. Blacksmith—ICH List in ICHPEDIA

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 64 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:45

065

Figure 3. Mongol Biyelgee in the ICHPEDIA Format Figure

Figure 4. Interview with a Practitioner

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 65 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:45

Chapter II 066

Figure 5. ICHPEDIA in a Smartphone Display

Figure 5-1. Map Search in a Smartphone.

Figure 5-2. Map Search in ICHPEDIA

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 66 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:45

067

Figure 6 shows our database structure consisting of ICHPEDIA and archives. These two databases operate as an integrated entity, and they are inter-complementary. The former is designed to accumulate multimedia data, such as interview voices and activities, in the database and use them in various ways while the latter system is designed to be easily used by people. The two systems are interoperable and designed as an integrated structure. The archives can preserve all ICH data collected, as much as we can. The archives accumulate and store data while ICHPEDIA is useful for horizontally identifying the overall data features. ICHPEDIA allows conducting a complete enumeration and is designed to provide a variety of functions, including evaluation, search, and classification of newly found ICH elements. The ICH data collected vertically and horizontally will be used for cataloguing representative ICH of the state, the protection plans, and the development of policies concerned. For instance, when there is a need to record certain elements in detail, a surveyor will input the related data in the archive. It has the strength that many different surveyors, such as researchers, experts, and ICH communities, groups, and individuals, can input data directly. The archive can fully support multimedia materials-pictures, videos, and documents while using detailed materials stored in the database. And the archive is characterised by an integrated system and design. I believe it is essential to set up integrated archives to avail accumulated materials for diversified ways and to store accumulated data safely (Figure 7).

Figure 6. Structure of the Database: ICHPEDIA and Archives.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 67 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:45

Chapter II 068

2. Encouraging Communities Active Participation

As it is an open system, it allows ordinary people to connect with the ICH archive or ICHPEDIA and freely leave records in either part. This system can encourage more people who are interested in such heritage to actively input knowledge as well as to lead to a cultural movement where they can take part in protection plans and make policy suggestions.

Figure 6-1. Picture and Oral Data Shown in the ICH Archives

Figure 7. Uses for the Archives and ICH Data

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 68 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

069

3. Necessity of Networking with Other Organisations

To compile a representative list of ICH, there is a need to set up a new network system, destroying the walls between specialists and ordinary people, between central organisations and regional ones, and between government and citizens. Before anything, they need to actively build cooperative relations, and one plausible way is to establish networks online. Person-to-person contacts are limiting in terms of time and space, and they require much unnecessary energy to overcome existing barriers. Online-based networks have merits of surpassing barriers of time and space as well as various divisions and partitions in the society.

Meanwhile, online networks require technological standardisation. The research

team installed the archives and ICHPEDIA in compliance with international standards.

Of two widely used international data standards— Dublin Core and MARC—the team

is accumulating data adopting Dublin Core. I suggest establishing a network through

which we can carry out joint work and share data with other organisations in Korea and

overseas institutions involved. Web-based networks are convenient and efficient, and

they are evolving rapidly. Realising such a network largely depends on IT capabilities

and the will to standardise data.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 69 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 70 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

071

I. Introduction

The Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage (‘ICH Convention’ or ‘Convention’ hereafter) was adopted in 2003 and subsequently brought into force in 2006. The ICH Convention mandates signatories to use or mobilise various measures to safeguard intangible cultural heritage.

Even though the Convention does not succinctly mention the elaborate legal measures for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage, the intellectual property rights to protect intangible cultural heritage and its holders are implied throughout provisions of the Convention. To implement the Convention’s spirit, the Operational Directives clarify legal form as safeguarding measures by stating that:

[S]tate Parties shall endeavor to ensure, in particular through the application of intellectual property rights, privacy rights and any other appropriate form of legal protection, that the rights of the communities, groups, and individuals that create, bear and transmit their intangible cultural heritage are duly protected….1

Protection of Intellectual Property Rights for the ICH Practitioners

Pilho Park

Attorney-at-LawPark Law Firm PLLC

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 71 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

Chapter II 072

Intellectual property rights as a form of legal protection in the area of intangible cultural heritage have long been discussed during various occasions along with tangible cultural heritage. However, there are many obstacles on the road to vesting property rights in the specific cultural heritage.

Intangible cultural heritage is a type of cultural heritage that does not have substantive or touchable objects. In order to grant a legal right to someone, contemporary legal principles of intellectual property demand a tangible object in general, among many other elements, whereas intangible cultural heritage in its nature does not have the one.

Even though rights of intellectual property are recognised in intangible cultural heritage and thus can vest in the owner of it, it is still unclear who would be the owner of the rights since in many cases it is very difficult to specify the owner(s) of intangible cultural heritage.

Intellectual property rights are a relatively newly developed legal concept compared to traditional real or personal property rights. The theories of intellectual property rights have been evolved mainly in the European culture; therefore, together with a short history of practice of such kind of law, the rest of the world benchmarked European intellectual property laws without enough time or opportunity to develop their own legal theories or accumulate practices to evolve them to their own customary laws.

In these days, most intellectual property rights are governed by statutes. Rooms for customary laws are too small to settle in them. Statutes stipulate well-defined elements of intellectual property rights for claim or protection as if they have a well-constructed fortress that hardly accommodates strangers. In this situation, the Convention requires respective signatories to secure intellectual property rights for communities, groups and individuals to pave the way for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage.

1) Operational Directives for the Implementation of the Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage adopted by the General Assembly of the States Parties to the Convention at its second ordinary session (Paris, France, 16 to 19 June 2008), amended at its third session (Paris, France, 22 to 24 June 2010) para. 104.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 72 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

073

II. Intellectual Property Rights in General

Intellectual property as a legal term refers to some distinctive types of creations of mind that traditionally include three areas—patents, trademarks, and copyrights. Under intellectual property law, an owner may be granted exclusive rights to his intangible assets expressed by various forms of work such as music, literature, or fine art, among others.

(a) Patent

A patent is granted to a person who invents or discovers any new and useful process,2 machine, manufacture, composition of matter, or any new and useful improvement thereof.3 The person, who is called the potential patentee, must demonstrate what he had done by the patent application in order to obtain a patent.

The application contains specification and claims. The specification is to describe how the invention works. The claims are to point out the patentability of specification. If a patent is granted, the patentee will have an exclusive right to make, use, offer to sell, or sell the invention to others.4

In order to be patentable, an invention must meet statutory standards. Basic requisites are the novelty and non-obviousness of the invention. Novelty means that an invention must not be found in prior art.5 Non-obviousness means that the invention must be different from the prior art in a meaningful way.6

In order to satisfy the novelty requirement, an invention must not be similar to the public knowledge or use whereas for the non-obviousness requirement, the

2) The term ‘process’ in this context means process, art, or method, and includes a new use of a known process, machine, manufacture, composition of matter, or material. See 35 U.S.C.A. § 100.

3) 35 U.S.C.A. § 101.

4) See 35 U.S.C.A. § 154(d).

5) In the case of copyright, it merely requires originality that the copyrighted work should not be the copy of others. Novelty means in a simple word it should be ‘new’ to be patentable. There are detailed legal descriptions for an invention to be ‘new.’ See 35 U.S.C.A. § 102.

6) ‘A patent may not be obtained … if the differences between the subject matter sought to be patented and the prior art are such that the subject matter as a whole would have been obvious at the time the invention was made….’ See 35 U.S.C.A. § 103.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 73 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

Chapter II 074

invention must be sufficiently different from the prior art. Because of these two requirements for a patent, obtaining patent protection is much more rigorous than protections of other intellectual property rights. However, even after obtaining a patent, the patent is often times challenged and invalidated by courts.

There are three types of patents: utility patents, plant patents, and design patents. Utility patents are known as ‘patents for invention’. In general, a utility patent protects the way an invention is used and works. Utility patents may be granted to a person for an invention of the new and useful process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter, or new and useful improvement thereof. The term of this type of patent in the United States is twenty years from the date of patent application filing. During this period, its owner can exclude others from others making, using, or selling the invention.7

Plant patents are granted to an inventor who invented or discovered and asexually reproduced a distinct and new variety of plant. The granted protection lasts for twenty years from the date of filing the application.8 Design patents are granted to an inventor who invented any new, original, and ornamental design for an article of manufacture.9 A design patent protects only the appearance of the article and not structural or utilitarian features. Design patents are protected for fourteen years from the date of grant.10

(b) Trademark

The term trademark includes any word, name, symbol, or device, or any combination, used or intended to be used, in commerce to identify and distinguish the goods of one manufacturer or seller from goods manufactured or sold by

7) See 35 U.S.C.A. § 161. See also U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (PTO) website of http://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/ac/ido/oeip/taf/patdesc.htm <visited 11/07/2011>. Approximately 90% of the patent documents issued by the U.S. PTO in recent years have been utility patents.

8) See 35 U.S.C.A. § 161. See also U.S. PTO website of http://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/pac/plant/#1. <visited 11/07/2011>.

9) See 35 U.S.C.A. § 171.

10) See 35 U.S.C.A. § 173.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 74 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

075

others, and to indicate the source of the goods.11 Examples would include a brand name like ‘Coca-Cola’ for the carbonated beverage or ‘Dell’ for a computer.

Trademark laws in general have three main objectives: (1) protecting the good will and reputation of sellers; (2) preventing consumer confusion or deception about who produced the goods or service they have purchased; and (3) promoting competition in the market.12

The basic nature of trademark ownership is use of that mark in commerce.

[T]rademarks help consumers to select goods. By identifying the source of the goods, they convey valuable information to consumers at lower costs.… The trade mark is a valuable asset, part of the ‘goodwill’ of a business…. The value of a trademark is in a sense a ‘hostage’ of consumers: if the seller disappoints the consumers, they respond by devaluing the trademark.13

In order to be registered and protected as intellectual property, a trademark

should be distinctive. The distinctiveness test is somewhat subtle but it should anyhow be distinctive rather than arbitrary, suggestive, or fanciful. A trademark also should not use a generic name indicating a product name or category such as ‘apple’ for an apple or ‘hard liquor’ for whiskey as well as a descriptive term indicating its own nature, for example, ‘salty’ salt or ‘sweet’ candy.

With regard to the ownership of a trademark, a person who has bona fide intention, under circumstances showing the good faith of such a person, to use a trademark in commerce may request registration of its trademark on the principal register….14 As such, a trademark protection vests in a person who intends to use it commercially. The duration of trademark registration is ten years. It may be renewed in ten-year periods indefinitely, provided that the trademark is still in use at the time of expiration.15

11) See 15 U.S.C.A. § 1127. See also U.S.PTO website of http://www.uspto.gov/trademarks/process/index.jsp <visited 11/07/2011>. Service mark is also defined similarly but in the United Kingdom, it was merged into the trade mark while the United States laws distinguish them.

12) See GARY MYERS, PRINCIPLES OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LAW (2008) at 162.

13) Scandia Down Corp. v. Euroquilt, Inc., 772 F.2d 1423 (7th Cir. 1985).

14) See 15 U.S.C.A. § 1051(b).

15) See 15 U.S.C.A. § 1058.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 75 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

Chapter II 076

(c) Copyright

Copyright is a personal property right that protects the exclusive right of authors of literary, dramatic, musical, artistic, etc. works. Statutorily protected works are categorised as: (1) literary works; (2) musical works, including any accompanying words; (3) dramatic works, including any accompanying music; (4) pantomimes and choreographic works; (5) pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works; (6) motion pictures and other audio-visual works; (7) sound recordings; and (8) architectural works.16 Separate copyright also subsist in secondary-works such as films, soundings, and broadcasts.

Copyright protection subsists in original works of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression, now or later developed, from which they can be perceived, reproduced, or otherwise communicated, either directly or with the aid of a machine or device.17

Copyrightable work is explained that ‘[t]he sine qua non18 of copyright is originality. To qualify for copyright protection, a work must be original to the author. Original, as the term is used in copyright, means only that the work was independently created by the author (as opposed to copied from other works), and that it possesses at least some minimal degree of creativity.’19 Therefore, a copyrightable work must show two elements: originality and a minimal degree of creativity.

Copyright protection does not extend to any idea, procedure, process, system, method of operation, concept, principle, or discovery, regardless of the form in which it is described, explained, illustrated, or embodied in such work.20

While an idea is not copyrightable, an expression of the idea is copyrightable.21 Copyright does not protect functional features. Therefore, if design elements merge into an aesthetic function, they are not separable for copyright protection. The

16) See 17 U.S.C.A. § 102(a).

17) Id.

18) These Lain words can be translated into English as ‘essential condition or requirement.’

19) Feist Publications, Inc. v. Rural Telephone Service Co., 499 U.S. 340 (1991) para. 10.

20) See 17 U.S.C.A. § 102(b).

21) Einstein’s relativity theory itself is not copyrightable but if he authors a book about it, the book can be protected by the copyrights law.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 76 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

077

following are some samples of works not subject to protection: words and short phrases such as names, titles, and slogans; plans; devices; blank forms; works consisting entirely of information that is common property;22 and typeface.23

Copyrightable work should be fixed in a tangible medium of expression as mentioned above. It is said that ‘[a] work is fixed in a tangible medium of expression when its embodiment in a copy or phonorecord, by or under authority of the author, is sufficiently permanent or stable to permit it to be perceived, reproduced, or otherwise communicated for a period of more than transitory duration.’24

The meaning of ‘fixation’ is explained as follows: if the work is being made simultaneously with its transmission, a work consisting of sounds, images, or both that are being transmitted, it is considered ‘fixed’ for purposes of the copyright law.25 That is, as soon as a copyrightable work is expressed in a tangible medium, its protection automatically ensues.

Computer programs are considered writings and thus copyrightable if they have sufficient originality and authorship. Sound recordings, such as music, are copyrightable. Composers, producers, and performers of music are generally protected by copyright law. Derivative works are also protected.26 A public performance of copyrightable works is also protected.27

22) Examples of such works are standard calendars, height and weight charts, tape measures and rulers, schedules of sporting events, and lists or tables taken from public documents or other common sources etc. See 37 C.F.R. § 202.1

23) See 37 C.F.R. § 202.1.

24) 17 U.S.C.A. § 101.

25) Id.

26) Statutory definition of a ‘derivative work’ is so broad. It is a work based upon one or more preexisting works, such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatisation, fictionalisation, motion picture version, sound recording, art reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which a work may be recast, transformed, or adapted. See 17 U.S.C.A. § 101.

27) Protected public performances are literary, musical, dramatic, and choreographic works, pantomimes, and motion pictures and other audiovisual works. See 17 U.S.C.A. § 106(4).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 77 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

Chapter II 078

III. Identifying Ownership of Intangible Cultural Heritage28

Practitioners are those who practice intangible cultural heritage. They may be an individual member of a community or group or an independent individual practitioner. They may be referred to the whole community or group as a unit. Intellectual property rights vest in the owner who may be a natural or legal person. Multiple owners can have rights over their single intellectual property. As to intangible cultural heritage, identifying the owner of a specific intangible cultural heritage is the first step to seek for protection of intellectual property rights if a right or rights can be granted to the owner. This question goes to who the owner of intangible cultural heritage is in the end.

A. Ownership of Intangible Cultural Heritage

A confusing term within the realm of discussion regarding intangible cultural heritage is ‘heritage’. Heritage may be contradictory to the conception of intellectual property rights whose tests are novelty in patents, distinctiveness in trademarks, and originality in copyrights in general. There might not be room for ‘heritage’ to nestle in the tests of the intellectual property rights that require freshness or originality.

Generally speaking, heritage means the inheritance of a proprietary right or value from a person who has already passed away. It is sometimes used with a modifying word such as ‘spiritual’ heritage in order to stress non-material inheritance; however, it does not have legal meaning if someone inherits something that does not accompany substantive rights. For example, even though descendants have inherited Picasso’s genius in art or Hegelian dialectic idea from their ancestors, they are far from being an object for legal protection.

Similarly, in the case that communities, groups or individuals inherit intangible assets from their ancestors, it is clear that these assets are not the ones to be

28) The vast majority of this chapter is a loan from an article titled ‘Issues of ICH Communities Involving the Protection of Intellectual Property Rights in the ICH Field’ authored by Pilho Park and published by ICHCAP (Intangible Cultural Heritage Center for Asia-Pacific) with the book title of the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage & Intellectual Property Rights: Trend and Challenges as the 2010 Expert Meeting Report in 2010.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 78 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

079

protected by subtantive laws or precedent case laws. As to intangible heritage, it does not have practical prerequisites to get under the legal umbrella since the owner of it is not identified, and even if ownership is recognised, it lacks basic legal conditions to be a heritage since there does not exist an expressed devise, bequest, or familial relationships. Therefore, the term heritage is nothing more than a rhetoric that does not imply legal meaning in its word itself.

The fact that intangible cultural heritage is out of the legal umbrella means it is a kind of public good laid in the realm of the public domain. Public goods are something that can be shared freely such as air or natural water. Even if someone wrote a book after citing certain historical facts from the Official Records of the Yi Dynasty of Korea, it would not be an infringement of copyrights. The same is true of someone who sings ‘Arirang’, a popular Korean folk song, in a theatre for the audience who bought admission tickets. It is because these goods are in the public domain. On the other hand, some people make money from exploiting such public goods29 or obtain exclusive rights through patent application.30

Contrary to reality, communities, groups, and individuals as entities that hold, maintain, and sustainably develop intangible cultural heritage are not legally protected, as no legal rights have been granted to them. Should they be satisfied with being successors of the traditional culture who hold and practice intangible cultural heritage while some general people make good businesses or garner their fame by commercially exploiting intangible cultural heritage?31 If this situation goes on, many members of communities and groups as well as individuals who are

29) American duet Simon and Garfunkel had made a lot of money from their song ‘Scarborough Fair’, which was lessoned from an England musician who had no right to the song since the song was considered a folk song within the realm of the public domain. The same is true for a Korean folk song named ‘Han O Baek Nyeon’, which was sung by Yong Pil Cho, a popular singer in Korea.

30) In 2001, two Indian nationals applied for a patent in the United States for a plant named ‘tumeric’ which has been used for treating some diseases. The patent was granted but it was canceled later after a relevant Indian authority for preserving traditional knowledge raised a question about its novelty. See WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION, Regional Consultation on Development of Traditional Medicine in the South-East Asia Region, Pyongyang, DPR Korea, 22-24 June 2005 By Mr. V.K. Gupta. 1. http://www.searo.who.int/linkfiles/meetings_document16.pdf ,<visited on 10/05/2010>. In this case, the reason for cancellation was not to protect a traditional knowledge; rather, it was lack of novelty. Anyhow, the traditional knowledge was benefited indirectly.

31) In Australia, through an amendment of law recently, if a performer of folklore was not compensated at the time his performance was recorded, he is entitled to the copyright in part over the recorded performance. This legislation is a good sign of progress in recognizing intellectual property rights in intangible cultural heritage. See T. Janke, ‘Indigenous Intangible Cultural Heritage and Ownership of Copyright’ in T. Kono (ed.), Intangible Cultural Heritage and Intellectual Property: Communities, Cultural Diversity and Sustainable Development at 170, 2009.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 79 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

Chapter II 080

directly related to intangible cultural heritage may be apart from their position. If so, the traditional heritage will eventually fade out by losing the opportunity of smoothly succeeding to the next generation.

Culture itself belongs to the public domain that cannot be a part of private property. However, individual pieces of work that consist of overall culture can be private property, even though it consists of a part of the public domain, once it is consistent with legal conditions to be a private property. In doing so, there must be novelty, distinctiveness, or originality as prerequisites in order to have intellectual property rights.

The ICH Convention was born with the spirit of recognising ownership in intangible cultural heritage through its making of an environment to prepare basic legal conditions for intellectual property rights.32

B. Ownerships for Community Practitioners

Recognition of ownership itself is not a critical issue in modern intellectual property law. Ownership of an intellectual property right lies on the ‘person’ who insists it until it is declared by the court. ‘Person’ can only be an owner of an intellectual property along with ownership of any other property regardless of whether the person is natural or legal. In some cases, a de facto legal person that is short of being a full legal person can be an owner of property. In this stage, a somewhat complicated question arises when the two different conceptions—ownerships of intellectual property rights and intangible cultural heritage—are mixed.

So who could own intangible culture; should it be possible to own it? Would it be possible that all residents of Jeongseon county can own the copyrights to Jeongseon ‘Arirang’, one of several versions of Arirang? Would it be possible that every national of Swaziland can own intellectual property rights to the ‘Reed Dance’ festival in which all unmarried women above fourteen participate? This issue reverts back to the question of how the term ‘communities’ is defined.

UNESCO’s definition of ‘communities’ is so vague that no clear understanding exists. The reason UNESCO was unable to clearly define the term may be imputed

32) See ICH Convention section III art. 11~18.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 80 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

081

to the fact that so many diverse cultures exist. Therefore, it may not be easy for UNESCO to define the term ‘culture’ properly. However, maintenance and development of intangible cultural heritage will not be made if a certain type of ownership is not recognised for the heritage. Considering this, a proper definition of ‘communities’ must be made in order to ascertain elements of communities. This may be the safeguarding spirit of the ICH Convention.

Based on the spirit of the ICH Convention, the most effective way to preserve, maintain, and develop intangible cultural heritage may be to obtain the status of a legal person.33 ‘Communities’ may obtain the status of a legal person by way of: (1) a legislative action in a state where the ‘communities’ belongs;34 (2) a judgment through the interpretation of relevant law; or (3) the formation of a corporation or organisation by themselves. There may be another way to have ownership without being a legal person. It could be a type of common ownership by all members of a specific community.35 However, since this method will undeniably bring out a plethora of complicated legal issues, it may not be the best to pursue.

More ideas remain. The first issue involves how to recognise members of a community. The larger the members of a community, the more difficult it becomes to confirm membership. If a community is a huge one, such as a city or region (i.e. Gangneung City in Korea for the Gangneung Danoje Festival), it is certainly not easy to name every member of the community. In the process of confirming members, basic guidelines suggested by UNESCO such as ‘a shared historical relationship’ and a ‘network’ of ‘people whose sense of identity and connectedness’ will be helpful. However, since these guidelines are still so vague, detailed criteria should be made by the preparatory organ or supporting authority for forming the legal personality of a community. The ICH Convention, in fact, recommends such

33) There are some different voices opposing UNESCO’s initiative for intellectual property rights in intangible cultural heritage. For details, see T. Kono, ‘Convention for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage: Unsolved Issues and Unanswered Questions’ in T. Kono (ed.), Intangible Cultural Heritage and Intellectual Property: Communities, Cultural Diversity and Sustainable Development at 35, 2009.

34) See ICH Convention of 2003 art. 13(d). In this clause, the Convention recommends signatories to take necessary legal measures for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage.

35) As to multiple persons’ ownership, there are ‘tenancy in common’ and ‘joint tenancy’ in common law, which both have undivided common ownership with other(s). If, for instance, ten persons own a property together through joint tenancy or tenancy in common, all ten persons have full ownership over the property undividedly at the same time rather than have one-tenth of a portion respectively. This form of ownership may be good for ‘groups’ rather than ‘communities’ since the latter may have too many members as owners.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 81 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:46

Chapter II 082

efforts to Member States.36 After earning legal person’s status, a community may encounter demanding

work in order to maintain legal person’s status. There should be a general meeting of all members, board of directors and officers to conduct businesses. It may be costlier than it was during the time of holding non-legal person’s status in addition to facing more complex legal questions than before while following the recommendation from the ICH convention for safeguarding. However, such costs should be considered a natural cost for holding and maintaining intellectual property rights. In a nutshell, while having premature safeguarding measures, the first thing to do is to obtain legal person’s status if relevant laws allows.37

C. Ownerships for Group and Individual Practitioners

In the case of a smaller community, the question becomes how to obtain a legal person’s status in relation to intangible cultural heritage or if they can even be recognised as an owner of intellectual property. The ‘communities’ example may be applicable to the case of ‘groups’ in the same manner; otherwise, it can apply for the conception of ‘tenancy in common’ or ‘joint tenancy’ as a form of ownership in intellectual property in relation to intangible cultural heritage.38 For the ‘individuals’ case, there are not any legal barriers for a natural person to be an owner of intellectual property. The only question, along with other entities, is whether an individual can be an owner of a specific intangible cultural heritage by negating characteristics of the public goods in the heritage.

36) See ICH Convention art. 13.

37) As to how to recognise intellectual property rights in intangible cultural heritage, one is criticising the present approach through a modern legal theory, which is allegedly Western Europe-oriented. However, he does not alternatively offer viable propositions. See I. Mgbeoji, ‘On the Shoulders of the ‘Other’ed’: Intellectual Property Rights in Intangible Cultural Heritage and the Persistence of Indigenous Peoples’ Texts and Inter-Texts in a Contextual World’ in T. Kono (ed.), Intangible Cultural Heritage and Intellectual Property: Communities, Cultural Diversity and Sustainable Development at 210 and 220, 2009.

38) The two types of common ownership have somewhat differences in the degree of intimacy between or among common owners, relationship to the third party, and inheritance, among other things. Such differences should be discussed when there is a detailed study for ownership of intangible cultural heritage.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 82 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

083

IV. Protecting Practitioners’ Rights in Intangible Cultural Heritage

The application of intangible cultural heritage to the contemporary intellectual property regime is one of the toughest jobs in the mission of safeguarding ICH. In order to protect intellectual property rights, the rights must vest in practitioners as owners. In order for rights to vest in practitioners, several requisites required by laws should be overcome. Legal requisites such as novelty, distinctiveness, or originality are so rigid to apply to intangible cultural heritage. However, several efforts have been made in some countries and international organisations as well as non-governmental organisations. These efforts are mainly found in areas of traditional knowledge and traditional cultural expressions or expressions of folklore.

A. Traditional Knowledge

Traditional knowledge can be defined as a kind of knowledge held by indigenous people of a particular community. It also refers to: ‘traditional-based literary, artistic, or scientific works; performances; inventions; scientific discoveries; marks; names and symbols; undisclosed information; and all other tradition-based innovations and creations resulting from intellectual activity in the industrial, scientific, literary, or artistic fields.’39

For many communities, traditional knowledge forms part of a holistic worldview and is inseparable from their very ways of life and their cultural values, spiritual beliefs, and customary legal system.40 It was sometimes misappropriated by so-called advanced societies for their benefits by isolating the working principle of a traditional medicine and patented it.41

These days, holders of traditional knowledge are confronted with various difficulties to maintain and transmit the knowledge. The primary difficulties largely

39) WIPO, Intellectual Property Needs and Expectations of Traditional Knowledge, WIPO Report on Fact-finding Missions on Intellectual Property and Traditional Knowledge (1998-1999) at 25.

40) WIPO, Intellectual Property and Traditional Knowledge at 1.

41) See supra note 30.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 83 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 084

come from short or lack of relevant policy or legal system for the protection of traditional knowledge at both national and international levels even though several policy frameworks have been made in relation to protecting traditional knowledge at the international level.42

Because of external, social, and environmental pressure, more difficulties come from the fact that people in communities migrate, encroach on the modern lifestyle, and disrupt traditional ways of life. Thus, traditional knowledge is being endangered. In addition, traditional knowledge holders’ lack of systematic knowledge about theirs is another fact for facing difficulties. In many cases, they do not know how to isolate chemical compounds from the object they are using for healing in a traditional way. Moreover, their knowledge is sometimes commercially exploited.43

In order to protect traditional knowledge, a certain policy or law must recognise property rights over traditional knowledge holders first. This may be called a positive method of protection. After the rights are vested in them, the holders may have legal a remedy against infringement of the property rights. This may be called a defensive method. Effective protection of traditional knowledge requires combination of the two methods.

(a) Sui generis

Sui generis44 aspects of intellectual property law can be a measure for protection of traditional knowledge. Sui generis in intellectual property law is an extended term of a traditional legal regime to protect rights that fall outside traditional intellectual property doctrines. Therefore, a sui generis system, if recognised, can give intellectual property rights to the holder of traditional knowledge. A number of countries have already adapted sui generis measures to the existing intellectual property law system. For example, China has recognised a

42) Convention on Biological Diversity of 1992 and UN convention to Combat Desertification of 1994 by UNEP, Primary Health Care Declaration of Alma Ata of 1978 by WHO, Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property by WTO, International Undertaking on Plant Genetic Resources of 1983 by FAO, and many activities by WIPO were made among many other efforts.

43) See supra WIPO Report at 7-8.

44) Sui generis means ‘of its/his/her/their own kind or unique’.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 84 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

085

traditional method of diagnosis and treatment in Chinese traditional medicine as a way of granting a patent.45

(b) Fair competition

Unfair competition in a legal sense is a wrongful business practice that any person in connection with any good or service uses any word, term, name, symbol, device, false designation of origin, or false or misleading description of fact that can cause confusion or mistake. Unfair competition is comprised of torts that cause an economic injury to a business through deceptive or wrongful business practice.46

If any person is doing business with a false or misleading claim that a product is authentically indigenous or has been produced or endorsed by, or otherwise associated with, a particular community, group, or individual, the aggrieved party can seek for a legal remedy.

(c) Confidentiality and trade secrets

A trade secret is confidential information that has commercial value but is not generally available to the public. It can be the form of formula, practice, process, design, instrument, pattern, or compilation of information. If someone steals, takes, carries away or conceals, copies, duplicates, etc. without authorisation, it constitutes a crime.47

45) See Regulations of the People’s Republic of China art. 23. Sui generis measures tend to be more used to protect traditional knowledge of tangible cultural heritage than intangible one even though demarcation between tangible and intangible are subtle. United States recognises American natives’ insignia through a Database of Official Insignia of Native American Tribes and prevents others from registering these insignia as trademarks in the United States. See http://www.uspto.gov/trademarks/law/tribal/index.jsp <visited 11/11/2011>. See also New Zealand’s Trade Act of 2002 art. 19 stating that if a person applies for registration of a sign as a trade mark and the sign contains the name or representation of a person, the trademark authority may require the written consent from relevant person who is implied as the Maori authority.

46) See 15 U.S.C.A. § 1125(a).

47) See 18 U.S.C.A. § 1832.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 85 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 086

Laws of confidentiality and trade secret can be used for protecting traditional knowledge owned by a community, group, or individual. A traditional community often requires that certain knowledge be disclosed only to certain limited recipients. In this situation, a customary law can be applicable to protect confidentiality and trade secrets..48 Public disclosure of sacred-secret materials also can be recognised as traditional knowledge for legal protection.49

B. Traditional Cultural Expressions/Folklore

The term ‘traditional cultural expressions (or traditional expressions of folklore)’ is defined as productions consisting of characteristic elements of the traditional artistic heritage developed and maintained by a community, group, or individual of a particular society reflecting the traditional artistic expectations of such a community.50 Traditional cultural expressions include verbal expressions,51 musical expressions,52 expressions by actions,53 and tangible expressions,54 among other things. These may be either intangible or tangible or, most usually, a combination of the two.55

The issue of how to protect traditional cultural expressions is more related to copyright law than any other part of intellectual property law. Protecting traditional cultural expressions is not always suitable to modern legal systems since conceptions of intellectual property laws have been developed without considering

48) U.S. Court, applying Indian customary law, awarded remedies to Tulalip Tribes, indigenous people in Washington State, for breach of confidence when the tribal confidentiality named StoryBase, a digital collection of traditional knowledge, was disclosed.

49) See an Australian case Foster v. Mountford and Rigby Ltd. (1977). In this case, court prevented publication of book that contained aboriginal people’s secrets. The court reasoned that the publication of the book may ‘undermine the social and religious stability of their hard-pressed community’.

50) See WIPO, Intellectual Property and Traditional Cultural Expressions/Folklore at 6.

51) These include folk tales, folk poetry, riddles, signs, words, symbols, and indications.

52) These include folk songs and instrumental music.

53) These include folk dances, plays, and artistic forms of rituals.

54) These include production of folk art such as drawings, paintings, carvings, sculptures, pottery, terracotta, mosaic, woodwork, metalware, jewelry, basket weaving, needlework, textiles, carpets, costumes, crafts, musical instruments, and architectural forms.

55) See WIPO, supra note 50.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 86 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

087

the safeguarding of intangible cultural heritage. In this situation, relevant persons or authorities must make efforts to achieve

the goal of protecting traditional cultural expressions. These efforts may include both legal and non-legal measures. Measures can include, among other things, legislating laws for the protection of anonymous and unpublished traditional works, making policy goals for the protection of traditional expressions, obtaining legal personality for relevant communities and groups by forming an association, adapting sui generis aspects of intellectual property systems, and/or recording and documenting cultural expressions.

Contemporary law and legal systems are not good instruments to protect traditional cultural expressions as intellectual property rights. Law is a product of policy goals. Thus, making policy goals to have a better legal system is one of many very important measures to protect intellectual property rights for practitioners, among other measures. However, in this part, only some legal measures are reviewed.

(a) Anonymous and unpublished works

The Berne Convention protects anonymous and unpublished works.56 The relevant part of the Berne Convention is applicable to traditional cultural expressions/folklore through domestic legislation. A practitioner of a traditional cultural expression can also be protected through a treaty if the country of the practitioner in question ratified the treaty.

A practitioner has a right to claim to be identified as his own performance as his live aural performances or performances fixed in phonograms.57 This is about moral rights of performers.58 And a practitioner can enjoy the exclusive right of authorising, in regard to his performances, the broadcasting and

56) See Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works art. 15.

57) See WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT) art. 5.

58) Moral rights can only be held by individuals. Groups and communities cannot claim moral rights in their work. In 2000, Australia by amending its Copyright Law of 1968 newly stipulated moral right clauses. See Copyright Law of Australia part IX. In this amendment, moral right is defined as: (1) a right of attribution of authorship; (2) a right not to have authorship falsely attributed; or (3) a right of integrity of authorship.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 87 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 088

communication to the public of his unfixed performances and the fixation of his unfixed performances.59 The exclusive right contains economic rights over the performances.

(b) Obtaining legal personality

Traditional cultural expressions are closely related to copyrights. Under modern copyright law, more than one person can be a holder of the right. Traditional cultural expressions are often performed by collective community members or a group. They can form an association that has a legal personality in order to comply with a requirement to hold the copyright. In order to hold the copyright, the work of traditional expression must also be original rather than a repetition of a performance of transmitted work. The originality question can be resolved by recreating the work if the expression in question is made in a tangible medium. Legal remedy is available to the invested right on the traditional expressions.

(c) Sui generis measure approach

In recent years, many countries have elected sui generis measures for the protection of traditional cultural expressions mainly by amending or inserting relevant provisions in the existing copyrights law. Some countries established separate laws and systems for protection. A model law for the protection of traditional cultural expressions has guided legislative directions on how and what elements should be included and considered in the course of establishing a new legal protection.60 Based on this model law, some countries have stipulated the traditional cultural expression, including derivative works, as a new type of copyright.

59) WPPT art. 6. If a country ratified the WPPT, it must give practitioners of intangible cultural heritage to authorise sound recordings of their performances.

60) See UNESCO and WIPO’s Model Provisions for National Laws on the Protection of Expression of Folklore against Illicit Exploitation and other forms of Prejudicial Action of 1982.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 88 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

089

(d) Recording and documentation

Recording and documentation of traditional cultural expressions play an important role in safeguarding intangible cultural heritage. They are needed for inventories, databases, and lists as an important safeguarding activity. However, in contemporary copyright law principles, recording or documenting intangible expressions itself does not automatically protect performers. Copyright law usually requires a work to be expressed in a tangible medium but traditional cultural expressions themselves cannot be the object of copyright protection since such expressions are ‘intangible’ and should be a ‘living’ nature of art. Under this principle, copyrights may be vested in the person including a legal person, who recorded and documented the expressions rather than in communities, groups, or individuals as performers.

V. Suggestion and Conclusion

How to protect ICH practitioners’ intellectual property rights is one of the main issues in implementing the mission given by the ICH Convention to signatories. Present legal systems operated in many countries are not properly designed to protect intellectual property rights for ICH practitioners. Relevant international organisations have made great efforts to ensure that individual countries adopt appropriate measures for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage. Such efforts bring out changes in some countries even though the changes are not a big stride.

ICH practitioners’ intellectual property rights are not a full-fledged right in the contemporary legal system. Rather, intellectual property rights for the vast majority of practitioners in the world are not recognised so far. Fortunately, however, things are moving forward to a positive way even though achieving the goal is a far away to go. It is so difficult to fully vest ICH practitioners’ intellectual property rights without changing the present legal regime. Changing an old regime is derived from changing one’s mind. Every relevant party should keep this change in mind.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 89 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 90 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

091

I. Basis of Information as a Safeguarding Measure in the 2003 UNESCO Convention

Information is considered a safeguarding measure in the 2003 UNESCO Convention. The word ‘information’ is found several times in the text of the 2003 Convention. States Parties are required to provide information regarding programmes of inventory of ICH in their territories1.

States Parties to the Convention are required to endeavour, by all appropriate means, to ‘ensure recognition of, respect for, and enhancement of the intangible cultural heritage in society, in particular through: …educational, awareness-raising and information programmes, aimed at the general public, in particular young people’.2 Educational, information, and awareness-raising programmes are herein

1) 2003 UNESCO Convention on the Safeguarding of Intangiblle Cultural Heritage, Article 12, Paragraph 2

2) 2003 UNESCO Convention, ibid, Article 14, Paragraph (a) and Sub (i)

ICH Safeguarding and Utilisation through ICH Information

Gaura Mancacaritadipura

Vice-ChairmanIndonesian National Kris Secretariat

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 91 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 092

identified as tools for ensuring the recognition of, respect for, and enhancement of ICH in society to be directed towards the general public, in particularly young people. That the younger generation be able to access information on ICH is essential to ensure ICH transmission for the ongoing safeguarding of ICH. This reference highlights the relation between information programmes and awareness-raising and educational programmes. Obviously awareness raising or educational programmes cannot be carried out without materials based on appropriate information on ICH.

The exchange of information and experience is cited as one aspect of what the Convention envisages for international cooperation.3 This exchange of information and experience has become one of the major activities of the UNESCO Category 2 Centre, known as the International Information and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region under the auspices of UNESCO (ICHCAP),4 that was established by the Republic of Korea.

The Convention also places as a condition for requests for international assistance that information accompany all such requests.5 To possess and provide the required information, States Parties intending to request international assistance would therefore have to establish mechanisms for collecting such information.

Our conclusion is that the 2003 Convention places importance on collecting, storing, and disseminating ICH information as an important part of ICH safeguarding on national, sub-regional, regional and international levels.

II. The Need for Information for Awareness Raising and ICH Safeguarding

Obviously the beginning of ICH awareness is information. By having ICH information, one becomes informed and then aware of ICH. If one is aware of ICH,

3) 2003 UNESCO Convention, ibid, Article 19, Paragraph 1

4) Park, Seong-Yong, Ph.D, Information Sharing and Nerworking on ICH Safeguarding in the Asia-Pacific Region, Presentation at Regional Seminar on Safeguarding ICH and Expression of Cultural Diversity, Jakarta, 5-6 October 2011, Slide No. 7

5) 2003 UNESCO Convention, ibid, Article 22, Paragraph 1, juncto Article 23, Paragraph 3

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 92 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

093

then one can begin efforts to safeguard ICH. Thus information is an important starting point in all efforts to raise awareness and safeguard ICH.

Systematic and easily understandable information about ICH is needed by all stakeholders, including government officials of States Parties to the Convention, NGOs, and individuals who are active in the ICH field. Of course, we have the Basic Texts of the Convention, updated annually and published by UNESCO in English and French editions. The Basic Texts contains the text of the 2003 Convention, the Rules of Procedure of the Committee, and the Operational Directives of the Convention. The Basic Texts has been, and will continue to be, distributed widely by the UNESCO Secretariat. Anyone who is working in the ICH field should take the time to familiarise him or herself with these texts. The texts of the 2003 Convention are by necessity framed in the language of international law and are not always easily understandable by ICH practitioners in the field. For countries where English or French are not widely understood, there is a need to translate these texts into national and even local languages, so that people can easily understand and apply the texts in their respective vernacular languages. Many States Parties to the Convention, including Indonesia, have translated at least the text of the 2003 Convention into their national language as a requirement for ratification in accord with their respective constitutional processes.6

However, we should be aware that transferring knowledge and information about ICH is by no means a one way conduit; namely, from the ICH Secretariat to the regional, sub-regional and national levels. Sometimes there are practitioners of ICH in the field who naturally possess a deep knowledge of ICH as well as the ways it is practised and transmitted, even without ever having studied the texts of the 2003 Convention.7 After hearing Silverse Anami’s master lecture presentation on 14 October in Oaxaca, Mexico, detailed in the footnote below, I got the impression that there are many things we can learn about ICH from the indigenous communities of Africa who have been practising, safeguarding, and transmitting their ICH from ancient times down to the present. The same would apply to ICH communities all

6) Terjemahan Konvensi 2003 UNESCO tentang Pelindungan Warisan Budaya Takbenda (Translation of the UNESCO 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultureal Heritage, appended to Presidential Decree No. 78 of July 2007, Ratifying the 2003 Convention, as printed in Berita Lembaran Negara (the Gazette of the Republic of Indonesia).

7) Anami, Silverse Lisumala, Master Lecture on The Safeguarding Challenges of the African Elements Inscribed on the Representative List, Oaxama, Meksiko, 14th October 2011

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 93 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 094

over the world. Understanding ICH is not gained merely by a process of Western-style academic analysis, but in many respects can only be gained by seeing, hearing, and feeling the ICH while being among the ICH communities themselves. ICH researchers in the field may sometimes learn from ICH practitioners, record the practitioners’ special knowledge (keeping in mind of course, intellectual property issues), and make this information available for the benefit of all. Dr Seong-Yong Park of ICHCAP has set an excellent example in this regard, during his many trips on field research around the Asia-Pacific region in Korea, Mongolia. Vietnam, Indonesia, and Kazakhstan as well as Pacific island countries. ICHCAP has also compiled such information and made it available for interested parties through its ICH Courier newsletter and ICHCAP website.

III. Steps Taken for ICH Information Collection and Sharing in Indonesia

My presentation on this point will be set out following the pattern established by ICHCAP8; namely,

a. Field Survey and Collection of ICH-Related Information

A field survey of ICH in Indonesia had been carried out by various parties. Among them has been the Centre for Research and Development of Culture on the then Ministry of Culture and Tourism.9 The Ministry has eleven units called by the acronym BPSNT10 (Office for Conservation of History and Traditional Values), each office covering two or three provinces. These units conduct field surveys and collect

8) Park, Seong-Yong, Dr. ibid

9) As of 17 October 2011, the Ministry of Culture and Tourism has been restructured to become the Minstry of Tourism and Creative Industries and the Ministry of Education and Culture. Restructuring below the ministerial level awaits further government regulations.

10) Badan Pelestarian Sejarah dan Nilai Tradisional

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 94 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

095

information regarding ICH in their respective areas.11 Besides this, culture services in districts and municipalities all over Indonesia collect ICH information in their areas. In 2010, the Centre for Development of Culture published a book entitled Kris from the Scientific Perspective,12 containing academic papers on kris cultural heritage by twelve scholars from various disciplines. Then, there are NGOs and individuals who collect ICH data. Examples of this include the Indonesian Wayang Database Centre (PDWI), established by the Indonesian National Wayang Secretariat (SENA WANGI) in 1999, which has collected a large amount of data regarding the more than sixty styles of Indonesian wayang puppetry in digital, audio, video, and printed materials. The Centre runs a website,13 and it has published a six-volume encyclopaedia on wayang and another on wayang characters. The Indonesian National Kris Secretariat has conducted an extensive inventory of kris cultural heritage all over Indonesia, and publicised this material through its Keris magazine and through its website. NGOs such as the Damartaji Foundation have also compiled information on kris cultural heritage over many decades and published a book and many academic papers presenting this material. I will refer to the role of all the stakeholders who have collected information on ICH later in my paper.

Indonesia collaborated in a field survey and an ICH information collection project initiated by ICHCAP between 2009 and 2010. The survey produced a country report, which is stored and distributed by ICHCAP.

b. ICH Inventory Making and Online Databases

Using input from a regional-level symposium on the topic held in Jakarta on 19 and 20 August 2009, in collaboration with UNESCO Jakarta Office, the Directorate-General for Cultural Values, Arts and Film of the then Ministry of Culture and

11) Examles. Inventory of traditonal schools, practitioners and written research on Traditional Dances of Bali, most recently updated by BPSNT Bali and Nusa Tenggara Provinces on 2009, and inventory of the culture of Aceh Province by BPSNT Bandar Aceh.

12) Pusat Penelitan dan Pengembangan Kebudayaan, Keris dan Segi Ilmiah, Haryono Haryoguritno (ed.), Jakarta, 2010

13) www.wayang-indonesia.com

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 95 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 096

Tourism14 published a bilingual book titled Inventory of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Indonesia.15 The book outlines a 2003 Convention compliant inventory system containing seventeen data fields as follows:

(1) Inventory Code (numerical file code to be filled in by the Ministry);(2) (a) Name of the Cultural Element, and (b) its other names if any;(3) Name of the person reporting the cultural element;(4) Place and date of the report of the cultural element;(5) Agreement for Inventory by (a) community/organisation/ association/

insitution, (b) social group, or (c) individual person;(6) Concise history of the cultural element;(7) Name of the community / organisation / association / institution /

paguyuban16 association / social group / person responsible for the element:(8) Culture teacher/ maestro: Please fill in the names of persons having

knowledge and skill regarding the cultural element, and their age;(9) Location of the Cultural Element (main location, and other locations);(10) Category of the Cultural Element (tick one or more) (among the five ICH

Domains); (11) Concise Description of the Cultural Element at the present time;(12) Present Condition of the Cultural Element (tick one);(13) Present efforts to safeguard the cultural element;(14) According to the teacher/maestro, community or persons holding the

cultural element, what are the best methods (Best Practices) to safeguard and develop this element of culture? (Please describe briefly);

(15) Documentation (16) References, and(17) *Specially to be filled in by operators of websites containing cultural

14) The former Ministry of Culture and Tourism as of 17 October 2011 has been restructured to become the Minstry of Tourism and Creative Industries and the Minstry of Culture and Education, adding a Deputy Minister for Culture within this Ministry. The restructuring down to lower echelons is still being conducted.

15) Direktorat-Jenderal Nilai Budaya, Seni dan Film, Kementerian Kebudayaan dan Pariwisata in collaboration with UNESCO Jakarta, Pencatatan Warisan Budaya Takbenda Indonesia/ Inventory of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Indonesia, Jakarta, 2009

16) Paguyuban is a form of traditional association formed among ICH communities to advance and safeguard their respective ICH, particularly in Java. Such associations exist all over Indonesia under various names and styles.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 96 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

097

elements who are willing to enter into metadata collaboration with intangible cultural heritage inventory.17

The inventory entry of each cultural element is to be updated regularly, at least every two years.

This book has been used as a reference for compiling inventories in other countries as well. The English edition of this book is available on the website of the UNESCO Jakarta Office18.

c. Promotion of ICH Intellectual Property Rights Protection

Intellectual property rights are not directly addressed in the 2003 Convention,19 as IPR is an area covered by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO). However, the matter of IPR in relation to the 2003 Convention is an issue that cannot be ignored, and it is being discussed widely on the international level. This matter has been extensively debated for over a decade by WIPO. WIPO is still in the process of trying to achieve a consensus on this matter. This matter becomes particularly complicated with regard to ICH of which we cannot identify the creators, and even more so with regard to sacred and secret knowledge of ICH communities.

ICHCAP held a one-day seminar on this topic on 20 October 2010 in Seoul, Republic of Korea. During this seminar, international experts presented papers on various aspects of this topic. I made a presentation during this seminar, as detailed in the footnote below. This topic was also recently discussed in the Second Session of the Regional Seminar on the Safeguarding of ICH and the Diversity of Cultural Expressions in Jakarta on 5 and 6 October 2011. In this session of the regional seminar, three experts made presentations. One presentation was made by Dr Seong-Yong Park from ICHCAP.20 The other two papers presented were by Prof Dr Agus

17) Direktorat-Jenderal Nilai Budaya, Seni dan Film, ibid, 3.2

18) http://portal.unesco.org/geography/en/ev.php-URL_ID=8136&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&URL_SECTION=201.html; http://www.unesco.or.id/publication/CLT_Publications_2009.pdf

19) Mancacaritadipura, Gaura, Intangible Cultural Heritage and Inellectual Property Rights, Paper presented in a seminar on ICH and IPR in Seoul, Korea, on 20 October 2010

20) Park. Seong-Yong, Dr., Intellectual Property Issues in the Safeguarding and Information Sharing of ICH, Paper presented at the Regional Seminar on Safeguarding ICH and Expression of Cultural Diversity, Jakarta, 5-6 October 2011

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 97 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 098

Sardjono, SH. MH of the University of Indonesia,21 and Michi Tomioka, MA,22 of Osaka City University. Public awareness of IPR in relation to traditional culture and ICH is generally lacking all over the world. Therefore, further discussion on this topic is much needed, as well as promotion to enhance public awareness.

d. Efforts to Restore and Digitalise ICH-Related Materials

Many ICH-related materials in all five domains of ICH are threatened by time in various ways. To enhance the viability of ICH related to these materials, restoration and digitisation are methods that can be used. One example of restoration is the ongoing efforts by the Kepustakaan Budaya (Culture Library) of the then Ministry of Culture and Tourism, located in the National Gallery of Indonesia, to safeguard its collection of books on cultural heritage against insects and deterioration. The Perpustakaan Nasional (National Library) of Indonesia has been engaged in safeguarding such written records and also digitalisation of collections. The inventory system mentioned in 3.b above has both hard-copy and digital systems of recording ICH data. Digital data on ICH information is itself in need of ongoing efforts to safeguard the data against corruption and damage due to technical problems.

e. Publication and Public Relations for Promotion of ICH

As our goals are increasing awareness and encouraging ICH safeguarding, it is not our intention that the ICH information that we have compiled and stored will remain locked away in a closed archive or database. It is our intention that this information be available as widely as possible to all stakeholders (keeping in mind always intellectual property rights issues regarding such data). Therefore, the existence of ICH information must be publicised and promoted. This can be done by disseminating

21) Sarjono, Agus. Prof. Dr. SH, MH, Antara Hak Kekayaan Intelektual dan Seni Tradisi (Between Intellectual Property Rights and Traditional Arts), based on a book of the same title by the same author

22) Tomioka, Michi. MA. Penghargaan terhadap Sumber Karya Seni (Appreciation of Sources of Artistic Works) Paper presented at the Regional Seminar on Safeguarding ICH and Expression of Cultural Diversity, Jakarta, 5-6 October 2011

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 98 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

099

printed or electronic matter, for example, through the media. The then Ministry of Culture and Tourism of Indonesia had regularly collaborated with the media in Indonesia to promote ICH information and to increase public awareness of ICH. Seminars and workshops on ICH information have also been conducted to this end.

f. Institutional Safeguarding System for ICH

Among the institutional safeguarding actions proposed in the 2003 Convention to be taken by States Parties to the Convention to guarantee ICH safeguarding are to adopt appropriate legal, technical, administrative and financial measures aimed at

• fostering the creation or strengthening of institutions for training in the management of the intangible cultural heritage and the transmission of such heritage through forums and spaces intended for the performance or expression thereof;

• ensuring access to the intangible cultural heritage while respecting customary practices governing access to specific aspects of such heritage; and

• establishing documentation institutions for intangible cultural heritage and facilitating access to them.23

The Directorate-General for Cultural Values, Arts and Film of the then Ministry of Culture and Tourism and the Centre for Research and Development of Culture of the Body for Resource Development of Culture and Tourism has been, and will continue to be (under the restructured Ministries) the main government organs involved in institutional safeguarding of ICH in Indonesia, by carrying out some of the above actions. The government is presently drafting a law on culture as a framework, which it is hoped will contribute towards enhancing institutional safeguarding of ICH in Indonesia. The establishment of an ICH inventory system in Indonesia by the Ministry also constitutes institutional ICH safeguarding.

23) UNESCO 2003 Convention, ibid, Article 13

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 99 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 100

IV. Possible Pitfalls in ICH Information Collection, Storage, and Dissemination

Over the past ten years doing field work in ICH, I have observed a number of pitfalls in the matter of ICH information collection, storage, and dissemination. I would like to share these ‘bad practices’ so that we may all take note and avoid falling into the same traps

a. Attempting to collect information on ICH only by sitting in an office, reading reference books, and searching the Internet, without ever going into the field and meeting the experts and practitioners. The soul of ICH is not to be found in academic books or on the Internet, but rather among the communities who practice ICH. Thus, as mentioned above, it is very important to go into the field to see, hear, and try to feel a little of what ICH practitioners feel regarding their ICH. Only in this way will we be able to understand and appreciate ICH. A good example of such effective and community-based ICH fieldwork is Dr Seong-Yong Park of ICHCAP in Korea, who has travelled all over Asia-Pacific region the past three-plus years, interacting with ICH communities to collect information and experiences about ICH. He has also recently taken up playing the Korean traditional flute, which is part of Korea’s ICH.24 Another example, from Indonesia, is Dr Harry Waluyo, then Director of the Centre for Research and Development of Culture of the then Ministry of Culture and Tourism who has been all over Indonesia from Aceh in the far north-west of Indonesia to Papua in the far eastern part of our country from 2009 to 2011, interacting with the local people while collecting information and experiences of ICH directly from the communities concerned and training local researchers to do the same. He has also taken up some of these ICH practices as his hobbies (Indonesian kris, noken handcraft of Papua, angklung, and others).25 We very much need to understand that collecting ICH information is not

24) Park, Seong-Yong. Dr. Interview. Jakarta, 6 October 2011

25) Waluyo, Harry, Drs, M.Hum, Interview, Jakarta, 5 October 2011

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 100 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

101

simply an academic exercise because it will later be used as a basis for future safeguarding activities, which sine qua non will have to involve the respective ICH communities.26 That is why excursions are a very important part of ICH seminars and conferences, providing ICH experts a chance to see, hear, and feel ICH for themselves in the field, not merely in an academic context and perspective, and they also give experts a chance to get to know ICH communities first hand.

b. Not regularly updating ICH information. ICH is not a collection of fossils, but rather, by its nature, is constantly being recreated and changing with the times. So if our ICH information is not updated regularly, it will quickly become out of date and perhaps even invalid. That is why the 2003 Convention insists on periodically updating ICH inventories.27

c. Depending exclusively on digital records. Digital information is not as secure as we would like to think.28 Sometimes digital systems crash, and sometimes information and data from years and years of research may vanish or get corrupted in an instant. One tragic example is the SIKT29 (Integrated Information System on Culture) established during the 1990s by the then Director-General of Culture of the then Department of Education and Culture, Prof Dr Edy Sediawati. At one point, the system crashed, and there was to our knowledge no backup. This represented a major loss of data – the results of years of research work all over Indonesia. In 2010, Dr. Harry Waluyo discovered a part of this SIKT data in a computer in the BPSNT (Office for Conservation of History and Traditional Values) in Yogyakarta. So we should get into the habit of always backing up data, and also keeping hard copies of important data records, so our work may not disappear due to unexpected technical failure of electronic data.

26) UNESCO 2003 Convention, Article 11, Paragraph (b)

27) UNESCO 2003 Convention, Article 12, Paragraph 1

28) Kono, Toshiyuki (ed.) Intangible Cultural Heritage and Intellectual Property: Communities, Cultural Diversity and Sustainable Development Intersentia Publishing, Antwerp, 2009.

29) Sistem Informasi Kebudayaan Terpadu. Directorate-General of Culture of the Department of Culture and Education, coordinated by Prof Dr Edy Sediawati, then Director-General of Culture.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 101 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 102

d. Not involving communities in ICH information collection. ICH information coming only from scholars, and not from ICH community members themselves, will be less valid. This is stressed also in the 2003 Convention. We should in all respects involve community members in collecting information on ICH and also in regularly updating the information, as a basis for ongoing safeguarding efforts.

e. Making very expensive, exclusive publications of information about ICH and only distributing this information among a very limited class of people who can afford to buy these materials. It is ideal if information about ICH may be disseminated as widely as possible (keeping in mind, of course, IP issues) to increase wide public awareness of ICH down to grassroots level and thus enhance the chances of viability of ICH elements. Making ICH data available online (keeping in mind IP issues) can help to make it widely available and thus increase public awareness.

V. Using ICH Information in ICH Safeguarding.

The book on inventorying the intangible cultural heritage of Indonesia identifies many parties who might like to use ICH data, each for their own respective purposes and benefits, as follows:30

Government- will have regularly updated data on Indonesian cultural elements- inventory will facilitate planning and policymaking for ICH safeguarding - inventory will facilitate the preparation of periodical reports of the

development of elements of Indonesian culture

30) Directorate General for Cultural Values, Arts and Film, Ministry of Culture and Tourism, ibid.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 102 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

103

Academics- as a source for research, development of science and curriculum teaching

materials for universities

Business Sector- can develop cultural elements as creative products which are competitive globally- can market creative products distinctively Indonesian- can open creative product businesses

General Public- can know the diversity of culture existing in Indonesia- can create distinctive cultural creativity with global competitiveness- can raise the standard of living of communities

In the context of the 2003 UNESCO Convention, the most important ways in which ICH information can be used is for raising awareness on ICH and as a basis for ICH safeguarding.

ICHCAP has collected and disseminated ICH information not only on a national level, but also on a regional level (Asia-Pacific) for the benefit of all stakeholders. Indonesia has so far hosted two regional seminars on ICH,31 inviting colleagues from the Asia-Pacific region to share ICH information.

VI. The Important Role of Networking in Relation to ICH Information Collection and Dissemination.

If we have to personally collect ourselves and then disseminate ICH information from a wide field, then it will be time consuming and costly, and the results will be limited in scope. A better solution to this problem is to use networking, both in the collection as well as at the dissemination phases of ICH information.

31) Symposium and Workshop on Inventory in Safeguarding ICH, 19 and 20 August 2009, and Regional Seminar on Safeguarding ICH and Diversity of Cultural Expressions, 5 and 6 October 2011.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 103 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 104

At the collection phase, we may network with other bodies who may have compiled data on ICH, and request through mutual agreement to share ICH information. On the digital level, one form of such data sharing is called metadata. Online databases can be linked up. This might save us considerable time and expense. Using a Web 2.0 platform can help to engage authorised members of the public to continuously edit and update our ICH online (similar to Wikipedia).32 An example of such a Web 2.0 website containing extensive ICH material is wahana-budaya-indonesia.com,33 which has been created by a group of young IT experts from the city of Bandung in West Java Province. The ICH inventory system of the then Ministry of Culture and Tourism proposes such a metadata system and a Web 2.0 platform. An example related to the concept of metadata is as follows. The Indonesian Wayang Database Centre (PDWI) already has a huge amount of information regarding Indonesian wayang34 (puppet theatre), which has been collected since 2009. So rather than researching from zero to collect information about wayang puppetry, it is far more efficient to make an agreement and share data by a metadata system.

In a similar way, ICH information can be distributed far more widely through networking with ICH stakeholders, both government, NGO and individual ICH stakeholders. ICHCAP has set a good example by establishing a network of ICH stakeholders in the Asia-Pacific region, and utilizing this network to collect and disseminate information about ICH as widely as possible.

VII. Pros and Cons of Proposed Moves to Bring ICH Information and Safeguarding Efforts to the Regional, Sub-regional, and National Levels

I would like to present some of the perceived pros and cons of proposed moves to bring

32) Waluyo, Harry, Drs. Metadata sebagai Alat untuk Menghimpun Data Kebudayaan Indonesia, (Metadata as a Tool for Compiling Data on Indonesian Culture). Paper presented at the Symposium and Workshop on Inventory for Safeguarding ICH, Jakarta, 19-20 August 2009

33) http://www.markosweb.com/www/wahana-budaya-indonesia.com/

34) Indonesian Wayang. Proclaimed a Masterpiece of the Oral and Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity by UNESCO in 2003, and inscribed on the Representative List of ICH of Humanity by the IGC in 2008

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 104 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

105

ICH information and safeguarding efforts to the regional, sub-regional, and national levels, as contrasted with centralised information and safeguarding efforts of ICH on an international level, especially as related to the situation in the Asia-Pacific region.

The 2003 Convention requires States Parties to ‘recognise that the safeguarding of intangible cultural heritage is of general interest to humanity, and to that end, undertake to cooperate at the bilateral, sub-regional, regional and international levels’.35 A few examples of such cooperation are as follows.

Bilateral: Information Sharing Workshop on Inventory and Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage and Nomination of Intangible Cultural Heritage and Safeguarding Practices for Inscription by UNESCO. A collaboration between the Department Cultural Heritage, Ministry of Culture, Sports & Tourism of the Socialist Republic of Viet Nam and the Centre for Research and Development of Culture, Ministry of Culture and Tourism of the Republic of Indonesia. The workshop was held on 6 September 2010, at the offices of the Dept. of Cultural Heritage, Ministry of Culture, Sports and Tourism of the Socialist Republic of Viet Nam. The workshop presented three speakers from Viet Nam and three from Indonesia. ICHCAP has also conducted many bilateral workshops on ICH with many countries in the Asia-Pacific region.

Sub-regional: Establishment of the ASEAN Puppetry Association. Puppetry in its various forms is a kind of ICH found in nine of the ten ASEAN countries. Representatives of puppetry communities from all ten ASEAN countries founded this sub-regional NGO on 1 December 2006 in Jakarta to safeguard puppetry ICH on a sub-regional level. APA just held its fourth annual meeting in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (1–3 October 2011). I was involved in the founding of APA and participated in the recent annual meeting.

Regional. ICHCAP was founded by the Republic of Korea, and now recognised as a Category 2 Centre of UNESCO, with a focus on networking and information. CRIHAP was established by the People’s Republic of China with a focus on ICH training. A Category 2 Centre was also established by Japan with

35) UNESCO 2003 Convention, Article 19, Paragraph 2

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 105 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 106

a focus on ICH research.

International: The annual meetings of the Intergovernmental Committee for Safeguarding Intangible Cultural Heritage, and the biennial General Assemblies of States Parties, constitute activities on the international level.

Indonesia plans to hold a World Culture Forum in 2012. This forum will also touch upon ICH-related matters as well as a broader spectrum of culture-related matters.

Some of the positive aspects of such moves to decentralise ICH information and safeguarding are efficiency in terms of cost and human resources. Regional, sub-regional, and national stakeholders are able to collect and disseminate ICH information and encourage safeguarding right down to grassroots levels in their respective areas, without depending exclusively on funding and on human resources of the ICH Secretariat.

One concern of the ICH Secretariat is to always preserve consistency in standards of ICH information and practices under the 2003 Convention. This has been achieved by the UNESCO Secretariat by conducting a number of ICH training of trainer workshops, to train and certify experts in each region, who then, it is hoped, will give training workshops on ICH in their respective areas. It is hoped that in the future, more safeguarding of ICH use through information can be conducted through activities at sub-regional and regional levels, keeping in mind always the standards set by the UNESCO Secretariat through its various publications, documents, and capacity-building activities.

Conclusions

1. That the 2003 Convention places importance on collecting, storing, and disseminating ICH information as an important part of ICH safeguarding on national, sub-regional, regional and international levels.

2. That the beginning of awareness of ICH is information. By having ICH information, one becomes informed and then aware of ICH. If one is aware of ICH, then one can begin efforts to safeguard ICH. Thus, information is an

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 106 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

107

important starting point in all efforts to raise awareness and safeguard ICH. Transferring knowledge and information about ICH is by no means a one-way conduit, and therefore, researchers should use knowledge of ICH found among ICH communities.

3. That activities related to ICH information collection and sharing according the pattern established by ICHCAP have been conducted in Indonesia. Notable among them is the system for the Inventory of Intangible Cultural Heritage of Indonesia, published the form of a bilingual book in collaboration with the UNESCO Jakarta Office.

4. That there exist a number of pitfalls in the matter of ICH information collection, storage, and dissemination. We would do well to take note and try to avoid these ‘bad practices’ so that we may avoid falling into the same traps, in order to optimise our collection, storing and dissemination of ICH information.

5. That ICH information may be used by a wide spectrum of stakeholders, including government, academic, NGOs and individual persons. This has been recognised in designing the ICH inventory system in Indonesia.

6. If we have to personally collect and then disseminate ICH information from a wide field, then it will be time consuming and costly, and the results will be limited. The solution is to use networking, both in the collection as well as at the dissemination of ICH information.

7. There exist pros and cons with regard to sub-regional and regional approaches to ICH information collection and dissemination. It is hoped that in the future more ICH safeguarding use through information can be conducted through activities at sub-regional and regional levels, keeping in mind always the standards set by the UNESCO Secretariat through its various publications, documents, and capacity-building activities.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 107 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter II 108

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 108 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

Chapter III Strengthening Collaborative Networks through

ICH Information Sharing

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 109 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 110 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:47

111

Abstract

This paper seeks to understand the role and functions of non-governmental organisations in fostering intangible cultural heritage. The 2003 Convention promotes the involvement of NGOs from developing countries in the Intergovernmental Committee for implementing intangible heritage (IX. 1 and 2 of the Convention and III.ii of the Operational Directives). The participation of local, national, regional, and domain-specific NGOs through accreditation gives sustenance to the ICH programme while the support of the NGO sector will ensure wider participation and action towards ICH safeguarding globally.

The paper looks at the role of the NGO sector in terms of its involvement, legitimacy, and contribution to policy and implementation relating to intangible heritage. It argues that the active participation of NGOs can minimise the gulf between state and society in making comprehensive, cohesive, and inclusive policy and implementation strategies for intangible cultural heritage. There is an increasing demand for such organisations the world over, since a vibrant

Involvement and Collaboration of NGOs in Building Information: A View from India

Sudha Gopalakrishnan

Executive DirectorSahapedia

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 111 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 112

NGO presence is a marker for greater accountability, capacity building and decentralisation in governance, leading to a better system of management.

I. Safeguarding Intangible Cultural Heritage

During the past few decades, intangible cultural heritage (ICH) has been understood and recognised as a vital aspect of common inheritance the world over. Consequently, over the years, a large number of international and national instruments have been put in place to safeguard this heritage. The policies aimed at revitalising intangible heritage recognise the diversity of ICH expressions across the world in terms of their uniqueness, plurality, and role in affirming universal values of freedom, justice, and harmony.

ICH has a multifaceted existence. The dynamic transference of such heritage through different generations across vast stretches of time does not happen merely through conscious cognitive tools of learning, but through a process of crystallisation through multiple agencies and different temporalities, as it were. Many of the practices, expressions, and objects are handed down to us from an ancient and immediate past and have arisen from the needs of society and were in turn conditioned by society. In our own times, realising the richness and value of this bequest, national and international agencies like UNESCO and its affiliate organisations as well as national governments have come forward with action plans and strategies to revitalise this heritage.

II. The Role of Non-government Organisations ICH Safeguarding

Many countries see the safeguarding of heritage as the prerogative of the government. In addition to governmental initiatives, the involvement of non-government institutions and organisations are critical in the revitalisation of ICH. Heritage interventions have recently shifted their thrust from a state-oriented

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 112 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

113

patronage model to a public-accountability model. The realisation is getting stronger that unless society owns up its heritage and guarantees support to foster it, it will not be easy to promote and revitalise it. Historically, less attention than deserved has been given to the non-governmental sector in policymaking across the world. The issue of involving representatives of the people as part of democratic process was understood across the world right from ancient times. The argument that governments require specialised skills and decisions could not be left to ‘amateurs’ was the crux of earlier views, right from Plato and Aristotle in Greece to Kautilya in his Arthasastra in India. However, many thinkers and philosophers from John Stuart Mill and Jean-Jacques Rousseau have favoured a representative democracy where there is room for the expression of multiple voices and interests.

Across the world, in practice, NGOs have played a key role in safeguarding intangible heritage. Often region-specific and domain-specific, they have helped focus attention on different heritage expressions and have helped sustain them from the threat of disappearance. The efforts of this sector have led to large-scale documentation and sustenance of practices related to all aspects and domains of intangible heritage. Often region-specific and domain-specific, they have helped focus attention on different heritage expressions and have helped sustain them from the threat of disappearance. NGOs rooted in the community empower the practitioner to sustain cultural practices not as passive perpetrators but as active agents in decision making and sustenance. Civil society and NGOs can play a role in developing and preserving historic knowledge in local communities if they undertake innovative actions. For example, documenting oral history through a process of people’s involvement is a method how ‘memory’ may be kept alive. People’s narratives are ‘intangible heritage’ used as a reference and orientation point for cultural action. The arrival of digital audio and video technologies has made it possible to generate documentation and archival material easily. In this case, the involvement of NGOs need to be targeted for capacity building and to create oral historians, curators, and sound and multimedia archivists who would learn the methodology, content management, and technology to create archival repositories of the future. This kind of capacity-building strategy will not only work towards its own sustainability but also create resources for the twenty-first century.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 113 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 114

III. Involvement of NGOs at the International Level: 2003 UNESCO Intangible Heritage Convention

The UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage has put in place a comprehensive strategy to safeguard and revitalise all aspects of ICH. As a natural development of the 1989 Recommendation on the Safeguarding of Traditional Culture and Folklore and concepts such as Living Treasures, the definition, role, and functions of the ICH programme developed organically through a series of meetings across the world. The key premises under the UNESCO Convention are to implement non-hierarchical measures to safeguard, revitalise, and disseminate the ‘knowledge, skill, and performance’ underlying ICH through training and capacity building, documentation and inventorying, and archiving and research as well as through exchanges aimed at mutual understanding.

The Operational Directives of the 2003 UNESCO Convention highlight the procedures for national and international safeguarding mechanisms, such as listing, funding, and community participation in fostering ICH. The revisions to the Operational Directives for implementing the Convention have adopted steps towards increasing community participation. In Clause III.2, the procedures involved in obtaining NGO participation at the international level are discussed, along with criteria for accreditation.

The modalities of accreditation, the procedure of submitting nominations, and the review of NGOs’ contribution and commitment have been provided in the Operational Directives of the Convention. The accredited organisations have advisory functions for evaluating

• nomination files for the List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding;

• the programmes, projects, and activities mentioned in Article 18 of the Convention;

• requests for international assistance; and• the effects of safeguarding plans for elements inscribed on the List of

Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 114 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

115

IV. Involvement of NGOs at the National Level

In conformity with the measures for safeguarding ICH at the international level, countries are encouraged and urged to involve relevant NGOs in identifying, defining, safeguarding, and disseminating ICH. A consultative body or a coordination mechanism may be created to facilitate the participation of communities, groups, and, where applicable, individuals as well as experts, centres of expertise, and research institutes, mainly for

(a) identifying and defining the different elements of ICH present in their territories;

(b) drawing up inventories;(c) elaborating and implementing programmes, projects, and activities; and(d) preparing nomination files for inscription on the lists, in conformity with

the relevant paragraphs of Chapter 1 of the present Operational Directives.

V. Experiences of NGO Participation in Revitalising ICH

The call for involving NGOs has given positive signals across countries and undoubtedly has given a boost to ICH safeguarding initiatives. It has come as a call for nations across the world to adopt a focused approach to strengthen participation through decentralising mechanisms. Several countries have responded to the call and have adopted measures to facilitate NGO partnerships in ICH safeguarding processes.

Although information on the exact procedures adopted by different countries is difficult to access, an Internet search on this point has yielded good results. In this context, it is reported that two regional capacity-building workshops on the role of NGOs in implementing the 2003 Convention were organised in Africa (in Libreville and Gabon in September) and in Latin America (in Quito and Ecuador, in October). The workshop for Africa aimed to bring together thirteen African NGOs accredited by the General Assembly of States Parties to act in an advisory capacity

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 115 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 116

to the Committee or to recommend organisations for accreditation. The objective of the workshop was to provide participants with technical knowledge regarding the role of NGOs in implementing the Convention at both the national and international levels; to create a space for debate and the exchange of experiences, good practices, and challenges; and to reinforce dialogue and cooperation among NGOs at the regional level.

In Senegal, it is reported that several NGOs that were regrouped within the National NGO Council of Support for Development (CONGAD) have helped revitalise its intangible heritage. These NGOs usually act locally in terms of Act 96-06 of 22 March 1996, which devolves to local organisations with elected assemblies the powers previously held by the state to design and implement cultural development programmes. NGO support helped develop a project for revitalising traditional trades and know-how at Ndeme in the Diourbel region, which led to the creation of several salaried jobs in a rural environment (Tambadou, 2003).

There is a staggering variety and multiplicity of intangible heritage in South Asia. It exists in a framework of totality and interconnectedness. The region of South Asia has a long tradition of service and reform through voluntary agencies. Thousands of institutions in the voluntary NGO sector play a crucial role in fostering ICH activities.

In India, communities play a vital role in emphasising the value of ICH in the local context. India is a vast repository in intangible heritage with countless expressions in each of the domains stretching across centuries. From the past, tradition bearers and supporters from within their communities have striven to keep ICH alive in the country, in spite of changed circumstances; any heritage revitalisation in the present context is a vindication of their commitment and efforts. The non-governmental efforts range from inspired and knowledgeable individuals’ efforts to collective efforts involving the whole community. Apart from this, a number of institutions such as libraries, archives, universities, and smaller organisations scattered across the country serve to make a large pool of non-governmental efforts at safeguarding intangible heritage. Many of them work through philanthropic contributions from the industrial sector and corporate houses while a large number are self-sustaining and often cash-strapped. Realising the need to strengthen this sector, the government of India, under the Ministry of Culture, has set up the National Culture Fund (NCF) as a trust under the Charitable Endowments Act, 1890. The NCF operates with a corpus fund to

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 116 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

117

encourage participation of the corporate sector, NGOs, state government, private/public sector, and individuals for promoting, protecting, and preserving India’s cultural heritage, both tangible and intangible. The NCF actively supports activities related to all aspects of intangible heritage. It is working in active collaboration with important NGOs in the country to encourage and invite collaboration on safeguarding and promoting ICH.

Many notable NGOs, such as the Indian National Trust for Art and Cultural Heritage (INTACH), primarily devoted to the protection of monuments, have recently included ICH in their mandated activities, following the visibility of the ICH programme. Sahapedia, an organisation started in New Delhi, is an open multilingual encyclopaedic web resource on Indian culture and heritage. Sahapedia aims to foster knowledge, encourage engagement, and generate action towards understanding and revitalising the diversity of Indian culture. By following a participatory mode of content generation, Sahapedia opens its doors to contributors from all over South Asia and the world and encourages contributors to engage in civil conversation on their own topics of interest. The mission is to provide a unique single-window access to India’s multifaceted culture and history, mainly through a participatory mode of content creation. It seeks to do so by providing a web resource that will bring people from different disciplines with different skills into conversation with one another and serve both as a community-created educational resource and as a platform for action in the area of Indian heritage. As a project on culture, Sahapedia will provide information on various cultural forms and practices, and it invites enthusiasts to contribute content on little-known aspects of culture. As an educational project, Sahapedia is a valuable tool for educators as well as students at various levels of their academic career. Such a resource on Indian history and culture does not exist on the Internet at present.

VI. Challenges for the NGO Sector

While NGOs play a great role in linking with community efforts, often there are few facilitating mechanisms for the sector’s operational efficacy. Often there is mistrust and fear of non-accountability regarding such institutions. However,

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 117 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 118

national legislations need to play an enabling role for facilitating the functioning of such organisations by implementing effective measures to strengthen inclusiveness with accountability.

As an example of the challenges faced in gathering support, I would like to cite a case from India in which I was involved. The first UNESCO Masterpiece Proclamation from India was done through Margi, an NGO working for the revitalisation of classical dances and theatre of India. The preparation of the dossier for proclaiming Kutiyattam, the Sanskrit theatre of India, as Masterpiece was wrought with great difficulties. The procedures were less known and information was poor. Though small in number, the community of actors had never worked together, and the lack of opportunities and support naturally led to insecurities and competition within this community. At the outset, there were some misgivings in terms of the benefits of such a proclamation, but once the announcement came through, the state and the community greeted it with great enthusiasm and the members of the community came together for the first time to address the issue of revitalisation. In spite of financial constraints, there was a renewed energy for the artists in applying themselves to creative projects. The three major schools of Kutiyattam took steps for revitalising the art by creating new productions, reviving earlier plays, and developing new choreographies. In the case of the second proclamation, the patrons and practitioners of Vedic Chanting again were grouped into unorganised and disparate bodies, but they came together for the common cause of rejuvenating it. Many schools of chanting made their own action plans for the rejuvenation of their own respective schools and decided to have more interaction in the future to support each other. This unity within the community perhaps became the greatest advantage of the UNESCO recognition.

To sum up, NGOs play a great role in people-centred action to strengthen ICH in national and international environments. A cohesive strategy to democratise the process by integrating state and NGO sectors is being proposed here as the key to effective safeguarding interventions of ICH.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 118 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

119

Abstract

This paper aims at providing a basis for discussion on how to enhance regional and sub-regional collaboration among ICH stakeholders. The paper begins with identifying ICH stakeholders at local and national levels, and then looks at ICH stakeholders at sub-regional and regional levels. Sub-regional integration bodies in Asia and the Pacific region are introduced as potential partners for ICH safeguarding, while specific functions assigned to three Category II Centres in the field of ICH established in the region are highlighted for the sake of clarification. Based on that, the paper suggests three actions with a view to enhancing regional and sub-regional collaboration among ICH stakeholders; i) set clear goals and results to be achieved within the framework of global vision, ii) formulate a strategy and action plan, and iii) ensure monitoring and evaluation. Most of the examples used in this paper are taken from the Pacific region with which the author is familiar.

Enhancing Regional and Sub-regional Collaboration among ICH Stakeholders

Akatsuki Takahashi, PhD

Programme Specialist for CultureUNESCO Office for the Pacific States

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 119 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 120

I. Introduction

The Asia-Pacific region is geographically vast. The region could be organized into different sub-regions. For example, Central Asia, West Asia, South Asia, South-East Asia, North-East Asia and Pacific.

The Asia-Pacific region is composed of countries at different levels in terms of economic development – developed, emerging economies, developing, etc. Some countries put emphasis on social and spiritual aspects of development. Example is Bhutan and its Gross National Happiness indicator. Some countries are facing challenges in post-conflict and post-disaster situations.

The regional integration is in-making in the Asia-Pacific region known for its diversity.

The title given to my presentation is “Enhancing Regional and Sub-regional Collaboration among ICH Stakeholders”. Before discussing this topic, I would like look at ICH stakeholders at local and national levels.

II. ICH Stakeholders at Local and National Levels

One of the important stakeholders is “community” as custodians of ICH. The community in this sense usually coincides with local community living in a certain place, although there are cases that community as custodians of specific ICH are

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 120 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

121

found across borders - local, national, and even regional – such as ICH shared by diasporas community. Community is one of the most important stakeholders in ICH safeguarding, since they are the ones deciding which practices are part of their cultural heritage. Also, communities themselves must take part in identifying and defining intangible cultural heritage.

Besides community, one can list a number of stakeholders within a country as follows:

i) Civil society including NGOs, museums, library, archives, cultural centres, universities, researchers, etc. ICH custodians and communities often form Association for specific ICH element for ICH safeguarding.

Cultural centre, museums and universities are important knowledge base and pool of experts for ICH safeguarding. For instance, the Centre for Samoan Studies attached to the National University of Samoa has been active in undertaking field survey and organizing conferences on selected topics on the Samoan culture that are open not only to students but also to the general public.

National and local researchers play key roles in the ICH safeguarding owing to their local knowledge and language skills.

ii) Government authorities in charge of ICH matters at different levels – municipal, provincial, regional, state, federal, etc. As representative of a State Party, they are responsible for the implementation of the ICH Convention within its territory by putting in place safeguarding policy and measures including ICH inventories.

Traditional leaders are important stakeholders of the governance of Pacific islands countries where top-down integration from central government and bottom-up integration from villages/communities are taking place to create unique system of governance. Their support for ICH safeguarding is very important in order to ensure community ownership and long-term sustainability of safeguarding efforts.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 121 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 122

iii) ICH Committee which could be established in accordance with Article 13 of the ICH Convention as a competent body for the ICH safeguarding plays an important role in the ICH safeguarding at country level. Ideally the ICH Committee/Council is composed of representatives of community, experts, civil society representative, etc, in order to serve as a multi-stakeholder forum on ICH safeguarding.

iv) UNESCO Country Office (in the case of Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Cambodia, Nepal, Pakistan, Uzbekistan, and Viet Nam) provides policy advice and technical assistance to Member State when needed.

v) UN Country Team (UNCT) is composed of UN specialized agencies and programmes (FAO for agriculture, WHO for health, UNICEF for children, UNDP for development, etc.) which have representatives in a country.

UNCT has been strengthening efforts to provide international assistance in more coordinated manner, which is called One UN or as “Delivery as One”.

I was in Port Moresby two weeks ago where One UN or Delivery as One project is taking place in order to attend UNCT meeting to discuss a document called UN Development Assistance Framework for 2012-2015. I have found out that the document is prepared around 4 thematic fields, namely, Governance, Health, Education and Environment (including disaster management). Even in the country like PNG, which is, for us, treasure of ICH and cultural and linguistic diversity,

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 122 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

123

this UN document includes little reference to culture. This is the reality on the ground, showing how culture tends to be still ignored in favor of economic and infrastructure development.

In order to convince other UN agencies and development partners who are more oriented to economic development and industrialization, UNESCO has been making efforts in promoting culturally sensitive approach and advocating the contribution of culture to sustainable development.

In recent years, UNESCO has been addressing a linkage between culture and sustainable development, social cohesion and culture of peace and highlighting the cultural dimension of the internationally agreed goals including Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and Education for All (EFA). For example, the local system of production to reduce extreme poverty and environmental sustainability (MDG 1 and 7), transmission of knowledge and skills at family setting and non-formal education (MDG 2), recognition of traditional knowledge and skills of self-educated crafts women (MDG 3) training and qualification of traditional birth attendants for the protection of children and mother (MDG 4 and 5), etc.

The above list of stakeholders is not exhaustive one. However, one can easily observe the wide range of ICH stakeholders that we have to work with at country level.

III. Regional and Sub-regional Collaboration among ICH Stakeholders

Based on the above, I would now look at ICH stakeholders at sub-regional and regional levels.

Sub-regional: At sub-regional level, one may add some bodies of sub-regional scope which are involved in ICH safeguarding as follows;

i) Sub-regional integration organizations such as ASEAN, ASEAN + 3, SAARC, ECO, ISESCO, PIF, etc. These entities are basically geo-political and economic organizations composed of a group of countries in a certain geographical

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 123 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 124

region of Asia and the Pacific. Their aims are primarily focused on economic growth and social progress, while recently some of them have started to pay serious attention to the importance of culture for sustainable development and support activities for cultural development among its members.

For example in the Pacific, the Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) is an intergovernmental organization established in 1971 with the aims of enhancing economic and social-well being of the Pacific Community through regional cooperation. The Pacific Plan 2005 adopted by PIF states; “We treasure the diversity of the Pacific and seek a future in which its cultures, traditions and religious beliefs are valued, honored and developed”. PIF assumes a higher level of political visibility among Pacific small islands countries. UNESCO Apia Office works in partnership with PIF in order to strengthen advocacy for cultural development.

ii) Several NGOs in State Parties in the Asia-Pacific region have been accredited as advisory bodies to the ICH Convention, making the ICH Convention as one of the most inclusive legal instruments among UNESCO Conventions in culture. For example, Pacific Islands Museum Association (PIMA) has been actively engaged in ICH safeguarding in the Pacific.

iii) UNESCO Field Office covering multiple countries such as UNESCO in Almaty, Apia, Beijing, Jakarta, and New Delhi, provides policy advice and technical assistance to member states as needed.

Regional: At regional level, one may add the following ICH stakeholders;

i) UNESCO Category II Canters including CRIHAP for training in China, IRCI for research in Japan, ICHCAP for information and networking in Republic of Korea. The specific functions defined in the relevant Executive Board documents are as follows (181 EX/17);

CRIHAP in China : (a) organize long-term and short-term training courses including classroom training and field-based training on the following subjects, and grant financial support to trainees in need of assistance: the

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 124 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

125

2003 Convention and its Operational Directives, different examples of policies including legal, administrative, technical and financial measures fostering the safeguarding of ICH, introduction to UNESCO publications on identification and documentation of ICH and their application in the field work, teaching ICH in formal and non-formal education, including courses of theory and practice training, (b) mobilize international and Chinese experts as well as scientific NGOs specialized in the different domains of ICH to work as instructors and advisors of the above-mentioned training activities, (c) enhance international regional cooperation with institutions active in the domain of ICH, notably those established under the auspices of UNESCO (category 2).

ICHCAP in the Republic of Korea: (a) establish an information system to ensure effective management of ICH data through the construction of a database, support identification and documentation of ICH, conserve and digitize archival materials and support the development of metadata standards, (b) make use of the accumulated information and data on ICH for the purpose of dissemination, produce and publish informational and promotional materials, and promote the protection of intellectual property rights of ICH practitioners and creators, (c) build networks among concerned communities, groups and individuals to reinforce transmission and dissemination of ICH, organize public events and meetings at the regional and international level, (d) strengthen international and regional networks to exchange information and knowledge concerning the safeguarding of ICH, particularly among ICH centres and institutes including those established under the auspices of UNESCO (category 2) as well as among individual ICH specialists.

IRCI in Japan: (a) instigate and coordinate research into practices and methodologies of safeguarding endangered intangible cultural heritage elements present in the Asia-Pacific Region, while cooperating with universities, research institutions, community representatives and other governmental and non-governmental organizations in Japan and elsewhere in the region, (b) assist, in terms of research, countries in the Asia-Pacific Region in implementing such measures as referred to in Articles 11, 12, 13

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 125 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 126

and 14 of the 2003 Convention, while paying special attention to developing countries, (c) to organize workshops and seminars focusing on the role of research as a useful component for safeguarding the intangible cultural heritage and related practices and methodologies, involving experts, community representatives and administrators from the Asia-Pacific Region, (d) to encourage and assist young researchers in the Asia-Pacific Region engaging in research activities related to safeguarding the intangible cultural heritage, (e) to cooperate with other category 2 centres and institutions active in the domain of safeguarding the intangible cultural heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region and beyond, and (f) to initiate cooperation among all other interested institutions active in the domain of safeguarding the intangible cultural heritage, while furthering technical assistance vis-a-vis developing countries in the Asia-Pacific Region.

As mentioned above, the Asia-Pacific region has at present three Category II Centres relating to ICH with specific functions. Obviously it is important to respect respective functions in order to ensure coordination and greater impact through combined efforts among them. And the adopted ICHCAP programs and workplan do include coordination meeting among 3 Centres.

On the other hand, this presents an interesting opportunity for us to

demonstrate to the international community how effectively the three Category II Centres can collaborate through ICH safeguarding and demonstrate “Delivery as One” for common goals and objectives.

ii) UNESCO Regional Office in Bangkok, which de fact is coordinating the UNESCO cultural programme in the region. UNESCO Office in Bangkok works closely with UNCT in Bangkok with “Delivery as One” approach.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 126 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

127

IV. How to Enhance Regional and Sub-regional Collaboration among ICH Stakeholders

Now coming to the topic given to my presentation, the following three points seem to be important as a way forward in order to enhance regional and sub-regional collaboration among ICH stakeholders,

i) Set clear objectives and results to be achieved within the framework of global vision

Global vision on the ICH safeguarding comes through the deliberations the General Assembly of the States Parties of the ICH Convention which is the sovereign body of the ICH Convention, as well as the ICH Intergovernmental Committee. It is important to set clear objectives and results to be achieved by Asia and Pacific region, which must be consistent with the global vision.

What are the goals of ICH safeguarding in Asia and Pacific region? Certainly it is not to increase the number of inscriptions from the region on the ICH Representative List. Priority is placed on safeguarding of ICH in need of urgent safeguarding and ICH of vulnerable communities as ICH custodians. This could be done by empowering communities and putting in place relevant cultural policy and measures at different levels

ii) Formulate strategy and action plan

Once goals and results are agreed upon among ICH stakeholders, it is recommended to formulate a strategy and action plan with mid-term perspective. This is very important in order to ensure coordinated approach among numerous ICH stakeholders involved.

Take an example of the implementation of the World Heritage Convention in the Pacific. Since the adoption of the World Heritage Convention in 1972 and being aware of the need for coordinated actions, the Pacific countries have established a practice to formulate a mid-term action plan. The first

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 127 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 128

Action Plan prepared with its target 2009 (Pacific 2009 Programme) has been succeeded by the current Action Plan covering a period from 2010 to 2015.

This Action Plan identifies regional and national actions with its emphasis on regional actions. Examples of regional actions are; regional workshop on thematic topics such as cultural landscape, the early human settlements in the Pacific, Pacific sites relating to the Pacific navigation, trans-border site management, information and education materials, research and actions on identified threats (climate change, etc), follow up of Asia-Pacific periodic reporting (2011), etc.

The Action Plan has been discussed, reviewed and updated at Pacific World Heritage Workshops. The Pacific World Heritage Workshops have been held four times (Cairns, Tongalio, Maupiti, and Apia) in the Pacific thus far with extra-budgetary funding from development partners (such as Australia, NZ, France, Norway, etc.). Hosted by one of the Pacific countries/territories, the Workshop brings together basically two (one for cultural sites, the other for natural sites) World Heritage focal points in each Pacific countries and territories together with representatives of ICOMOS and IUCN as well as regional NGOs (ICOMOS Pacifika, PIMA) and regional university (University of South Pacific).

The Pacific region hosted the World Heritage Committee Meeting in Christchurch in NZ in 2007 under the chairmanship of Mr. Te Heuheu, Paramount Chief of the Ngati Tuwharetoa Maori people of New Zealand. After almost 40 years collaboration, as of July 2011, 14 countries out of 16 Apia cluster countries are parties to the World Heritage Convention. Five sites (Kuk Agricultural Site in PNG, East Rennell in Solomon Islands, Bikini Atoll Nuclear Tests Site in Marshall Islands, Chief Roi Mata’s Domain in Vanuatu) from the Pacific islands countries and 5 sites in the Pacific territories (Lagoon of New Caledonia Reef Diversity and Associated Ecosystems in New Caledonia, Rapa Nui National Park in Chile, Henderson Islands in the Pitcairn Island, Volcanoes National Park and Papahanaumokuakea in Hawaii) are inscribed on the World Heritage List.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 128 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

129

iii) Monitoring and evaluation

The Asia-Pacific region is rapidly evolving. Monitoring and evaluation are therefore important to measure progress of implementation of a strategy and action plan against agreed results so that the strategy and action plan will be adjusted as necessary.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 129 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 130 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

131

Summary

This presentation paints a broad portrait of intangible cultural heritage (ICH) in Canada. In the first section, I examine the political and legal situations of a country that has not signed the 2003 UNESCO Convention. My focus rests more specifically on the recent legislative recognition of ICH in the Canadian province of Quebec, which adopted the Cultural Heritage Act on 19 October 2011. I explain the safeguarding mechanisms prescribed in this act and describe how the legislation will be put into practice. In the second section, I examine safeguarding initiatives that support ICH directly and indirectly at the federal and provincial levels. The presentation analyses more specifically the inventories undertaken in Quebec since 2003 and 2004, revealing their benefits and drawbacks. I conclude by demonstrating how international cooperation has strengthened efforts to develop ICH in Canada and abroad. Important aspects of these efforts include the exchange of expertise, political legitimacy conferred by external recognition, and professional networking.

Intangible Heritage in Canada:Political Context, Safeguarding Initiatives, and

International Cooperation

Antoine Gauthier

Executive DirectorQuebec Council for Intangible Heritage (CQPV)

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 131 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 132

I. The Political and Legal Contexts of ICH in Canada

1. Canada, Culture, and UNESCO

Canada was among the first countries to support the process that led UNESCO to pass the Convention on the Protection and Promotion of the Diversity of Cultural Expressions in 2005. The country was instrumental in developing the legal material and in the international negotiations that took place.

Quebec is one of the ten provinces of the Canadian federation.1 It played an active role in efforts leading to the enactment of the 2005 Convention by UNESCO, both within the Canadian delegation and within independent international networking initiatives, notably those with France. The fact that Quebec shares a language with France and with the UNESCO headquarters in Paris, an organisation with which it has traditionally shown intellectual affinities, provides it with an opportunity to position its ideas despite the small place it theoretically holds on the world stage.

Furthermore, geographic proximity to the United States of America, the main exporter of goods from the entertainment industry, has had a definite influence on Quebec and Canada’s strong desire to promote cultural diversity. This is especially true in a globalised context that facilitates the reproduction and widespread distribution of products like movies, music, and literature. With this in mind, the 2005 Convention allows Member States to protect their right to provide grants to cultural industries within their borders, thereby ensuring as much as possible that culture remains separate from the goods and services regulated by the GATT accords under the administration of the World Trade Organization (WTO).

The 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage is strengthened by the 2005 Convention in that ICH, as a subset of culture (and as part of the cultural industry), stands to benefit from the fact that governmental support of cultural productions are in this way protected. The links between the 2003 and 2005 conventions do not end there. In fact, the object of the 2003

1) Quebec is a federated state with seven million inhabitants, approximately a quarter of Canada’s population, and is the only Canadian province with a French-speaking majority. It has an area of 1.668 million km2, over sixteen times the size of South Korea.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 132 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

133

Convention—intangible heritage—is situated within the very crucible of global cultural diversity—the main objective pursued by the Convention of 2005—due to the strong regional particularities presented by its elements.

Although Canada was the first state to ratify the 2005 Convention and is also legally bound to the 1972 Convention on World Heritage,2 it has not yet ratified the 2003 Convention on ICH. The reasons invoked for this abstention relate to the argument that the Convention contains a definition of ICH that is too vague and creates significant obligations for the state that are almost impossible to fulfil (i.e. inventories and their regular updating), especially due to Canada’s multicultural population.

2. ICH in Quebec Legislation (Canada)

In its recent Cultural Heritage Act, adopted on 19 October 2011 and scheduled to come into effect one year later, Quebec has included clauses inspired by the 2003 Convention and by its Sustainable Development Act.3 This makes it the first Canadian province to recognise ICH at the legislative level. The new law will replace the Cultural Property Act adopted in 1972. In addition to the built heritage and movable properties recognised by the latter law, the 2011 law includes new heritage categories, notably the inclusion of ICH. These new categories consist of elements of heritage that do not generally fall under the ownership of a single individual, nor are they the object of fines or firm obligations to ensure their maintenance and protection.

2) Canada ratified this convention in 1976. Moreover, the head office of the Organization of World Heritage Cities (OWHC) is in Quebec City.

3) Quebec Sustainable Development Act (2006) :Article 6. […](k) Protection of cultural heritage: The cultural heritage, made up of property, sites, landscapes, traditions and knowledge, reflects the identity of a society. It passes on the values of a society from generation to generation, and the preservation of this heritage fosters the sustainability of development. Cultural heritage components must be identified, protected and enhanced, taking their intrinsic rarity and fragility into account.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 133 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 134

The legal status of heritage according to the Cultural Heritage Act4

Promotion Protection

Heritage cultural landscape Heritage site

Element of intangible cultural heritage Heritage immovable

Persons of historical importance Heritage object

Events of historical importance Heritage document

Historic site

The principal means for the promotion and development of ICH within the Cultural Heritage Act are official statutes of recognition. Two levels of recognition are specified: first, Quebec’s Ministry of Culture will be able to designate an ICH element as the shared national heritage of Quebecers; second, municipalities and native band councils will be able to identify local ICH elements. All these recognised elements will be added to the Quebec Cultural Heritage Register. The act calls for municipalities to create a local heritage council charged with receiving requests and analysing ICH cases.5

Statutes of national recognition for ICH elements can serve as a formidable means to ensure the promotion and development of these elements. For these statutes to be significant, needs assessment studies for each recognised element should be undertaken. Recognition should also engender corrective measures, if necessary, so that the designation becomes more than a token gesture. As recently stated by a group of authors in Le Devoir newspaper,6 the true recognition of a given cultural practice must not only be evaluated in terms of official statutes or market demands. It is measured first and foremost by its presence within the educational system, by the degree of financial support directed to it in relation to non-ICH

4) Karine Laviolette, ‘Vers une valorisation des traditions : le patrimoine immatériel dans le projet de loi sur le patrimoine culturel du Québec,’ in Antoine Gauthier (ed.), Les mesures de soutien au patrimoine immatériel : gouvernements, institutions et municipalités, Quebec, CQPV (to be released in 2012).

5) Municipalities will also be able to delegate this task to their existing planning advisory committee. This will introduce the challenge of adding cultural actors and persons interested in the promotion of ICH alongside the architects and urban planners in the existing structures. Some cities in Quebec have already incorporated ICH in their cultural policies, though this has not yet been translated into worthwhile concrete actions. The mechanisms introduced by the identification process may bring new life to these policies.

6) ‘Le patrimoine immatériel enfin reconnu,’ Le Devoir, Montréal (Canada), 2 November 2011. I was one of the people to sign this article.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 134 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

135

comparables, by its recurrence in the public media, etc. In short, it is measured by certain choices made by public institutions prior to the emergence of market demands. If official statutes can have an impact on those choices, then they will have fulfilled their goal.

The new Cultural Heritage Act also makes it necessary for the Minister of Culture to include ICH in its inventories and to keep these up to date. The Act also incites the Minister to fund knowledge (research, ethnological surveys, and documentation), promotion, and transmission of ICH. Projects linked to ICH are entitled to subsidies from the Fonds du patrimoine culturel, presently valued at ten million dollars, though how these funds will be distributed has yet to be determined.

II. Targeted Safeguarding Initiatives

The federal government of Canada has not yet implemented specific programs or policies for safeguarding ICH. Nevertheless, things are still being done to help those working with traditional arts, with know-how linked to traditional crafts, or even to help researchers studying elements of ICH. Support is offered to artists, artisans, events, researchers, and organisations by the Canada Council for the Arts or by the Department of Canadian Heritage.7 This support promotes a dynamic cultural life in the country. Although federal help is generally directed at professionals, it may also be used for leisure activities. Other measures of support are available for different elements that could be considered ICH, and they are delivered by the departments or governmental institutions whose authority these elements fall under.

Public support provided for the practice of ICH elements (or practices that are usually defined as ICH) remains subject to demands made by concerned cultural actors. These are conditioned in part by intergenerational transmission or market demands, which are themselves influenced by the general cultural offer. The

7) The term ‘heritage’ here refers to culture in the broad sense rather than to a segment of culture that has been specifically recognised as having heritage value. It is the federal equivalent to the Quebec ministry of culture.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 135 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 136

weight of ICH development consequently rests almost exclusively on concerned practitioners and communities, often grouped together within special-interest NGOs. Therefore, the long-term safeguarding of this heritage remains dependent in this respect on specific actions undertaken by these groups.

1. Projects in Newfoundland

Quebec is not the only Canadian province to recognise ICH. Newfoundland and Labrador, the easternmost province, with a population of 500,000, released an active strategy in 2006 concerning its living heritage. This strategy serves as their basis for supporting a range of different efforts to safeguard ICH. Projects aimed at the documentation, celebration, transmission, and support of the cultural sector are currently under way, many of them led by the Heritage Foundation of Newfoundland and Labrador. One of the focal points of this strategy is the organisation of thematic events linked to ICH. These are created specifically with safeguarding objectives in mind. Events range in scope from the small ‘Tea with Hookers’ project that promotes and develops the work of rug hookers, to larger events such as folklife festivals around bonfires and the revitalisation of mummering (a Christmastime house-visiting tradition).

2. ICH Inventories in Quebec

Much like the federal government, Quebec supports some initiatives to promote practices that are usually defined as ICH, even if these subsidies are only indirectly granted for ICH safeguarding in that they take place outside any specific policy related to it.

The heritage and museums department of Quebec’s cultural ministry has also supported five national heritage organisations working mainly in the ICH sector for many years. This is certainly a first step toward a specific strategy to support ICH.

Moreover, some important efforts have been made thus far in the name of ICH. These have been mainly directed towards classification and surveying. Since 2004, the province of Quebec has undertaken an ambitious online inventory, whose pilot project was initiated even before the adoption of the 2003 UNESCO Convention.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 136 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

137

Thus, the Inventory of ethnological resources of intangible heritage (IREPI), led by a research chair at Université Laval, ensured the cataloguing of a good number of tradition bearers in Quebec. Furthermore, it has provided numerous ethnology students with an education in relation to the preparation and the organisation of field notes and audio-visual content. Most of all, the IREPI has provided a chance to test the effectiveness of a large-scale inventory-gathering enterprise to evaluate its methodology, the necessary partnerships, and the impact of results obtained.

Admittedly, the IREPI has not fulfilled all expectations. Experience has shown for instance that very few people use this tool. This calls into question one of the only specific obligations listed in the 2003 Convention, that of drawing up ICH inventories. This multilateral treaty, much like Quebec’s Cultural Heritage Act, remains mute on the objectives and the specific target audience for ICH inventories. Better understanding of these underlying objectives is necessary to provide a strong orientation for the realisation process.

This raises a question: what purpose should the inventory serve?

a) As a system of recognition and cataloguing of ICH for administrative ends?b) As a means of promotion?c) As a tool for practitioners?d) As an archival fonds (conservation and memory) for the future?

Many think that national inventories perform one or more of these functions a priori, perhaps even all four at the same time.8 However, it seems far from certain that an extensive register is the best possible tool for these ends. Quebec’s experience suggests that inventories do not serve as attractive promotional tools for the general public9 and that more targeted means can better fill this function.

8) There are also other possible functions, notably the registration of elements to prevent their misappropriation, more specifically concerning the intellectual property of traditional indigenous practices. On the pros and contras regarding that matter, see for instance Toshiyuki Kono (ed.), Intangible cultural Heritage and Intellectual property, Intersentia, Portland, 2009, 415p.

9) The subjects gathered together within this inventory have few links between themselves aside from their recognition as ICH. Consequently, they are associated with very different pools of specialists and target audiences. The Scottish experience also shows that such an inventory, even when it is built in Wiki form, does not have much drawing power for web users or tradition bearers (see Alison McCleery and Joanne Orr, ‘Intangible Cultural Heritage in Scotland: Developing appropriate methodologies,’, in A. Gauthier (ed.), op. cit. (to be published in 2012).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 137 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

Chapter III 138

A wide-ranging inventory may not be the best vehicle to present cultural content, techniques, or manifestations to promote their use by practitioners—also known as ‘mediators of living heritage’10 in Quebec. In other words, this inventory has not provided an efficient means of transmission. The experience has also revealed that important archival fonds on ICH already exist in Quebec, many of which are not easily accessible, and that it is not necessary to work within an inventory developed around a broad-range ethnological collection schemes to produce useful analytical field work.

This leaves us with the function that considers inventories as management tools. The online PIMIQ database of Quebec’s cultural heritage presently serves this purpose. It includes elements added by partners of the ministry of culture, such as municipalities and IREPI. However, under a system wherein ICH is recognised by official statutes, such as the ‘designation’ specified in the Quebec act of 2011, the purpose of such a tool becomes less obvious. Does it consist of a preliminary long list from which suitable candidates for designation could be chosen for the Register, a list set up using different criteria than those applied for designation? Does it consist of an indirect mechanism for recognition by communities?

Whatever the case, if the inventory is primarily intended for administrative ends, different resources should be assigned to it than those required to complete other functions.

Of course, the role of the state, once it is committed to safeguarding ICH, involves much more than knowledge, research, and inventories. This is well illustrated by the fact that the clause on the minister’s grant-distributing powers in the proposed Quebec Cultural Heritage Act was amended.11 If the inventory is to be seen first and foremost as an administrative tool, the state is, therefore, required to adopt complementary measures to ensure the efficient transmission, promotion, and development of ICH. In other words, it is required to do this in order to fulfil the b, c, and d functions listed above.

Another inventory-making initiative was launched in Quebec, this time with

10) See CONSEIL QUÉBÉCOIS DES RESSOURCES HUMAINES EN CULTURE, Charte des compétences du médiateur du patrimoine vivant, October 2009.

11) Through the initiative of the Conseil québécois du patrimoine vivant (CQPV), article 78.5 of the proposed bill was modified in order to allow financial support not only for ‘knowledge’ of the ICH, but also for its ‘transmission’ and ‘enhancement’ (mise en valeur).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 138 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:48

139

the purpose of addressing function d listed above—namely, creating a document to preserve the memory of certain practices for posterity. The inventory of intangible religious heritage (IPIR), launched in 2009, surveys the traditions—more than the tradition bearers themselves—through the presentation of thematic life stories. This is an interesting method, as it eliminates the interminably unfinished character of the IREPI. Aside from the fact that it raises questions about the role of a secular state like Quebec in taking action on religious practices, it fulfils its documentary role by presenting video briefs, photos, and descriptions.

However, with the limited resources available for culture, more specifically for ICH, one wonders whether this type of inventory is the best type suited for all ICH elements taken individually. It would be necessary to measure the true impact of the inventory-as-memory on the present and future practice of ICH elements, and through this, evaluate the relevance of the documentary function in comparison with the a, b, and c functions listed above. Once more, this study would require gauging how the tool is used.12

The call to create ICH inventories included in the 2003 Convention nourishes a temptation for governments to invest a large part of their safeguarding efforts on inventories. This is because inventory-creation is a visible measure that allegedly deals with ICH in all its forms—a politically attractive option—because it does not usually necessitate changes in the administrative structures and programs of public institutions and because it presents itself in relatively comparable forms on the international stage. However, it is essential to keep in mind the objective of safeguarding ICH (as defined in the 2003 Convention) and to evaluate the inventory making in terms of this objective.

12) Since 2010, another inventory project is seeking to catalogue, gather, and document traditional knowledge about botanical specimens within the Innu nation of Mashteuiatsh. The Inventaire des savoirs et connaissances des Pekuakamiulnuatsh sur les plantes médicinales aims to recognise, protect, and promote this living heritage of First Nations (see Géraldine Laurendeau, in A. Gauthier (ed.), op. cit., to be published in 2012). This raises the hypothesis that, in the case of traditional knowledge—especially knowledge that is in danger of disappearing, and especially when gathered under a very specific theme—the inventory provides a considerable conservation dimension that can serve as the basis for a salutary campaign of promotion, development and transmission. However, this type of ‘small-scale’ data collection is in some ways similar to the systematic information gathering in the context of action research.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 139 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Chapter III 140

III. The Role of International Networks in Safeguarding ICH in Canada

The exchange of information on inventories (best practices, methodologies, expected impact, statistics on actual use, etc.) seems useful to safeguard ICH on an international scale because states are now under the obligation to draw up inventories and because the ICH Convention came into force relatively recently (in 2006). Furthermore, global dissemination of the methodology and results of socio-economic studies relating to specific ICH elements is beneficial as well as information on public administrative actions taken to influence conditions allowing for the practice of ICH. In the words of professor Gerald Pocius of Newfoundland, ‘We continue to learn from other countries, as we endeavour to put our ICH policy into practice’.13 Consequently, I intend to listen to the presentations at this meeting of experts organised by the ICHCAP with an attentive ear.

In April 2011, the Quebec council for living heritage (CQPV) organised an international conference entitled Measures of Support for Intangible Cultural Heritage: governments, Institutions, and Municipalities, which took place in Quebec City. In the presence of Ms Christine St-Pierre, Quebec’s Minister of Culture, and Mr. Koïchiro Matsuura, former Director-General of UNESCO, this event gathered speakers from over fifteen countries as well as leaders of organisations, municipal representatives, professionals from the educational sector, researchers linked to ICH, artists, and artisans. The objective of this very successful conference was to favour the exchange of expertise between governments as well as among other parties interested in safeguarding ICH.

Other knowledge-sharing initiatives have emerged from Canada. Professors at Université Laval, for instance, have acted as consultants in the recent establishment of a national ICH inventory in Haiti. Haitian exchange students are also invited to pursue research at this Canadian university. While it is still too early to evaluate this project, it certainly serves as an example of a positive desire for international cooperation.

In addition to the exchange of expertise—especially since Canada is formally absent from the UNESCO bodies dedicated to ICH—international cooperation

13) Gerald Pocius, ‘A review of ICH in Newfoundland & Labrador,’ Intangible Cultural Heritage Update 16, May 2010, p. 2, quoted by Dale Jarvis, in A. Gauthier (ed.), op. cit. (to be released in 2012).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 140 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

141

and the creation of networks have yielded many positive actions to favour the safeguarding of ICH within the country. In fact, it is not always the networks that set themselves up on behalf of the ICH that take action to safeguard this heritage. Therefore, the creation of formal or informal international networks allows Quebec’s traditional music artists, for example, to live from their practice through the development of new audiences. These include organisations such as Folk Alliance, festival networks, showcase platforms, music conferences, specialised magazines, prizes and awards, etc. Since it becomes possible to make a living from this art form, particularly when a given community or an existing audience is limited in scope, and because professionals can serve as positive models within their respective milieus, the practice of the ICH element within the concerned community is reinforced. These diverse networks therefore represent an interesting subject for future analysis by public administrators concerned with ICH.

With regard to ICH, two Quebec concepts have emerged on the international stage. Economuseums transform workspaces into cultural spaces where visitors are allowed to observe and understand the know-how of artisans at work while also being able to buy the artisans’ products. The objective is to foster ‘heritage that earns a living.’ This concept has met with indisputable success and has benefited from the help of numerous regional authorities. The network of Economuseums, grouped into an NGO, now has thirty-six establishments in Quebec, many others in Canada’s maritime provinces, and seven in Europe, mainly in Norway. In Quebec, these establishments have annual revenues of 32 million dollars and attract over 600,000 visitors per year.

The Jeunes musiciens du monde (Young Musicians of the World) NGO came to light in Kalkeri, India, after Quebecers inaugurated a school for underprivileged children. These children live at the school and receive a free, quality education with an emphasis on music. This initiative has since taken root in four Quebec locations, including one indigenous community. Youth from underprivileged neighbourhoods have the possibility of following an extracurricular class in local traditional music. This is financed in part through benefit shows drawing in celebrities around the cause.

All these efforts toward international partnerships and collaboration have strengthened the credibility of numerous NGOs. Active membership in structured international networks has also increased the political influence of NGOs throughout Quebec and Canada. This recognition, at times associated

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 141 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Chapter III 142

with international prestige, constitutes a substantial asset when pressuring the government of Canada to sign the 2003 Convention. Likewise, the international consensus around ICH has had a definite effect on the policies and actions taken to promote this heritage within the country. Were it not for the 2003 Convention, for example, it is uncertain whether Quebec or Newfoundland would have reserved a place for this type of heritage within their respective policies. The very existence of the UNESCO convention serves as evidence toward a global need to take action toward local ICH, and the call for international cooperation contained therein is highly relevant.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 142 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

AppendixSummary of Discussion

Profile of Participants

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 143 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 144 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

145

Dr. Seong-Yong Park introduced Jeju to the participants, calling the island a treasure of tangible, intangible, and natural heritage. He thanked the participants for making it to the meeting despite their busy schedules and reminded everyone of the intention of the meeting—to discuss safeguarding efforts in the Asia-Pacific region under topics related to the functions of ICHCAP. Dr Park also expressed his hopes that the meeting would be meaningful not only to the development of future projects in the region, but also to the building of collaborative relationships.

Dongkuk University’s Distinguished Professor Dawnhee Yim, the recently appointed Vice Chairperson of ICHCAP’s Governing Board, offered words of welcome to the guests, highlighting the unique language and culture of Jeju. She also made special note of the inscriptions for which Jeju is famous, including Jeju Chilmeoridang Yeongdeunggut, a shamanistic ritual. In closing, she expressed her optimism for a fruitful outcome of the meeting.

2011 ICH Expert Networking Meeting in the Asia-Pacific Region

30 November – 3 December 2011, Jeju, Korea

Summary of Discussion

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 145 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix146

Session I: Implementation of the 2003 Convention and International Cooperation

Moderated by Mr Roger Janelli, Professor Emeritus, Indiana University, the first session covered two broad topics. Professor Noriko Aikawa of the National Graduate Institute for Policy Studies initially presented on the first topic ‘Implementing the 2003 Convention and Its Safeguarding Measures’, and then the second topic of the theme was presented by Dr Seong-Yong Park, Assistant Director of ICHCAP, who examined the methodologies of ICHCAP’s collaborative work for safeguarding ICH.

Implementing the 2003 Convention and Its Safeguarding MeasuresMr Janelli thanked Professor Aikawa for her presentation and opened the floor for discussion.

Mr Park opened the discussion by asking why nomination participation is so low, especially in Africa. Professor Aikawa informed him that many countries are not able to prepare the files; they need to be trained. Ms Adi Ratunabuabua echoed this response by sharing her experience examining nomination files for urgent safeguarding. She indicated that the submission files are missing evidence of community participation or are lacking other documentation. An additional problem is that photographs representing the element should be included with the files; the photos should be accurate depictions of the elements, but instead many looked as though they were for tourism brochures and not focusing on the element. Secretariat is busy, so any files missing information criteria are not considered and returned. With Africa, we could see that some elements were clearly in need of urgent safeguarding, but the files were missing information. She also indicated that this is evidence for why capacity building is so important.

Ms Sudha Gopalakrishnan said that concept of outstanding value is included as a criterion to the Masterpieces list, but when it comes to the ICH representative list, it is not. In fact, there is no form of hierarchy, and this means that nominations from States Parties can pick and choose. She asked who selected the nominations for each State Party and by what criteria as the selected element may not be representative. She also inquired about the Register of Best Safeguarding Practices. Professor Aikawa indicated that decisions regarding nominations are made at

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 146 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

147

the national level by the individual governments. She then went on to explain that there are now eight programmes on the Register and that the criteria have changed, noting that projects nominated to the Register must have been ongoing and implemented. If we see a programme that looks beautiful, but hasn’t been implemented, then it cannot be considered a Best Practice.

Professor Janelli officially closed the topic and introduced Dr Seong-Yong Park for the second topic.

Examining the Methodologies of Collaborative Works of ICHCAP for ICH SafeguardingProfessor Aikawa asked about the flexibility of ICHCAP’s goals that were already determined at the Governing Board Meeting. She further queried about the purpose of having stated goals for the long and middle terms if they can so easily be changed. Dr Park told the participants that the goals of the Centre, as passed by the Governing Board, are based on the functions of ICHCAP and that a copy of the goals would be provided. He further went on to state that ICHCAP is hoping to build collaborative projects based on the overall objectives of the Centre and that ICHCAP will either directly or indirectly help member states build ICH systems and policies by using our primary functions of information and networking. Dr Park then said that many of the Centre’s past activities will continue into the future.

Professor Amareswar Galla thanked Dr Park for holding the meeting and for the work of ICHCAP. He clarified that one of the critical issues is that there seems to be an overall misunderstanding of the importance of communities and their important roles in the nomination process. In identifying, documenting—in all roles of safeguarding, communities are number one. Without communities, there is no safeguarding; there is no intangible heritage. He then asks what is being done within the framework of the Convention in terms of disseminating information and harmonising relationships in the region.

Dr Park reiterated the fact that the three centres have specific functions and that research and training cannot exist without information and networking. There may even be some unavoidable crossover, and these are very complicated issues when talking about the distinct functions of the three centres. ICHCAP, he emphasised, will be working towards diffusing information and networking, but in terms of our main objectives, to strengthen ICH safeguarding capacity in

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 147 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix148

the region, disseminating information isn’t just about delivering documents or giving messages online. Dr Park further noted that we have to build networks among institutes, specialists, groups, and communities to provide opportunities for discussion and that Member States should discuss safeguarding among ourselves. In terms of providing information for our collaborative work, there is some kind of neutral area that cannot escape our primary functions. However, ICHCAP will try to maintain focus on our primary functions and work with Member States to fulfil our mandate and mission as a Category 2 Centre.

Ms Ratunabuabua added an additional comment regarding the primary functions of the three centres. She said that it creates a little bit of confusion across the whole region as most Members do not fully understand what Korea does, what Japan does, or what China does. She suggested that ICHCAP dissemination information regarding what each centre does or is doing. Dr Park thanked her for her comments and reiterated the functions of ICHCAP.

Ms Nguyen Kim Dung, Chief, ICH Management Division of Department of Cultural Heritage, Viet Nam, offered thanks to ICHCAP for past collaborative efforts with Viet Nam and briefly described a few of these efforts before asking whether close partnerships would continue into the future now that the Centre has officially been designated as a UNESCO centre. Dr Park reassured her that the Centre would continue partnership projects with Viet Nam and that ICHCAP would help strengthen capacity by providing cases of good practices.

Ms Ratunabuabua asked Ms Nguyen about how Viet Nam was able to achieve success so rapidly and whether Viet Nam would be willing to share their experiences with others in the region. Ms Nguyen informed the participants that she and her organisation want to share with other nations, but that time has been an issue. She stated that she will send out information to those who are interested.

Professor Janelli thanked the presenters and the participants

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 148 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

149

Session II: Building Information Systems: Identification, Documentation, and Archives

Professor Amareswar Galla, Executive Director of the International Institute for the Inclusive Museum, moderated the second session, which covered five topics related to information systems in different ways. Dr Jesus T. Peralta, Consultant for the National Commission for Culture and the Arts, the Philippines, opened the first topic on collecting ICH data. Joanne Orr, CEO of the Museums Galleries Scotland, considered the challenges involved with ICH inventory making through a European perspective. The third topic, introduced by Professor Hanhee Hahm of Chonbuk National University, also delved into subject of online databases and archives for ICH inventory making and safeguarding. Pilho Park, Esq., Attorney-at-Law and founding member of the Park Law Firm PLLC, New York, looked into the legal aspects of ICH. ‘ICH Safeguarding and Utilisation through ICH Information’, the final topic for the second session, was presented by Gaura Mancacaritadipura, Vice-Chairman of the Indonesian National Kris Secretariat.

Parameters of Collecting Data for ICH Information Systems Professor Galla thanked Mr Peralta for taking everyone though a journey beginning with the initial reactions to the call for nominating an element for the Masterpieces and through all the obstacles and transformation processes that went into creating an institutional framework and ending with the status of today. Professor Galla emphasised that Mr Peralta’s presentation is like a metaphor for everyone, as we are all on multiple journeys and that one aspect of ICHCAP is to help us share these journeys through information sharing. Just before opening the floor for discussion, he stressed the importance sharing inventories, as collected data is useless unless it is shared.

Mr Sonny William, Secretary for Culture of the Ministry of Cultural Development, Cook Islands, began the discussion by asking Mr Peralta about the epics initially selected for review for the nomination process, including the hudhud. He specifically wanted to know what form the epics existed. When informed that they are chanted epic poems, Mr Williams expressed concerns that he has in the Cook Islands, where the sacred chants are recited out of context and used for tourism.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 149 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix150

Mr Peralta quipped that ‘tourism destroys its own resources’, and he further elaborated when responding to Professor Aikawa, who asked about the success of transmitting the hudhud. He said that the chant was traditionally performed on four occasions and it was through these performances that it was learned by rote memorisation. Now, children are taught directly and the traditional means of transmission is dying. He added that just women used to do the chant, but now all genders do. He mentioned that traditional religions are being supplanted by others, so the religious connection the chants once had is missing—the performers are doing the ‘right’ thing, but the beliefs are no longer there. He said that there is something false about a Catholic going through the motions of the rites.

Mr Peralta continued by talking more about transmission through education, noting the irony of trying to teach children traditional ways when they are even forgetting their own language. However, he did emphasise that after eight years, a successful programme was finally established, but only after a series of failures. Today, safeguarding and transmission is incorporated into a competition for chanting the hudhud in a proper social context. The prize for last year went to a bearer, a nine-year-old girl.

Professor Galla said that there are so many different stories coming from different backgrounds, but he emphasised transmitters being an essential component for safeguarding and that transmitters can even come be a nine-year-old girl.

Professor Janelli revisited the idea of traditional beliefs no longer being associated with chants and asked whether there are any projects to incorporate the beliefs into the chants. Mr Perlata said that most of the anthropological studies in Ifugao focused on the culture change, so some aspects of the belief systems are quite dead. He then gave an example of trying to reintroduce a ritual that involved Ifugao warriors with shields and spears tied to their arms, legs, and heads in response to a violent death. The warriors ran through the fields in their regalia creating a spectacle of awe and fear. So, when he and the NCCA tried to reintroduce that, they got a lot of complaints. However, they found a similar ritual with exactly the same form but used for driving away rats from the fields. They were allowed to reintroduce the ritual in that context as a way of not going against mainstream Catholic beliefs.

Professor Galla gave a few closing comments before introducing the floor to Joanne Orr.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 150 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

151

Supporting Identification and Documentation for Information BuildingDr Park initiated the discussions by first acknowledging the presentation by Jesus Peralta, saying that it was very useful in showing national policies in relationship to inventories. He then emphasised the linkage of inventories with documentation and identification, and he explained how ICHCAP has been working over the past several years to assist Member States with building inventories. Dr Park also pointed out the importance of web integration before asking Ms Orr about the challenges with an online system, specifically with the difficulties for older people in accessing the Internet.

Ms Orr indicated that the Remembering Scotland at War is based on user-generated content and that participation has been intergenerational. She also said that technology is becoming increasingly imported and adopted in community centres, and while she admitted that the system isn’t perfect and that there is a possibility of missing some tradition bearers, she was also quick to point out that participation through community centres allows for more intergenerational cooperation. She also said that there are ways in but it will always be a challenge. Ms Orr emphasised the importance of education and in bringing communities together.

Ms Gopalakrishnan asked whether the online inventory is a conscious exercise in which the categories and subsets are marked and then content is created from them. She also inquired about how it is possible to curate and control the wiki-based content. Ms Orr said that there is a template, a set way of doing the inventories based on the criteria outlined in the 2003 Convention. She admitted that there isn’t a large amount of moderation due to capacity restrictions; however, she also noted that collecting information at a grassroots level allows the content to be more authentic. She added that the project is one of raising awareness.

Professor Hanhee Hahm said that she is fascinated by the project as her organisation is doing something similar, collecting ICH information from ordinary people. She asked about the terminology of ICH being foreign to westerners, who tend to use terms such as tradition and folklore. She also asked about how ordinary people learn about ICH. Ms Orr said that living culture is being used and added that explaining about ICH is a two-step process where the idea of ICH is introduced and then it is explained by showing what the people are already doing; they understood the concept straightaway. Ms Orr believes that the ease of understanding comes from culture being so imbedded within the communities of Scotland.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 151 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix152

Professor Hahm continued by stating she will present a similar concept, as she and her organisation are also using a wiki model for a database. Professor Hahm wanted to know about costs, the number of technicians involved, and other matters about the technical side of the project. Ms Orr said the project started as a research study at the university with three paid individuals. She was also quick to note that the software is free and open source. At the university, they did some moderation, but their focus was primarily on the outreach work. Now that MGS has control over the project, there is a single individual working in terms of moderation and another staff member looking into how the project can be mainstreamed. MGS is also continuing to work closely with the wiki family to see how the project can be developed. She also reiterated that she is looking into models such as the Remembering Scotland at War site over the long term, but that project is also operating on a shoestring budget at the moment.

Professor Galla emphasised the importance ICH being translated into a community’s language, but he also noted that the idea of living heritage is a foreign concept in most communities. He thanked Ms Orr and closed the topic.

Establishing and Managing an Online Database and Archives for ICH SafeguardingMs Orr asked whether there is a two way link between the ICHPEDIA and archives database. And Professor Hahm indicated that there is, but that information is largely inputted into the ICHPEDIA site then migrated to the archives. Professor Hahm also said that there are plans to have the system work the opposite way as well.

Ms Ratunabuabua thanked Professor Hahm for the presentation and noted that many of the Fijian islands don’t have electricity so using online technology could be a barrier. She then said the inventories are good for creating archives, but a greater concern is that the information seems to be frozen. She ask about how the inventories help keep practices alive. Professor Hahm pointed out that Korea has a long tradition of collecting information and has even built a special research centre. However, ever since UNESCO introduced a new type of ICH, the Korean government has been puzzled about what the Convention wants for safeguarding ICH. The Cultural Heritage Administration of Korea asked Professor Hahm’s team to research the methodologies in collecting ICH information and this led to the collaboration of the two models to make this new system.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 152 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

153

Professor Galla asked Ms Ratunabuabua whether she was satisfied with the answer. Ms Ratunabuabua confirmed that she understand that everything is being documented, but asked again about how the practices are being revitalised. Professor Hahm responded by indicating that this kind of documentation encourages communities to revitalise their fragile ICH.

Dr Park said that ICHPEDIA seems to be focusing on collecting information for safeguarding, so it is a very comprehensive work for collecting information and safeguarding ICH. In that process, there might be some extinct ICH information; however, he indicated that the research team is focused primarily on collecting information related to living heritage in existing ICH communities. He said that it is the project is a beginning stage and that he believes at a later stage, in the spirit of the Convention, the status of ICH will be classified according to how viable it is.

Mr Kalid Javaid, Executive Director of the National Institute of Folk and Traditional Heritage, Pakistan, asked about the background of the student team and about how she manages them. Professor Hahm said that last year there were ten graduate students from the Department of Anthropology, ICH specialists, and community members. And that this year professors and graduate students from six universities from around Korea are involved.

Ms Sabira Soltongeldieva, Culture Programme Specialist of the Kyrgyz National Commission for UNESCO, asked how many elements are included in the ICHPEDIA and about the distribution of the elements in Korea. Professor Hahm said that the goal is to have ten thousand and that there were five thousand elements last year and close to nine thousand this year. She added that the elements come from six of the eight Korean provinces and that the other two provinces will be covered next year.

Ms Assel Utegenova, Secretary-General of the National Commission of the Republic of Kazakhstan for UNESCO, wanted to know who is allowed to edit and add information and how it is checked for credibility. Professor Hahm said that the system, which is just in the first stage, is currently open to just a few people. She added that the team is working towards expanding to the larger community and that a committee will check the credibility of the information.

Mr Gauthier acknowledged that Professor Hahm can see the number of elements on the site and the individuals who input the information, but he wanted to know if she could track how many people visit the site and how they use the information. Professor Hahm said there is a way of tracking the number of people

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 153 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix154

visiting, but there is no way of knowing how they use the information. Professor Aikawa inquired about copyrights, indicating that Wiki has very

loose policies. Professor Hahm said that her group holds the copyrights and that everything is open for use, expect for commercial purposes.

Ms Nguyen said it seems as though the system would be very useful for her in Viet Nam and asked about the monetary costs and human resources involved in establishing such a system. Professor Hahm said there is just one computer specialist and the remaining staff is made up of students. She said that the Cultural Heritage Administration did fund a portion of the project.

Dr Park reiterated the point that this is a pilot project and not really an inventory and that it is more about database making. In many ways, it should be meeting the requirements, but this is just a stage before the inventory-making process. We can say that this is a database made by a research team.

Professor Galla pointed out two key ideas that kept coming up during the discussion. The first is about credibility and the other about copyrights. Wikipedia isn’t seen as valid a valid source; it is even substandard at the undergraduate level. However, he did indicate that it could be a useful tool in raising awareness because it creates a sense of a cultural dialogue. He also indicated that there are serious issues concerning displaying restrictive knowledge.

Protection of Intellectual Property Rights for the ICH PractitionersProfessor Galla thanked Mr Park and opened the floor for discussion.

Mr Peralta said that traditional heritage is older than fifty, sixty, or seventy years. He queried as to whether heritage, given its age, would be in the public domain, and if it is, then what use is informed and prior consent. Mr Park said that this matter is more of a policy issue and that he has no exact answer. However, he did say that if everything is in the public domain, then it is highly probable that it would disappear. Policy could make criteria to preserve heritage. Professor Galla added that one of the issues hotly debated internationally in the drafting and the final adoption of the Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples deals with customary rights of indigenous peoples. He further noted particular examples from Bolivia, Vanuatu, and South Africa.

Professor Galla asked Ms Nguyen how intellectual property rights were handled in Viet Nam when cultural heritage legislation was being amended. Ms Nguyen

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 154 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

155

said that matters of copyrights are still complicated and that Viet Nam hasn’t dealt with them concretely in 2001.

Ms Gopalakrishnan said that with a documented performance, the copyright is owned by the documenter, the person who has the video or audio recording. She then asked about shared copyrights and whether there is a mechanism that can be employed for the rights of the ICH owner and the owner of the documentation. Mr Park said that this issue is in existing legal systems. The rights go to the person who documented, not the performer. So to protect the rights of performers, there should be a prior agreement, which can include certain benefit sharing. Another way would be to create new laws that directly deal with the issue, granting certain rights to the performer.

Dr Park said the problems in this field of intellectual property rights come from the fact that intellectual property issues in the ICH field cannot be resolved within the framework of current legal systems. He said ICHCAP is keen on the development of solutions. One of our functions is to promote intellectual property rights for ICH practitioners and creators, so this is a very important matter for us to address. Very recently ICHCAP developed joint projects related to ICH information management and intellectual property in specialised institutions. ICHCAP is moving forward and hoping to resolve the issue.

Professor Aikawa recommended giving the issue to WIPO and leaving it alone because the issue started in 1973 from the perspective of ICH rights. It has never succeeded. She also made a point that in the nomination files as well as in the periodical reports that States Party to the Convention have to submit every six years, the measures being taken to protect intellectual property rights in documentation have to be mentioned. And they have to clear the intellectual property rights to protect the bearers. So it could be done under the existing role.

Professor Hahm mentioned that there is another issue in Korea between funding agencies and documenters, where funding agencies want to take over all the rights and benefits. Mr Park indicated that these issues are not matters of fair use or of copyrights because it should be clear through the agreement between the funder and the recipient of the funds.

Mr Williams added that from a Pacific point of view, six countries are in the process of enacting sui generis laws on traditional knowledge with significant help from WIPO and other regional organisations, and UNESCO has been a good supporter as well. In the Cook Islands, at the next parliamentary session, there

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 155 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix156

will be a first reading related to traditional law, so this aspect has been gaining momentum in the Pacific over the past two or three years.

Ms Ratunabuabua said that Fiji started up an inventory based on a model law for all countries. They were told to take the model law and to start an inventory. That was the basis for Fiji and some of the other islands. It wasn’t because of the Convention; that came later. We started with the inventory and documenting community ownership because the model looks at the communities and what they own. Because most people in Fiji are indigenous, living in smaller communities, we could go back and assign ownership. We paid particular attention to motifs and symbols, and in the process of identifying these motifs and symbols, we also had to identify the owners. The draft legislation is almost there because we have done the background work.

Ms Utegenova indicated that the Kazak parliament has been discussing an issue of a German businessman who got patent to produce a traditional Kazak beverage. She asked Mr Park whether it is legal to get a patent for a traditional dish. And she asked his opinion about the inclusion of French cuisine on ICH lists. Mr Park said that that is a question to be brought to a court for a decision. He added his opinion that to be issued a patent, the product should be new or a novelty. He also said that the criteria are vague and that the system is different in different countries, so even if a patent is granted in one country, it may not be in another. Professor Aikawa addressed the issue related to French cuisine. She said that it is on the list as a social practice, not a recipe. She also said that the 2005 nomination was rejected because it was too centred on recipes, so they changed it to social practice in 2010 for it to be inscribed.

Professor Galla closed the topic by saying there are so many complex issues to deal with—the more we share and the more we work together, the better.

ICH Safeguarding and Utilisation through ICH InformationProfessor Galla thanked Mr Mancacaritadipura for providing such good examples. He then said that Indonesia has come up with a number of innovative ways of raising awareness. They have taken a systems approach, and the production of comics related to ICH was quite interesting. He noted that just one other country, Mexico, ever tried to use comics in safeguarding activities. Mexico worked in collaboration with Interpol and high schools. They used the comics to transform

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 156 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

157

students into community police to reduce incidents against cultural property. Professor Galla summarised his thoughts by saying the most important points

that comes across in Mr Mancacaritadipura’s presentation are that we should not forget why we are doing what we are doing—safeguarding ICH. We cannot be all over the place; we need to have a systematic approach. He said that the Convention is not an ordinary thing; it has taken a long time to get here it is today. There is international cooperation and knowledge embedded in it, so it is important to read the Basic Texts. He also mentioned how shocked he was he learned that some States Parties haven’t even read the texts. He then stressed the importance of reading the basic texts of the Convention because if you don’t get the basics right, then you will do more harm than good.

Ms Orr thanked Mr Mancacaritadipura for his presentation. She said that it was very clearly presented, and from her perspective, it is very helpful to see a back-to-the-basics approach. Dr Park also offered Mr Mancacaritadipura complimentary comments and thanked him for his work. He said that the presentation gave participants the whole picture and that it is important to know the very specific programme and duties, even though they are for an Indonesian context. Dr Park also said that it also shows how important collaboration is across all levels of safeguarding, from individuals and communities to the national and regional level.

Ms Ratunabuabua said that we typically operate in terms of best practices but that she liked the approach of understanding the worst practices, and she asked for a few examples. Mr Mancacaritadipura said he actually gave a lecture on this in 2009. He said that one of the worst practices is to do things that are very exclusive. Another is to not have community involvement and taking a top-down approach with government officials deciding what is or isn’t a community’s heritage. He further noted that many nominations are being sent back because there isn’t sufficient evidence of community involvement. Another bad practice is relying exclusively on digital data. Mr Mancacaritadipura offered an Indonesian example of a very big integrated culture information system project. All the data was put into a computer database. Then one day, the system crashed and they lost all their data—many years of research, gone. He cautioned on the importance of backing up data.

Professor Galla mentioned that he was asked to do a presentation for the Tonga workshop on multinational nominations. He refused. The big problem for why files are being sent back, as Mr Mancacaritadipura said, is that people are going for nominations without dealing with the implementation of the Convention, without

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 157 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix158

knowing what is involved. It is a case of putting the cart before the horse. He said that this is the most widespread bad practice. He said that countries should not go for nominations until they have the capacity to implement the Convention. He cited an example from Ethiopia and indicated that the situation isn’t unique.

Mr Siosiua Lotaki, Assistant Senior Education Officer, Ministry of Education, Tonga, commented on his own experience with incomplete nomination files. Although they were rejected, he said that he is now happy because he knows the reason for the rejection and he can now resubmit.

Professor Galla reiterated the importance of knowing and using the basic texts and closed the topic.

Session III: Strengthening Collaborative Networks through ICH Information Sharing

The final session, moderated by Professor Sangmee Bak of Hanguk University of Foreign Studies, focused on networking, one of the main functions of ICHCAP. Sudha Gopalakrishnan, Executive Director of Sahapedia, presented the first topic for the session, providing information about the roles and functions of non-governmental organisations in fostering ICH. The second topic was presented by Akatsuki Takahashi, Ph.D., Programme Specialist for Culture, UNESCO Office for the Pacific States.

Involvement and Collaboration of NGOs in Building Information: A View from IndiaProfessor Hahm posed the first comment by stating that NGOs play a rather limited role in Korea and that the government has the main role in ICH safeguarding. Based on personal experience, files have to go through the government. She asked Ms Gopalakrishnan about how Margi, an Indian NGO, was selected and able to prepare and submit the files for the first proclaimed Masterpiece element of India. Ms Gopalakrishnan explained that it happened by accident. She explained how her troupe was in Paris performing when she met Professor Aikawa who informed Ms

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 158 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

159

Gopalakrishnan of the Masterpieces programme and recommended preparing the files. With just two months to prepare, she and other experts hastily put together files and presented them to the Ministry of Culture who didn’t really know the procedures, and that is how the NGO was able to be involved the files. She added that because the ICH program is now better understood, the government is handling all the submissions, but consults heavily with NGOs.

Mr Lotaki thanked Ms Gopalakrishnan for the presentation and video. He asked whether the Indian school system limits students to the information provided on Sahapedia. Ms Gopalakrishnan said that she recently approached the Ministry of Education, and through an order, 6,500 secondary education schools have been linked to Sahapedia for enhancing and creating content, so we have teacher participation and student participation.

Mr Gautier said decentralisation sounds like a great idea, with a lot of NGOs involved with ICH safeguarding. He said that since India is such a large country, the centralised Ministry of Culture cannot do much fieldwork, so he wanted to know whether there is a linkage between the national and provincial governments. Ms Gopalakrishnan indicated that while there is a centralised ministry for the entire country, each state has its own government, and they are linked with each other and other centres and departments funded directly by the government. She added that there are also a number of NGOs connected with all these places; she described the intricate network as a web.

Dr Park said that the Sahapedia is quite beautiful and that it will serve as a model project for future ICHCAP activities. He added that he agreed with NGOs getting bigger and more important roles in ICH safeguarding. He said the 2003 Convention is a very democratic one, so it strongly advises Member States to get NGOs and communities involved to participate in the safeguarding process. He asked what she believes are the biggest challenges in maintaining Sahapedia in terms of consuming human and financial resources. Ms Gopalakrishnan said that while they are still in the process of developing the platform, it is a very difficult system to operate; it is very rich in content and features. Sahapedia is lucky, however, to have partnerships with other organisations and there are funds being provided. Since the project is still in the beginning stage, she could not answer Dr Park’s question directly, but she did say that there are many funding challenges.

Mr Mancacaritadipura addressed two issues. First, regarding Ms Gopalakrishnan’s definition of an NGO, he pointed out that UNESCO’s criteria of

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 159 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix160

an NGO indicates that it must have some level of international capability, a legal personality, and so on. In Indonesia, there are thousands of community-based organisations; however, if he were to apply UNESCO criteria, then there would be very few. He asked Ms Gopalakrishnan to elaborate more on the situation in India. Second, as far as making films for nomination files, he said it is very tricky because he is not a scriptwriter or a director. He wanted to know her opinion about making film versions of nomination files. Ms Gopalakrishnan said the first question is very tough because there are many types and varieties of NGOs in India. She said that one criterion is that it must be a non-profit organisation. The organisations must also be registered societies. They are in many different sectors, so there is no real common parameter that can apply to all of them. As far as filmmaking, she agreed with his assessment that it is a challenge. She elaborated more on her fortune to have had an expert filmmaker at her disposal as it made things much easier.

Professor Bak asked whether any of the participants would be able to elaborate on NGOs, especially in the context of UNESCO. Mr Peralta first entered into the discussion by saying an NGO is a community. However, cannot come up with a universal definition for community. We have to look at it within a certain context within ever-changing parameters.

Professor Aikawa provided information about how UNESCO perceives NGOs. There are several recognised international NGOs that have varying degrees of relationships with UNESCO, and some, such as ICOM, were even created by UNESCO. For proclamation forms, the evaluations are made by such international NGOs, which have special relationships with UNESCO. In Article 9 of the 2003 Convention, it is written that the NGOs make the evaluations because they are operating in the same spirit of UNESCO. Then, when the Operational Directives were being drafted, India asked why only NGOs were involved and that it wasn’t fair to other places that have relatively few or no NGOs. So they wanted to include specialised institutions and experts to be eligible to make evaluations. This is the way it has been being developed; there are all kinds of NGOs, institutes, and organisations.

Professor Bak thanked Ms Gopalakrishnan and the discussants for their participation in the topic. After a short recess, Professor Bak opened the floor for the second topic of the day.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 160 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

161

Enhancing Regional and Sub-regional Collaboration among ICH StakeholdersMr Gauthier, noting that Dr Takahashi mentioned the Living Human Treasures System (LHTS) in one of her examples, inquired about the countries involved with this system. Since it doesn’t exist in Canada, he is very unfamiliar with it. Professor Bak opened the question to the participants. Dr Park said that LHTS promotes institutional ICH safeguarding. He mentioned some of the countries that amended their legal systems and established polices to safeguard ICH very early on, in the 1950s and 1960s. Then in the 1990, it was proposed to disseminate the LHTS within the framework of UNESCO activities. At that time, this was a very controversial proposal because the focus was more on tangible and immovable heritage. However, a decision was finally made, and the LHTS was accepted and disseminated among Member States. It could be said that the LHTS was a symbolic project to promote institutional safeguarding. Furthermore, within the ideas of the 2003 Convention, policies and legal support of States Parties are strongly increased, so it is in line with the promotion of the LHTS.

Mr Mancacaritadipura briefly mentioned the Indonesian Maestro Programme, which is similar to the LHTS, but on a much smaller scale. Within this system, the government recognises master practitioners and gives certificates and financial support.

Professor Aikawa asked about how evaluations are done for the LHTS. She said in Korea it seems that designations for intangible cultural properties are done first and then a designated person is evaluated. Professor Hahm said that ICH has many meanings and that the LHTS is similar to the urgent safeguarding list we have today. She provided background into the Korean designation process of the 1960s. At that time, because of the rapid development and industrialisation, Korean traditional life was quickly disappearing as was traditional ICH, especially folklore. This is why the Korean government selected particular cultural items, for example, drama performances, but not many performers were left to maintain the dramas and songs. So among the people who knew of these performances, the person who knew the most was designated as a living human treasure. This person’s obligation was to transmit his or her knowledge to future generations, so it is a form of safeguarding ICH in urgent need. She said that this is the basic concept.

Ms Ratunabuabua thanked Dr Takahashi and said that it was interesting to see the linkages among the international, the regional, and sub-regional levels. She pointed out that having the expert networking meeting is a manifestation of

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 161 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix162

multilevel collaboration because it is giving us a chance to see how we can move forward together. Returning to the topic of LHTS, she asked whether it would be possible for ICHCAP to post on the Centre’s website the status of various living human treasures in the region because many countries have done something related to the LHTS and these could be used as models. Dr Park said that her suggestion is one of ICHCAP’s planned projects and that ICHCAP has implemented a survey project to identify current policies and legal systems.

Ms Ratunabuabua had a follow up question for ICHCAP. She mentioned a few upcoming festivals on the sub-regional level, including the Pacific Arts Festival, which happens just every four years. She asked whether it would be possible for ICHCAP to network or do research into linking these gatherings, as they are good opportunities to disseminate information about the ICH Convention to artists, creators, and producers that attend the festivals. Dr Park thanked Ms Ratunabuabua for the information about the festivals. He added that ICHCAP is hoping to collaborate in networking both before and during the festivals. We would want to know some information about how we can contact and who to contact. He also said that he wanted to discuss any possible collaboration with dealing with the festival.

Professor Bak thanked Dr Takahashi for her presentation and introduced the final topic of the day.

Intangible Heritage in Canada:Political Context, Safeguarding Initiatives, and International CooperationMr Mancacaritadipura thanked Mr Gauthier for his frank presentation. He then addressed the reason for why we need inventories. He said it is a question for anyone who wants to make an inventory—why do we need one? Essentially, we need to take stock in what we have; otherwise we will not know how we can safeguard it. Mr Mancacaritadipura likened the situation to having money and leaving some here and there. In a couple of years, you will end up with nothing, wondering where it all went. He said this is the same thing with ICH; if we don’t know where and what it is, it will eventually disappear.

Professor Aikawa said Mr Gauthier’s presentation gave us new insight on the relationship between economic development and ICH, which is a rather significant aspect. She pointed out to all the participants that UNESCO’s medium programme

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 162 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

163

is focused on the development of MDGs, as Dr Takahashi pointed out earlier. The United Nations has documentary resolutions saying that even though, there is no cultural mention in MDGs but the UN recognises the importance of culture. UNESCO’s specific goal is development. Through all the cultural activities, including the World Heritage or ICH, the development is the ultimate objective. She said that she just wanted to remind everyone of these goals. Professor Bak said there was a recent international forum on the in Busan, and during discussions culture came up as an important element in sustainable development.

Dr Park said that the reason Mr Gauthier and Ms Orr were invited to the Asia-Pacific meeting to share different perspectives, expertise, and experiences in the field of ICH safeguarding. He reminded the participants that one of the main reasons for the signing of the MoU on the first day is to build strong international ties in exchanging this kind of information, so Member States can learn how other regions are managing these issues. Once again, thank you for your presentation.

Mr Williams addressed the issue of inventorying. He said that in the Cook Islands, it was a big area of debate for a long time. He told of a story where an old man said that if you want to know the history of the Jews you can buy a Bible, but if you want to know our history, you cannot get it anywhere. He also said that the spread out nature of the Cook Islands makes it particularly susceptible to losing ICH, especially with a change from a monoculture to a multicultural society. He also mentioned that the recent economic crunch around the world has increased the need to sustain traditional methods of boat making and sailing. This shows a form of sustainable development through ICH, and it is related to why we are keeping inventories.

Ms Ratunabuabua first congratulated Mr Gauthier and Ms Orr for their organisations’ accreditation as NGOs. She mentioned the importance of statistics and inventory making from a government point of view to prove the worth of this industry. She asked about his and other participants’ thoughts on safeguarding in multi-ethnic communities, especially for minorities in those communities. She also said that inventories are important ways of giving recognition to communities because it creates a lasting record. Mr Gauthier said that he isn’t against inventorying, but that he believes who is going to be using the inventory and for what purposes should be considered. He then addressed the matter of minorities by giving a background to the two types of citizens in Canada—there are the natives who have special privileges, and there are the rest—so there are different approaches

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 163 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix164

in dealing with minority groups, but they are mostly handled through NGOs. Mr Peralta returned to the matter of inventories. He said that it isn’t so much

about naming or listing the elements. The most important matter is that the inventory also includes the processes involved with element. He used an example of making baskets: If you destroy a basket, then you have destroyed just one. But if you destroy or forget about the process of making a basket, then no baskets will ever exist again. Mr Peralta said that in making an inventory we focus on documenting the process as well. Mr Gauthier replied that using the inventory for transmission of processes is good, but that the target audience should still be considered because there is a difference between creating a site for promotion and creating one for information.

Professor Bak closed the topic and the third session. She thanked everyone for being attentive and informative. She said that everyone worked hard and produced a valuable outcome.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 164 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

165

Plenary Discussion: Adopting a Collaborative Agenda for Safeguarding ICH in the Asia-Pacific Region

Moderator Seong-Yong Park, Acting Director, ICHCAP

Rapporteur Adi Meretui Tuvou Ratunabuabua, Principal Cultural Development Officer, Ministry of Education, National Heritage, Culture and Arts

Dr Park began the plenary discussion by reviewing the main point—namely, to discuss feasible suggestions for the Centre’s future tasks. Ms Ratunabuabua said she had a draft of a basic report of the three days of meetings and restated that participants were invited to submit recommendations or suggestions for collaborative work in the Asia-Pacific Region. She gave a brief summary of the networking meeting before going over the submissions.

The submitted recommendations and suggestions are as follows.

1. ICHCAP’s roles at the institutional level

Provide information about the strategic short-term, mid-term, and long-term priorities as decided at the first Governing Board Meeting of ICHCAP board and communicate this information to ICHCAP partners.

2. Build networks among communities, groups, and individuals concerned to reinforce transmission and dissemination of ICH, by organising public events and meetings at the regional and international levels.

In relation to the other Asia-Pacific Category 2 Centres in China, Japan, and Iran, articulate the roles of ICHCAP and provide a brief statement on the differences in their functions and priority actions, and communicate through information networks.

Organise sub-regional meetings among people of a common region, so there

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 165 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

Appendix166

is networking and sharing among people of the same/similar common cultural heritage on themes of common interest.

3. Strengthen international and regional networks for the exchange of knowledge and information.

Strengthen networking and information sharing with strategic partners at the international level through NGOs from the Asia-Pacific region and other regions and State Parties implementing the Convention and those States intending to become signatories.

The meeting recommended ICHCAP develop to act as a clearing house and produce a comprehensive database with information on each country and region. This data should include country information, cultural specifications and practices, and safeguarding efforts as well as audio-visual movies, interviews, and other materials related to documentation.

4. Establish an information system to ensure effective ICH data management through the construction of a database to support ICH identification and documentation, to conserve and digitise archival materials, and to support the development of metadata standards.

The meeting recommended that ICHCAP, in partnership with State Parties, conduct a mapping of experts and community-based organisations in the Asia-Pacific region involved in cultural mapping, groups, individuals, and networks.

5. Use accumulated ICH data for dissemination purposes to produce and publish informational and promotional materials and to promote the protection of intellectual property rights of the ICH bearers and practitioners included in documentation and recordings carried out for inventories, nominations, and informational materials;

There were discussions about linking ICHCAP’s website to WIPO’s website and

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 166 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

167

other IP-related that have examples of legislation for protecting intangible heritage and/or traditional knowledge and cultural expressions.

Ms Ratunabuabua wrapped up her presentation by stating that the summaries for days two and three would be forthcoming and sent via e-mail. Dr Park thanked Ms Ratunabuabua for her hard work and opened the floor for additional comments from participants. Ms Soltongeldieva suggested that ICHCAP invite other Category 2 Centres to be involved with meetings, conferences, and other activities. Dr Park said he invited many participants, but due to time restrictions and schedule conflicts, some were unable to participate.

Professor Galla, referencing a technique used at the 6.COM meeting in Bali, suggested having live streaming video of ICHCAP’s meetings as a way of disseminating information covered. Dr Park said that it is possible, but that costs are a concern. Professor Galla said that it is expensive in some countries, but that Korea already has a lot of the hardware, so costs shouldn’t be prohibitive. Dr Park said ICHCAP should work towards developing something and look into the costs.

Dr Park again thanked Ms Ratunabuabua for her work and he expressed his appreciation for the participants’ active involvement in the meeting.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 167 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 168 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:49

169

Profile of Participants

SESSION 1

ModeratorRoger L. Janelli

Dr Roger L. Janelli, Professor Emeritus of Folklore and Ethnomusicology and of East Asian

Languages and Cultures at Indiana University, Bloomington (1975–2007), has a long and

distinguished academic career. His education includes obtaining a Ph.D., MS, MA, and

MBA degrees from the University of Pennsylvania between 1965 and 1975; receiving a

diploma from the Korean Language Institute at Yonsei University in 1978; and completing

a BS at Georgetown University in 1965. He is the co-author of Ancestor Worship and

Korean Society and Making Capitalism: The Social and Cultural Construction of a South

Korean Conglomerate. He is also the co-editor of The Anthropology of Korea: East Asian

Perspectives and has published a number of articles on culture. Dr Janelli has held visiting

professorships positions at prestigious universities, including the University of Tokyo, L’École

des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales, and the University of California, Berkeley.

Noriko Aikawa-Faure

With an academic background in French literature, art history, and social anthropology,

Mme Noriko Aikawa-Faure currently holds the position of Visiting Professor at the National

Graduate Institute for Policy Studies, Tokyo, and at the University of International Studies,

Kanda. Until December 2009, she was an Advisor to the Assistant Director-General for

Culture of UNESCO. As the former Chief and Director of the Intangible Cultural Heritage

Unit of UNESCO, she followed in the whole process of the genesis and development of the

International Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. She has

been a participant, presenter, and keynote speaker a number of international conferences

regarding ICH. Her articles and books on ICH and ICH safeguarding have been published

in Asia and Europe.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 169 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

Appendix170

Seong-Yong Park

Dr Seong-Yong Park is currently the Assistant Director of the International Information

and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region under

the auspices of UNESCO (ICHCAP), a UNESCO Category 2 Centre in Korea. He is also

an Adjunct Professor of Comparative Folklore Studies in the School of Asia Cultural

Studies at Chung-Ang University in Seoul and an Expert Advisor for the Cultural Heritage

Committee of the Cultural Heritage Administration of Korea. He earned his Ph.D. in

Heritage Studies at the University of Queensland with a dissertation on ‘Intangible Cultural

Heritage Governance in the Asia-Pacific Context’. Previously, he worked as a Programme

Specialist for Cultural Heritage at the Korean National Commission for UNESCO. In

addition, he was a senior researcher at the College of Culture, Arts and Media at Griffith

University in Australia from 2004 to 2006. He participated as a government expert in

the Intergovernmental Working Meetings of UNESCO during the drafting of the 2003

Convention and has conducted various research and policy-based projects in the cultural

heritage field.

SESSION 2

ModeratorAmareswar Galla

An alumnus of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, Professor Galla provides strategic

cultural leadership in the Asia-Pacific region as Australia’s first professor of Museum

Studies at the University of Queensland, Brisbane. He is an international leading expert

on museums, sustainable heritage development, and poverty relief through culture. With

extensive work around the globe, Professor Galla is currently the Executive Director of the

International Institute for the Inclusive Museum, and he was a founding Director of the

UNESCO Pacific Asia Observatory for Cultural Diversity in Human Development and

a founding Chairperson of the ICOM Cross Cultural Task Force. He has also been a key

advisor for the UNESCO World commission for Culture and Development and the Vice

President of the International Council of Museums, Paris (ICOM). A trustee of the Pacific

Islands Museums Association, Professor Galla is also the Editor-in-Chief of three academic

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 170 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

171

journals dealing with sustainable heritage development: the International Journal of the

Inclusive Museum (Chicago/Melbourne); the International Journal on Intangible Heritage

(Seoul/Paris); the International Journal on Environmental, Cultural, Economic and Social

Sustainability (Chicago/Melbourne).

Jesus T. Peralta

An acclaimed painter, poet, photographer, essayist, and playwright, Mr Peralta is very much

an accomplished artist and thinker from the Philippines. Before earning his doctorate in

anthropology from the University of California, Davis, he pursed his academic studies first

at the University of Santo Tomas, Manila, and then at the University of the Philippines.

Throughout Mr Peralta’s career, he has been honoured with numerous awards for his work

in literature, the arts, and cultural conservation. In a professional capacity, he was once

Director III of the National Museum of the Philippians, and he now serves in a consultancy

role for the National Commission for Culture and the Arts (NCCA). He is also the Program

Director of the UNESCO project involved with conserving a traditional epic chant, the

hudhud, an element that was listed as an Intangible Heritage of Humanity.

Joanne Orr

Joanne Orr has been the CEO of Museums Galleries Scotland for the past five years.

With more than twenty years of practical experience in various positions in the heritage,

culture, and tourism industries in both the private and public sectors, Ms Orr has worked

in consultancy roles and in developmental capacities. A 2010 graduate of the Museum

Leadership Institute funded by the Getty Foundation, Ms Orr also earned an MBA from

Durham University Business School and has an academic background in history, industrial

archaeology, and museums studies from the University of Leicester, the Manchester

Metropolitan University, and the University of Birmingham. Ms Orr is the founding Chair

of the UNESCO Scotland Committee, a Director of the UK National Commission for

UNESCO, and a member of the Culture Committee for the UK National Commission. In

the past, she has been the Assistant Director Cultural Services at Durham County Council

and the Director Tullie House Museum and Art Gallery at Carlisle City Council.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 171 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

Appendix172

Hanhee Hahm

Hanhee Hahm, a cultural anthropology professor, is now working in Chonbuk National

University. Prof Hahm is now involved in several research projects including Intangible

Cultural Heritage Online Survey funded by the Cultural Heritage Administration since

2010. Her major academic contribution is the extensive study on the fishermen, their

villages, local knowledge in the South-western Coastal Region in Korea. Prof Hahm earned

her Ph.D. and MA in the Department of Anthropology, Columbia University. Prof Hahm

is currently Chair of Korean Oral History Association, Vice-president of Korean Society for

Local History and Culture, and Director of Research Center for People without History.

Pilho Park

Pilho Park, Esq., a founding member of the Park Law Firm PLLC in New York, practices

law related to intellectual property rights. Prior to the 2008 foundation of Park Law, Mr

Park’s career included participating as a part-time lecturer and independent researcher on

comparative cultural studies and intellectual property at the East Asian Legal Studies Center

for the University of Wisconsin Law School. For substantial years from 1988 to 1998 he

contributed his experience and knowledge in various roles for the Western Pacific regional

headquarters of the World Health Organization (WHO) based in Manila, Philippines.

His educational background includes a doctor of juridical science from the University of

Wisconsin, Madison; master of laws (waived) from the University of Wisconsin, Madison;

master of comparative law from Indiana University, Bloomington; coursework towards a

master of law in civil rights from the University of Santo Tomas, Manila, Philippines; and

additional coursework towards a master of law in constitution and international law from

the University of South Africa, Pretoria, South Africa.

Gaura Mancacaritadipura

Mr Gaura Mancacaritadipura has dedicated many years to studying and becoming a master

Indonesian dalang (puppeteer). Among his many other roles and positions, he is currently

an Indonesian Dalang Specialist and Culture Expert. Since 1973, Mr Mancacaritadipura

has researched cultural heritage topics and published books on culture and literature in

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 172 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

173

Indonesia, Japan, and India. In addition, he has translated various books and documents

on culture for UNESCO, museums, and ICH and cultural diversity conventions.

Currently, he is the Vice-Chairman for the Indonesian National Kris Secretariat and an

advisor to the Department of Culture and Tourism, the KADIN Indonesia Foundation,

the Indonesian National Commission for UNESCO, and the Centre for Research and

Development of Culture. His other experience includes collaborating with UNESCO and

the Ministry of Culture and Tourism of Indonesia for nominating ICH files and other ICH-

related materials; supporting ratifications of UNESCO conventions; presenting papers

at international conferences on intellectual property, safeguarding culture, and cultural

diversity; and collaborating with the Ministry for Peoples’ Welfare on various projects.

SESSION 3

ModeratorSangmee Bak

Professor Sangmee Bak is currently a professor of cultural anthropology and the Head

of the Division of International Studies at Hankuk University of Foreign Studies in

Seoul, Korea. After receiving her bachelor’s degree in anthropology from Seoul National

University in 1986, she went on to complete her master’s (1992) and doctoral (1994) degrees

in cultural anthropology from Harvard University. Between January and December 2007,

she was a visiting scholar at Harvard University for the Department of Anthropology. Her

research interests include culture and globalisation, cultural heritage, food and identity,

consumption, gender, and transnationalism in an East Asian context. Her publications in

English include ‘McDonald's in Seoul: Food Choices, Identity and Nationalism’ Golden

arches east: McDonald's in East Asia, Stanford University Press, 2006), ‘From Strange

Bitter Concoction to Romantic Necessity’ (Korea Journal, 2005), and ‘Korean Self Identity’

(Strategy and Sentiment: South Korean Views of the United States and the U.S.-ROK

Alliance, CSIS, 2004).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 173 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

Appendix174

Sudha Gopalakrishnan

Sudha Gopalakrishnan has thirty years of experience in areas relating to policy,

management, practices, documentation and dissemination of Indian heritage, arts and

knowledge systems. She did her Ph.D. in Comparative Drama and has worked in leadership

positions with different organisations in India such as the National Mission for Manuscripts,

Indira Gandhi National Centre for the Arts, and is associated with several professional

bodies. As part of the Indian delegation in Expert capacity, she worked closely with the

UNESCO ICH programme for the development of the Convention. She was instrumental in

submitting three nominations from India which were declared UNESCO ICH Masterpieces.

She has published eight books (including original writing, translations and edited volumes),

more than thirty papers in leading national and international publications, and given

academic lectures in institutions in India and abroad. Presently, Sudha Gopalakrishnan is

Executive Director, Sahapedia, an open, online encyclopaedia on Indian cultural heritage.

Akatsuki Takahashi

Dr Takahashi has been the Programme Specialist for Culture at the UNESCO Office for the

Pacific States in Apia, Samoa, since 1989. In her role, she implements culture programmes

in the countries covered by the UNESCO Apia Office (Australia, Cook Islands, Fiji, Kiribati,

Marshall Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Nauru, New Zealand, Niue, Palau, Papua

New Guinea, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu). Prior to her current

position, she was the Project Manager for the Asia-Pacific Cultural Centre for UNESCO

from 1986 to 1989. In this position, she managed cultural programmes in cooperation with

National Commissions for UNESCO in Asia and the Pacific. Earning her doctorate degree

at the School of Science and Engineering at Ritsumeikan University in 2010, Dr Takahashi

also holds degrees from the International Christian University and Tsuda College.

Antoine Gauthier

Antoine Gauthier is the Executive Director of the Quebec Council for Intangible Heritage

since 2009. He holds a master’s degree in international relations from the Quebec Institute

of International Studies and an MA in philosophy from the University of Montreal. Some of

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 174 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

175

his experience includes working for the Organization of World Heritage Cities, UNESCO

Chair in Cultural Heritage (University Laval), Secretariat of the twelfth Francophonie

Summit (Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Canada), and International Federation of Youth

Hostels. As an accomplished musician and researcher, Mr Gauthier has also received several

grants from both Canada and Quebec arts councils.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 175 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 176 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50




제주 네트워크 회의.indb 177 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 178 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

발간사

유네스코아태무형유산센터는지난2011년11월30일부터4일간제주에서아태지역

전문가네트워크회의를개최하였습니다.본회의는<무형문화유산정보의구축과공유>

라는주제로유네스코아시아태평양무형유산국제정보네트워킹센터(약칭:유네스코아

태무형유산센터)의중점기능인정보와네트워킹의실천방안에대해모색하는자리로

서마련되었습니다.

유네스코카테고리2기구인센터는‘정보’와‘네트워킹’을주요기능으로하여아태

지역국가들의무형문화유산보호에힘쓰고있습니다.회의의발표문과토론문을엮은

본보고서에는무형문화유산보호를위한정보시스템구축,무형문화유산연행자들의

지적재산권보호,비정부기구(NGO)의정보구축참여,그리고지역·소지역차원에서

의협력강화등2003년유네스코무형문화유산보호협약상의보호조치이행과관련

된다양한주제가포함되어있습니다.본회의를통해논의된사안들은향후센터활

동을위한귀중한자산이됨과동시에무형문화유산보호에참여하고있는많은이해

관계자들에게도도움이될것이라생각합니다.

본회의개최를위해협력해주신문화재청,그리고제주특별자치도와제주씨그랜

트사업단에감사를표합니다.아름다운자연과어우러진소중한유·무형문화유산이

자리하고있는이곳에서회의를개최하게되어더욱더뜻깊은자리가되었다고생각합

니다.끝으로본회의를위해원고를작성해주신발표자분들과,시간을내어회의에

참가해주신여러관계자분들께도이자리를빌려고마운마음을전하고자합니다.

유네스코아태무형유산센터

사무총장이 삼 열

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 179 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

180

제1부

2003년 유네스코 무형문화유산보호협약의 이행과 국제협력

185 2003년유네스코무형문화유산보호협약에서보호조치의이행

아이카와노리코_일본정책연구대학원초빙교수

195 무형문화유산보호를위한협력활동방법론고찰

박성용_유네스코아태무형유산센터정책사업본부장

제2부

정보 시스템 구축 - 지정, 기록, 아카이브

209 정보시스템을위한무형문화유산정보생산과수집

헤수스페랄타_필리핀국가문화예술위원회자문관

217 정보구축을위한무형문화유산지정및기록화지원

조앤오르_스코틀랜드박물관갤러리대표

227 무형문화유산보호를위한온라인데이터베이스와아카이브즈구축및관리

함한희_전북대학교문화인류학과교수

241 무형문화유산실연자들의지적재산권보호

박필호_미국뉴욕주변호사

261 정보를통한무형문화유산보호와활용

가우라만차차리타디푸라_인도네시아크리스사무국차장

목 차

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 180 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

181

제3부

무형문화유산 정보 공유를 통한 협력 네트워크 강화

279 인도NGO의정보구축참여와협력

수다고팔라크리슈난_인도사하피디아대표

287 지역·소지역차원에서의무형문화유산이해당사자간협력강화

아카츠키타카하시_유네스코아피아사무소문화담당관

297 캐나다의무형유산-정치적맥락,보호조치,국제협력

앙투완고티에_캐나다퀘벡주무형유산위원회대표

Appendix

311 토론요약문

331 참가자프로필

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 181 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 182 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

제1부 2003년 유네스코 무형문화유산보호협약의

이행과 국제협력

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 183 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 184 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

185

개요

본발표문은국제적차원에서2003년무형문화유산보호협약비준상황과협약상

의세가지목록인인류무형문화유산대표목록,긴급한보호가필요한무형문화유산

목록,보호모범사례를살펴보는것으로시작한다.다음으로2008년운영지침의초안

이작성된후등재신청과지정과정이어떻게개선되었는가를진단하고자한다.

또한본고에서는유네스코사무국이실행해온역량구축활동의중요성에주목한

다.위원회에제출된협약이행에대한첫번째분기보고서에기초하여,국가적차원에

서의협약의이행상황을다룰것이다.

마지막으로,2003년협약을위해동아시아의한·중·일세개의카테고리2기구가

수행하고있는과업의중요성에대해논하며,특히한국의정보·네트워킹센터가지닌

역할의중요성을역설할것이다.

2003년에채택된무형문화유산보호협약은2006년정식발효된뒤즉각이행되었다.

동협약은현재138개국이비준하였다.2006년협약이발효된후정부간위원회는여섯

차례의정기회의와두차례의임시회의를개최하였으며,2008년운영지침을최종승인

2003년 유네스코 무형문화유산보호협약에서 보호조치의 이행

아이카와 노리코

일본 정책연구대학원 초빙교수

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 185 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:50

Chapter I 186

하여협약이행의근간을마련하였다.또한위원회는대표적인유네스코무형문화유산

목록인‘긴급한보호가필요한무형문화유산목록(이하긴급보호목록)’과‘인류무형문

화유산대표목록(이하대표목록)’및‘보호모범사례’에총267건의종목을등재하였다.

국제적차원에서의협약이행초기단계에서정부간위원회는협약이행방안,특히

2009년이후유산등재심사과정에서얻은교훈을바탕으로목록관리방안을개선하

고자하였다.위원회는등재신청서제출일정과신청서처리절차를개선하는동시에

각위원회회기에서적절한수의등재신청서가평가될수있도록여러대책을강구하였

다.또한등재신청의주제및지리적인불균형을우려하며시급히이를해소해야한다

고강조했다.이에따라위원회는재원,기술력,전문지식의부족으로등재신청을하지

못한국가들의역량을강화하기로결정했다.

국가적차원에서의협약이행에관해서언급하자면,협약발효후처음으로지난

주발리에서개최된제6차정부간위원회에서협약이행에관한정기보고서5건이검토

되었다.2004년에협약을비준한알제리,중앙아프리카공화국,중국,일본,모리셔스5

개국이보고서를제출하였다.

본발표에서필자는다음과같은문제를중심으로무형문화유산보호협약과그보

호조치의이행에관해논의할것이다.

i)국제적차원에서의협약이행

ii)국가적차원에서의협약이행

iii)협약의이행에있어유네스코아시아·태평양무형문화유산국제정보네트워킹센터

(이하유네스코아태무형유산센터)를비롯한아태지역유네스코카테고리2기구

의역할

I. 국제적 차원에서의 협약 이행

1. 비준

광범위한협약의이행을위해서는무엇보다다수의국가들이협약을비준해야한

다.무형문화유산보호협약을비준한국가숫자는다른유네스코국제협약에비해상

당히많은편이다.2년3개월만에비준국수가30개에달하면서협약은유례없이신속

하게발효되었다.이는무형문화유산및그협약에대한회원국들의지대한관심을보

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 186 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

187

여주는것으로평가될수있다.현재138개협약당사국중26개국이아태지역에속한

다.지난유네스코총회에서는팔라우가협약비준을공식발표하면서찬사를받았다.

유네스코는추가로아태지역23개국이조속히협약을비준할것을촉구하고있다.

2. 등재신청과 등재

현재긴급보호목록에등재된종목은27건으로,2009년에12건,2010년에4건,2011

년에11건이등재되었다.대표목록에등재된종목은232건으로,2009년에76건,2010년

에47건,2011년에19건이등재되었으며2008년‘인류구전및무형유산걸작’에서90건

이추가되었다.보호모범사례에는8건이등재되어있으며2009년과2011년에각각3건

과5건이등재되었다.현재까지등재된총종목수는267건이다.

등재신청은주로대표목록에치중되어있는데,이러한목록간불균형의원인은무

형문화유산의보호를주요목표로삼고있는무형문화유산보호협약에대한이해부족

때문이라고할수있다.그러나무엇보다많은국가들이무형문화유산보호협약과세계

유산협약을혼동하고있는것이가장큰문제로보인다.세계유산협약에서는위험에

처한세계유산목록에등재될경우일종의‘벌칙’처럼작용하여해당국가의‘수치’로여

겨지고있다.

상당규모의대표목록등재신청서가접수되었다는사실은협약당사국들의무형

문화유산보호에대한열의를드러낸다(2009년111건,2010년147건).그러나너무많은

수의신청서가몰리는바람에무형문화유산사무국,산하기구및정부간위원회가‘합

리적이면서공정하게’처리할수있는수준을넘어서게되었다.또한대표목록등재신청

서의면면을보면심각한지리적불균형이존재함을알수있다.2009년에접수된대표

목록등재신청서111건중61건(54%)이아시아에서제출된반면,53개국의협약당사국

이속한아프리카지역에서는고작5건이제출되었다.2010년위원회가심사한107건의

신청서중무려84건(78.5%)이아시아지역에서제출되었는데,아프리카지역에서는단

한건도제출되지않았다.2011년의경우,처리된49건의신청서중30건(61%)이아시아

지역에서제출된것이었다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 187 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

Chapter I 188

3. 신청, 심사, 평가, 등재 절차의 개선

2010년6월제4차협약당사국총회는2009년정부간위원회에서결정한권고사항

에따라협약에규정된네가지메커니즘에대해단일일정을채택하여등재신청절차

를합리화하기로결정했다.네가지메커니즘이란긴급보호목록과대표목록,보호모범

사례및미화25,000달러이상의국제원조요청을말한다.기존체계에서는각목록등

재절차와원조요청절차가개별일정으로운영되었기때문에혼란을가중시킬우려가

있었다.

2010년11월제5차총회에서위원회는자문기구를설치하기로결정했다.자문기구

는비정부기구소속전문가6명,개별전문가6명으로구성되는데,긴급보호목록등재

신청서,보호모범사례제안서,국제원조요청서심사시이전의복잡한절차대신간소

화된단일절차를적용하도록했다.

무형문화유산사무국과산하기구및위원회가수행하는‘합리적이고공정한’심사

및평가를보장하기위해서는과도하게많은대표목록등재신청서의수를줄여야했다.

제4차총회에서위원회는‘(2011년등재의경우)31~54건정도의대표목록등재신청서

를접수하고,특히복수국가가신청한종목,그리고대표목록에등재된유산이없거나

극히적은국가의신청종목을우선순위로처리’할것을권고했다.

2011년제6차회의에서위원회는협약의실효성에관한문제를광범위하게논의하

면서기존의대표목록등재신청서심사절차에대한우려를표명했다.정부간위원회산

하기구가심사위원의역할을하면서동시에심사를받는위치에있다는점을감안할

때,시행중인등재신청서처리절차가협약의실효성을떨어뜨릴위험이있다는것이었

다.따라서위원회는산하기구를개별전문가와비정부기구소속전문가로구성된자문

기구로교체하기로결정하고,네가지메커니즘에대한신청서·제안서·요청서가동일한

수준의엄격한과학적잣대를바탕으로동일한자문기구에의해심사를받도록절차

를개선시켰다.

위원회는또한2012년회기에서네가지메커니즘과관련하여최대62건의신청서

를평가하기로결정했다.무형문화유산사무국에접수된네가지메커니즘에대한신

청서수는214건이었지만,심사의공정성을보장하기위해사무국과자문기구및위원

회의역량을고려해야했다.네가지메커니즘에신청된종목간의지리적균형을맞추

기위해위원회는복수국가가제출한신청서,그리고등재된종목이없거나,보호사례

가채택되지않았거나,혹은국제원조요청이승인된적이없는국가의신청서를우선

적으로처리하기로결정했다.그러나위원회는가능한각국이신청한종목중한건은

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 188 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

189

반드시심사하도록방침을정했다.

위원회가권고한개선조치들은2012년6월협약당사국총회에제출되는즉시협

약운영지침에개정내용으로반영될것이다.

4. 역량 구축

협약이행을위한국가차원의역량강화에우선순위를부여하기로한위원회의결

정과당사국총회로부터국제적인역량구축활동을위한무형문화유산기금사용을

승인받은덕분에사무국은교육프로그램가이드라인과매뉴얼을완성할수있었다.

프로그램의주제는우선순위에따라(1)비준,(2)국가적차원에서의협약이행,(3)공

동체기반목록작성작업,(4)긴급보호목록등재신청서작성으로나열할수있다.2011

년1~4월까지유네스코지도자를위한교육워크숍이베이징,하라레,리브르빌,소피

아,하바나,아부다비에서개최되었다.여섯차례개최된워크숍에는65명의지역전문

가들과유네스코각지역사무소의문화담당관이참여했다.워크숍의목표는참석자들

이상기언급한가이드라인과매뉴얼을숙지하도록하는데있었다.이워크숍의후속

조치로수많은국가들이교육프로그램을마련하고있으며,협약의비준과국가별이

행에관한주제를우선적으로다루고있다.

II. 국가적 차원에서의 협약 이행

협약29조에따르면당사국은협약이행을위해취해진입법,규제및다른조치에

관한보고서를위원회에제출해야한다.협약운영지침에는당사국은6년마다정기보

고서를제출해야하며,이들보고서는협약의이행및대표목록에등재된유산의상태

에관한정보를포함해야한다고명시되어있다.이에따라2004년협약을비준한7개

국이2011년제6차정부간위원회에보고서를제출할것으로예상했으나,최종적으로

알제리,중앙아프리카공화국,중국,일본,모리셔스5개국이보고서를제출했다.다음

은이들국가가제출한보고서를토대로요약한내용이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 189 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

Chapter I 190

첫째,제도적역량과관련하여각국은중앙집중형방식(중국과알제리)과분산형

방식(일본)등각기다른방식을채택하고있다.그러나중앙집중형방식이든분산형방

식이든국가차원의기금지원이중요한역할을담당하는것으로보인다.

둘째,법률과관련하여일본,알제리등협약채택전에무형문화유산관련법을제

정한국가들은협약의요건에맞춰자국의관련법을개정하지않았다는점을언급할

필요가있다.

셋째,무형문화유산관리인력이부족하고추가교육이필요한것으로나타났다.

무형문화유산기록작업과관련해서는충분한인프라를갖추고있는것으로보인다.

넷째,각국이매우상이한목록작성방법을채택하고있는것으로드러났다.국가

목록(일본,중국,모리셔스),영토목록(알제리),주제목록(모리셔스),지리적구조를기

반으로한목록(알제리),민족목록(중앙아프리카공화국),지리및민족에따라구성한

목록(중국)등목록구성이제각기달랐다.목록을작성하면서각국은보유자·연행자

의동의를구할때해당공동체구성원들을적극적으로참여시키지못하거나,특정무

형문화유산에대한접근을규율하는관례를지키거나수집된자료를활용할때많은

어려움을겪은것으로보인다.

다섯째,대부분의국가는전승활동의장려를위해전통보유자를공식지정하고,

다음세대에지식과기술을전승하는대가로장려금을제공한다.중국,알제리등일

부국가들은무형문화유산교육을정규교육과정에포함시키고있다.일본의보고서에

는한가지흥미로운사례가제시되었는데,무형문화유산의장르에따라전승방식이

다르다는것이다.민속의경우비공식전승방식을취하고전문기관의경우공식적인

전승방식을취한다.

대표목록에등재된유산들의현황에대한상기5개국의보고서는각국이무형문

화유산의생명력을유지하는노력을기울이면서직면했던어려움을여실히보여준다.

일본의보고서에따르면무형문화유산의생명력을좌우하는것은보유자와연행자

의수가아니라전승메커니즘의활성화이다.세대간관계변화,도시화,이농현상,이

주,전통적전승방법의약화등사회,경제및환경의변화로인해무형문화유산의생

명력이점차사라져가고있다.물론,국제적으로인정을받게되면집단의결속력과해

당공동체의자부심이높아지고,아울러소수문화를존중하는태도와무형문화유산

보호에대한인식및열망도확대될수있지만,지나친대중의관심을끌게되어유산

의상품화가과도하게진행되고전통적관례에대한존중이사라질수있다.일본(코시

키지마노토시돈축제)과중앙아프리카공화국(아카피그미족의구전음악)은무형문화

유산이언론에과다하게노출되고대중의지나친관심을받게되면서야기되는문제를

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 190 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

191

해결하기위해관광객및연구원의접근규제또는사진및영상촬영금지등다양한

제한조치를제시했다.

국제적으로인정을받은후에비로소유산의가시성을높이기위한노력이진행된

경우도있었다.중국은전통공예의가치를고양하기위해전통선지제작기술및서예

등의전통공예에대한대중인식제고조치를취했다.

마지막으로5개국이제출한첫번째정기보고서는그밖에도다양한이슈를제기

하였다.예를들어,목록작성작업을위한기록물수집이나등재신청서및홍보활동준

비시무형문화유산보유자와연행자의지적재산권보호에관심을두는국가는극소수

에불과했다.지적재산권의보호는무형문화유산보호협약에명시된의무사항은아니

지만,지적재산권과관계된여타국제규약에가입한협약당사국은지적재산권을보장

할의무가있다(무형문화유산보호협약3조나항,운영지침104항).

보고서에제시된또하나의우려할만한사안은당사국들이무형문화유산을‘국가

정체성’의요소로이해하는경향을보인다는것이다.이는문화적다양성제고를목표

로하는협약에배치되는것이다.

III. 아태지역 카테고리 2 기구의 역할

2009년제35차유네스코총회는무형문화유산보호를위한지역협력을강화하고

자한·중·일3국에유네스코카테고리2기구의설립을최종승인했다.이들세기관은

상보적인역할을수행한다.한국센터는정보와네트워킹을,중국센터는교육을,일본

센터는위험에처한아태지역무형문화유산의보호사례와그방법에관한연구를담

당한다.

필자는영광스럽게도한국센터와중국센터의설립타당성조사를수행하는임무

를부여받았다.조사에앞서한국과중국은179차집행이사회(2008년4월)에서무형

문화유산보호를위한카테고리2기구설립제안서를제출했다.일본또한동회의에

서같은유형의카테고리2기구설립의사를표명했다.유네스코집행이사회는같은목

적과기능을가진두기관이아태지역에설립되어야하는이유를파악하고자사무총

장에게“두기관의전문분야를분명히보여주는”타당성조사를수행할것을요청했다.

2008년한·중·일3개국대표들은협력형태와세기관이가진각각의전문성을명확

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 191 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

Chapter I 192

히하고자여러차례회의를가졌다.

세기관이설립되기까지의과정을돌아볼때,분야에따라각기관이보여준전문

성은부인할수없다.세기관은(1)협약목적의증진,(2)공동체참여확대,(3)무형

문화유산보호역량강화,(4)지역및국제협력촉진등같은목표를위해활동하지만,

각각의역할은매우다르다.

그가운데서도한국의정보·네트워킹센터가담당하는역할은매우다양하다.첫

째,데이터베이스구축을통해무형문화유산관련자료를효과적으로관리하고,무형

문화유산의현황조사및기록작업을지원하며,저장된자료를보존및디지털화하고,

메타데이터표준개발을위한정보시스템을구축한다.둘째,무형문화유산의보급을

위해축적된관련자료를활용하고,정보및홍보자료를발간하며,목록,등재신청서

및정보자료작성을위해기록물창작에참여한무형문화유산보유자와연행자의저

작권을보호한다.셋째,무형문화유산의전승과보급을확대하기위해해당공동체,집

단및개인간의네트워크를구축한다.특히지역및국제차원의행사나회의(공동체,

집단및개인들이참여하는)를개최한다.넷째,지식과정보교류를위해지역및국제

네트워크를강화한다.

이모든기능이제대로수행되어야무형문화유산보호협약의성공적인이행을보장

할수있다.그러나첫번째정기보고서에서나타났듯이,모든당사국들이기록작업

및정보자료작성에참여한연행자와창작자의저작권을보호하기위한조치를마련하

는것은아니다.이분야에서선도적역할을담당해야할주체가바로한국의유네스코

카테고리2기구인유네스코아태무형유산센터이다.

IV. 결론

채택후8년이지난지금,무형문화유산보호협약은초창기시험단계를거쳐발전단

계에진입하고있다.유네스코사무국의주도하에역량구축활동이확고하게자리를

잡았고,어제발리에서막을내린제6차정부간위원회는대표목록과긴급보호목록,보

호모범사례및미화25,000달러이상국제원조요청신청서처리방식의간소화를제안

함으로써협약의실효성을한층높였다.위원회는지금까지긴급보호목록에27건,대표

목록에232건,보호모범사례에8건을등재했다.2009년과2010년등재심사과정에서

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 192 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

193

드러난문제점들,특히목록과유산종목의주제및지리적불균형문제를적극적으로

해결하려는움직임이보이고있다.따라서국제적차원에서의협약이행은올바른방향

으로나아가고있다고말할수있다.

앞으로다뤄야할시급한사안은바로국가적차원에서의협약이행의증진이다.

이와관련하여한국의유네스코아태무형유산센터는역내여러국가들을연결할효과

적인정보시스템을구축하는등중요한역할을수행하게될것이다.이시스템은역내

국가들이무형문화유산보호활동을추진할수있는중추적기반이될것이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 193 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 194 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

195

개요

아태지역은다양한유산과풍요로운문화적전통을보유하고있어무형문화유산

의보고(寶庫)라일컬어진다.그러나이지역은제도나행정적기반이부족하여많은무

형문화유산이소멸의위기에처해있다.특히,개발도상국과저개발국가는세계화,도

시화,현대화로인하여사회문화적전통을유지하고지속가능한발전을추구하기위한

효율적인무형문화유산관리에어려움을겪고있다.

이러한어려움을인식하며2009년유네스코와대한민국정부의협정에기초하여

유네스코카테고리2기구인유네스코아태무형유산센터(이하센터)가설립되었다.센터

의주요역할과기능은정보와네트워킹을통한무형문화유산보호이다.

센터는지난4년간무형문화유산보호에기여하기위해노력해왔으며그과정에서

많은교훈을얻었다.본고에서는아태지역의무형문화유산보호를위한센터의주요역

할,기능,그리고다양한협력활동을소개할것이다.본내용이센터와아태지역협력

국가들이무형문화유산을보호하기위한효과적인방법과협력수단을개발하는데도

움이될수있기를바란다.

무형문화유산 보호를 위한 협력 활동 방법론 고찰

박성용

유네스코아태무형유산센터 정책사업본부장

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 195 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

Chapter I 196

Ⅰ. 센터의 목적

센터는무형문화유산을통한문화다양성증진과지속가능한발전추구라는사명

에따라아태지역의역량을강화하는것을그목표로두고있다.이를위한센터의목

적1은다음과같다.

•유네스코무형문화유산보호협약이행의증진

•무형문화유산공동체의참여와대중의인식제고

•무형문화유산보호를위한지역및국제협력강화

•정보통신기술을이용한무형문화유산보호활동증진

즉,센터의목적은첫째,2003년유네스코무형문화유산보호협약의이행과관련하

여무형문화유산을보호하고관련공동체,집단,그리고개인의참여를증진하며,둘

째,일반대중과특히청소년의무형문화유산의중요성에대한인식을제고하고,셋째,

무형문화유산보호를위한지역및국제협력을강화하며,넷째,정보통신기술을활용

하여무형문화유산보호를위한미래지향적환경을구축하는것이다.

1_유네스코,대한민국정부,국제연합교육과학문화기구(유네스코)후원아시아-태평양지역무형문화유산국제정

보네트워킹센터(카테고리2)의대한민국내설립에관한유네스코와대한민국정부간의협정,제7조-목적및

기능,2009.

유네스코 무형문화유산보호협약이행의 증진

목적 1 목적 2

목적 3

목표

목적 4

무형문화유산 공동체의 참여와 대중의 인식 제고

무형문화유산 보호를 위한 지역 및 국제협력 강화

정보통신기술을 이용한 무형문화유산 보호 활동 증진

정보 & 네트워킹

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 196 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

197

Ⅱ. 센터의 기능

센터의중점기능은정보와네트워킹기능이다.센터의활동에있어‘정보’란끊임

없이진보하고있는디지털기술과세계적으로확산되고있는온라인시스템을이용해

서무형문화유산과관련된다양한정보를수집·생산하고디지털형식으로가공·제작

할뿐만아니라네트워크를통해보급·확산하는무형문화유산과관련된정보의유통

과정전체를의미한다.그리고‘네트워킹’은센터의온라인,오프라인활동전체를포함

한다.이는공동체,전승자,전문가,전문센터및기관,그리고일반대중에이르기까지

센터의활동과관련해무형문화유산보호활동에참여하는모든당사자및관계기관

의네트워크를일컫는다.

이러한측면에서센터의구체적인기능2은다음과같다.

1) 무형문화유산의 효율적 관리를 위한 정보 시스템 구축,

무형문화유산 데이터베이스 구축

센터는아태지역국가들의무형문화유산현황조사및기록작성과데이터베이

스구축을지원한다.또한,메타데이터개발을통해네트워킹을촉진하고,오래

되거나손상된자료의복원및디지털작업을실시한다.

2) 축적된 무형문화유산 정보 및 데이터의 활용 및 보급

센터는무형문화유산디지털자료를제작한다.관련서적및시청각자료등홍

보자료를발간하며,대중의가시성을제고하고,무형문화유산과관련한지적재

산권의보호를증진하기위해활동한다.

3) 관련 공동체, 집단, 개인의 무형문화유산 전승 및

보급을 강화하기 위한 네트워크 구축

센터는지역및국제적차원에서공연및전시등의무형문화유산공개행사를지

원하고,무형문화유산보호를위한모범사례를발굴하여백서로발간한다.또한

무형문화유산의활성화를위한공동체및그룹단위의네트워크회의를개최한다.

2_유네스코,대한민국정부,앞의협정문,제7조,2009.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 197 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

Chapter I 198

4) 무형문화유산 보호 관련 정보 및 지식 교환을 위한 국제 및

지역 네트워크 강화

센터는무형문화유산분야에서활동하고있는센터들과기관들사이의국제적

네트워크를구축한다.이와관련하여효과적인무형문화유산보호활동을위

한전문가풀을구축하고활용한다.또한포털웹사이트를운영해무형문화유

산정보및지식이원활하게교류될수있도록한다.

Ⅲ. 센터의 전략 과제와 협력 활동

‘정보및네트워킹’의주요기능에기반하여센터는1)지정및기록2)전승및보

급,3)정책및제도,4)홍보및선양,5)교류및협력이라는다섯가지범주의무형문

화유산보호과제를수행한다.3역내당사국들의요구를고려하며,위범주에서의방법

및과제를통해정보및네트워킹시스템을구축할수있도록효과적인방법론을개발

한다.

1. 지정 및 기록4

센터는무형문화유산종목의전승을기록하고이해하기위해지역에서의무형문화

유산의현황을밝히는현황조사수행을지원한다.국가목록을작성하고기록작업을

진행하는과정에서협력프로젝트,회의등을통해관련자료와정보를제공하는등

다양한지원을제공한다.특히지역기관및단체들과지정및기록을위한가이드라인

과매뉴얼을개발하며관련국가가목록을작성하기위한기술적인지원을제공한다.

3_유네스코무형문화유산보호협약,제2조-정의,3.‘보호’란무형문화유산의지정,기록,연구,보존,보호,진흥,

증진,특히형식및비형식교육을통한전승을포함하여무형문화유산의생명력은물론그여러측면들의회복

을보장하기위한조치들을의미한다,2003.

4_유네스코,대한민국정부,앞의협정문,제7조-목적및기능2(나),2009.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 198 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

199

지정

지정과관련하여센터는몇가지프로젝트를수행해왔다.다음은센터가당사국들

과수행하고있는협력프로젝트의예이다.

•현황조사:2009년에처음실시되었으며지역당사국의무형문화유산보호노력

과관련된정보수집을목적으로한다.이와같은정보수집은무형문화유산정보

시스템구축을위한기초로,센터는각국연구자들에게의뢰하여무형문화유산

현황에대한조사를수행하고있다.각국의지정된연구자들은무형문화유산현

황과보호활동현황에대한정보를제공하는포괄적인설문지에응답하는방식

으로조사에응한다.센터는본조사와관련된가이드라인을출판및보급할예

정이다.센터는지난3년동안아태지역20개국에현황조사를실시해왔다.

•무형문화유산 지정(목록작성 지원):본사업은아태지역의무형문화유산지정과

기록을통해무형문화유산보호를위한토대를만들어내는것을목표로한다.

최근부탄목록작성을위한사업에협력하고있다.부탄은2010년현황조사사업

을성공적으로완료한후,무형문화유산목록을작성하기위한계획을발표했다.

무형문화유산목록을지정하는3개년사업이계획되었고,소규모의시범사업이

실시될예정이다.

•온라인 도구를 활용한 중앙아시아 무형문화유산 목록작성:중앙아시아의무형

문화유산목록온라인시스템을만드는것을목적으로한다.최근센터는중앙아

시아의카자흐스탄,키르기스스탄,타지키스탄,우즈베키스탄4개국과공동작업

을실시하였다.각나라는무형문화유산을지정하고웹을기반으로한목록시스

템을구축할것이다.

•당사국의 유네스코 무형문화유산 목록 등재 지원:당사국들이무형문화유산을지

정하고,유네스코무형문화유산대표목록및긴급보호목록에등재하는데협력한다.

•무형문화유산 목록작성과 온라인 데이터베이스 구축 준비 지원:지역역량을강

화하고협약이행을증진하기위해무형문화유산목록작성과온라인데이터베이

스구축사업을수행하였다.온라인데이터베이스사업은유네스코뉴델리사무소

의협력으로수행되었다.사업의목적은인도의다양한무형문화유산이종류와

지역에따라범주화될수있는웹기반아카이브를구축하는것이다.이아카이

브는보다많은사람들이무형문화유산정보에접근할수있도록한다.인도문화

유산지도가개발되었고인도의네지역의파트너들로부터샘플데이터가제공되

었다.또한목록작성작업의일환으로센터는유네스코무형문화유산목록에종

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 199 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:51

Chapter I 200

목들을등재시키는데지원을제공할것이다.본사업은참여단체들을통해어떤

종목이심각한상황에처해있는지파악하고,긴급한보호가필요한무형문화유

산종목들을목록화하는특별한노력의일환으로시행되었다.

기록

무형문화유산기록을지원하기위해지역내당사국들의기록매뉴얼개발,데이터

복원,무형문화유산디지털화에초점을맞추고있다.이러한노력의일환으로센터는

기록화매뉴얼을개발하기위한계획을추진중이며,당사국들의기록을지원하며특

히소멸의위기에처한종목을기록하고,관계단체들의아카이브작업에협력하고자

한다.다음은기록작업과관련된프로젝트의예이다.

• 아태지역 무형문화유산 영상 기록:아태지역의무형문화유산가시성을제고하기

위한전문적인기록영상을제작하여대중의인식을제고하고교육활동을진흥

하는것을목표로한다.HD급영상물을기록하기위해당사국전문가들과협력

할것이며,상대국가의정부와협력하여기록대상을선정할것이다.영상가이

드라인이프로젝트를통해서제작될수있을것이다.기록작업의결과물은교육

적목적과대중가시성제고에사용될수있으며,유네스코무형문화유산목록

등재에도도움이될수있다.

•무형문화유산 관련 데이터의 복원 및 디지털화:노후화되고손상된무형문화유

산데이터를확보하고복원및디지털화를통해데이터의가시성을제고하는것

을목적으로한다.센터는이미몽골의긴급한조치가필요한아날로그자료들을

복원하기위해사전조사를수행하였다.센터는시간및환경적인요인으로손상

된무형문화유산데이터의복원을지원할것이다.결과자료들은대중적가시성

을제고하기위한비디오와e-북을발행하는데사용될수있다.

•아카이브 구축 지원:분류체계와체계적인메타데이터,그리고데이터관리를

연구하여아카이브를구축하기위한가이드라인을작성및보완하고,포털웹사

이트를통해아카이브를연계하기위한네트워크를구축한다.

유네스코 긴급보호목록, 대표목록 등재 지원

현황조사 수행 목록작성 지원

기록

지정 및 기록

아카이브 구축 지원무형문화유산 데이터 복원 및 디지털화

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 200 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

201

2. 전승 및 보급

센터는무형문화유산가시성을제고하기위한공개행사를추진할것이다.이러한

행사는일반대중,특히젊은층을대상으로하며지속가능한전승을장려하기위한

전승프로그램을만들고운영하는것을포함한다.또한센터는정보기술을활용하여

무형문화유산디지털콘텐츠를개발하고이러닝시스템등을활용할것이다.

•공개 행사:순회사진전,공연,그리고국제적축제등공개행사를개최하여대

중들의무형문화유산에대한접근성과상호작용을높일것이다.센터는또한다

양한무형문화유산을경험하고배우는현장프로그램을제공할것이다.

•전문가 네트워킹 프로그램:센터는무형문화유산전문가네트워크를구축하기

위해당사국과협력하고있다.본프로젝트는전문프로그램의개발을통해아태

지역에서무형문화유산전문가들사이의네트워크를강화하는것을목표로한

다.본프로그램은유네스코2003년협약과관련된최근의국제적이슈들에대한

정보를공유하고,직면한문제점에대해토론하기위한기회를제공하는것을목

적으로한다.본사업은2009년에시작되었으며이후로매년개최되어12~15명의

문화유산전문가및정부공무원이참가하였다.

•온라인 지식 시스템:센터는전문가,전승자,그리고일반대중이무형문화유산

관련지식및정보에보다쉽게접근할수있는온라인지식시스템을구축하기

위해노력하고있으며,이들무형문화유산분야관련당사자들의정보공유를강

화하고있다.

3. 정책 및 제도

센터는무형문화유산보호를위한문화정책을진흥하고당사국들이적합한법률

적ㆍ행정적보호시스템을채택하도록장려할것이다.센터는무형문화유산보호가이

드라인을제작하고,정책및모범사례에대한정보를수집할것이다.또한유네스코인

간문화재제도보급을진흥한다.

공개 행사 개최(공연, 전시)

워크숍 개최 이러닝 시스템 구축전승 및 보급

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 201 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

Chapter I 202

•무형문화유산 보호 제도 및 정책 구축:본사업은무형문화유산보호정책및

수단개발지원을목표로한다.센터는당사국이무형문화유산보호활동의모범

사례를발굴하고,보호정책을개발하며,보호수단을보급하는것을지원한다.

또한본사업을통해무형문화유산데이터를활용한가이드북이발간될것이다.

현재센터는통가및라오스와협력하고있다.

• 정책 연구와 모범사례:센터는아태지역무형문화유산보호모범사례를연구하

고살피며이러한사례들을활용하고사회적문화적특성을고려하여각나라에

적용되는보호시스템구축을지원할것이다.또한무형문화유산보흐를위한실

용적인가이드라인을개발할것이다.무형문화유산보호방법과관련된이가이

드라인은지정,기록,연구,보호제도,진흥,전승그리고재활성화를포함한다.

• 유네스코 인간문화재 제도 보급:본사업의목적은무형문화유산보호제도를

구축하고관리하는데있어정보및경험을공유하는데있다.센터는2007년부터

베트남과몽골정부에인간문화재제도를소개하는데긴밀하게협력해왔다.센터

는베트남과몽골의무형문화유산전문가를초청하여각분야에서의경험을나

눌수있는기회를제공했다.한국의전문가들또한두나라에보호제도와방법

에관련한의견을교환하고조언을제공하기위해초청되었다.

4. 홍보 및 선양

센터는축적된무형문화유산데이터를활용하여가시성을증진할것이다.센터는

또한무형문화유산과관련한지적재산권을토론하는장을마련하고,무형문화유산정

보를수집하고활용하는과정에서발생하는지적재산권위반문제의해결을도울것이

다.또한센터는무형문화유산홍보자료를보급하고,사회및문화적가치를증진하기

위한콘텐츠를보급하기위해노력할것이다.

• 무형문화유산 증진을 위한 출판 및 홍보:센터는무형문화유산관련도서와뉴

스레터를발간하고있다.이러한목적을위해무형문화유산의이해,2008유네스

코무형문화유산목록,2009유네스코무형문화유산목록한국어판을발간하였

다.또한몽골무형문화유산가이드북을2010년발간하였다.

정책 연구 수행 및 모범사례 발굴

가이드라인 개발 인간문화재 제도 보급정책 및 제도

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 202 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

203

•뉴스레터 :센터는계간지인무형문화유산꾸리에를발간하여아태지역무형문

화유산을소개하고국제적인무형문화유산이슈를알리고있다.본사업은아태

지역무형문화유산보호와관련된이슈들에대한정보를보급하여무형문화유

산가시성을제고하고센터의활동을증진하는것을목적으로한다.2009년겨울

이후발간된뉴스레터는센터홈페이지에서다운로드가가능하다.(http://www.

ichcap.org/en/publications/publicationList.jsp?bbs_name=BOARD_ICH1_ENG)

• 무형문화유산 가시성 제고를 위한 무형문화유산 증진 프로젝트:국제상제정을

통해보호의중요성과보호활동에대한가시성을증진하는것을목적으로한다.

최근무형문화유산국제상제정에대한타당성조사가진행중에있다.본프로젝

트는무형문화유산보호활동을촉진하고보호활동의가시성을제고할것이다.

• 무형문화유산 디지털 콘텐츠 개발:무형문화유산디지털콘텐츠를개발하여대

중,특히젊은세대의인식을제고하는데기여하는것을목적으로한다.센터는

무형문화유산을활용하고가치를증대시키기위해인터넷과다른미디어를통해

접근가능한디지털콘텐츠를개발하는것을지원할것이다.센터는또한국가적

지역적차원에서무형문화유산웹사이트개발과온라인링크를지원할것이다.

• 무형문화유산 정보 및 기록과 관련한 지적재산권 보호:무형문화유산정보구

축및공유과정에서지적재산권을보호하기위한연구를통해가이드라인을제

작하는것을목적으로한다.센터는정보구축및공유과정에서나타나는문제

들을토론하고해결책을개발하기위한전문가회의를개최했다.센터는각국의

정보관련기관들과함께정보및지적재산권분야전문가들을통해연구사업

을수행하고있다.이러한전문가들과협력하여센터는이지역에서보급될가이

드라인의개발을계획하고있다.

발간 및 홍보지적재산권 보호 문화 콘텐츠 개발홍보 및 선양

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 203 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

Chapter I 204

5. 교류 및 협력5

센터는정보및지식교류를위해관련기관들의국제및지역협력을증진할것이

다.센터는또한보호를위한협력네트워크를구축할것이다.여기에는무형문화유산

관련포털사이트를운영하기위한계획도포함된다.

•소지역 협력 네트워크 회의:2003년협약이행과관련하여소지역협력을위한

지역과제와전략에대해토론하는것을목적으로한다.센터는태평양,중앙아시

아,그리고동남아시아지역에서소지역회의를개최해오고있다.

•아태지역 무형문화유산 전문가 네트워크 워크숍 :정책입안자들과전문가들사이

에정보공유와네트워크구축을장려하는네트워크프로그램을조직하는것을

목적으로한다.매년센터는15~20명의지역전문가를초청하여워크숍을개최

하고협력적네트워크를구축할수있는장을마련하고있다.초청된참가자들은

특정한주제에대한발표를진행하며그룹토론을진행한다.센터는전문가네트

워킹을강화하기위한소셜네트워크서비스(SNS)를활용한온라인협력네트워크

시스템구축을계획하고있다.

•국내 무형문화유산 전문가 네트워크 회의:유네스코무형문화유산활동을소개

하고국내협력체를구축하는것을목적으로한다.센터는국내공동체와전문가

를대상으로네트워크회의를정기적으로개최한다.이러한네트워크회의를통

해참가자들은무형문화유산보호와협약이행과관련된이슈들에대한동향을

접할수있을것이다.특히회의는전문가들이지역내무형문화유산보호와관

련하여방안을찾도록기회를제공하며보호역량을강화한다.

• 포털 웹사이트 관리:센터는포털웹사이트를통해통합무형문화유산정보시

스템을개발한다.웹포털은관련기관및개인들이온라인플랫폼을통해정보

및지식을교환하기위한다양한관련웹사이트를통합하고링크하는역할을하

며,또한아태지역무형문화유산데이터수집을위한통합정보센터로서기능을

수행할것이다.

5_유네스코,대한민국정부,앞의협정문,제7조-목적및기능,1.센터는정보및네트워킹을전문으로하며,다

음과같은목적을가진다.(라)무형문화유산보호를위한지역적,국제적협력촉진,2009.

전문가 풀 활용협력 네트워크 구축 포털 웹사이트 관리교류 및 협력

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 204 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

205

Ⅳ. 과제 및 전략

위에언급한경험및활동을통해센터는지역내에서국가들이프로젝트를계획

하고이행하는데필요한과제들을인식하였다.무엇보다센터는무형문화유산이연행

되고있는지역으로부터지역공동체와전문가들의의견을청취함으로써지역내의현

과제에대해이해해야함을인식하고있다.이러한측면에서센터는회의와워크숍을

통해무형문화유산전문가및공동체사이의네트워킹을촉진할것이다.이러한다양

한수요는특히지역공동체들에서센터의프로젝트에반영되어야한다.

신뢰할수있는보호활동을위한중기및장기전략을구축하는것또한센터의

과제이다.무형문화유산의활성화와전승을지속하기위해효과적이고지속가능한사

업과프로그램을확보하는것이중요하다.

또한유무형유산형태가긴밀하게관련되어있으므로통합적접근을장려해야한

다.문화유산에대한통합적접근은두분야의전문가와이해관계자들에게역시강조

되어왔다.

이를위해센터는보호수단에관한다양한방법론을개발하고보급하며,관계기

관및이해관계자들과협력적파트너십을강화하고,정보공유및네트워크구축에초

점을맞춘다자적,포괄적접근을수행해야한다.

무형문화유산은한나라나지역의다양한역사적배경과다양한문화적영향을반

영하는다양한문화형태로구성되어있다.유네스코카테고리2기구로서센터는아태

지역무형문화유산보호와관련한다양한이슈를다루며아태지역무형문화유산보호

의중요한역할을수행하고있다.센터는유네스코의궁극적인목적인‘평화의문화’를

달성하고자한다.무형문화유산의근원은개인과공동체의마음과정신에서비롯하며,

센터는이러한무형문화유산을다음세대까지보호하고전승하고자한다.센터는협

력사업을수행하여평화의문화를지역및국제적으로구축할것이다.문화유산은소

중한자원이며지속가능한인류발전을위한각사회의문화다양성과창조적인활동의

기본토대이다.따라서센터의활동은무형문화유산종목의효과적이고체계적인보호

에초점을맞출것이며또한일반대중에대한접근성을강화할것이다.

센터는앞으로계속지역당사국들과다른관계기관들과의밀접한협력을통해

보호수단과방법론을개발하고보급하기위해노력할것이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 205 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

Chapter I 206

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 206 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

제2부 정보 시스템 구축

- 지정, 기록, 아카이브

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 207 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 208 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

209

개요

필리핀이유네스코‘인류구전및무형유산걸작’의첫선포를위해등재신청항목

을파악할때기준으로삼은것은상황적합성과포괄적인정보이용가능성이었다.

차후데이터수집방식은원칙적으로무형문화유산의식별에근거를두었다.즉,지

속적으로연행되면서발전또는쇠퇴하고있는무형문화유산을파악하는데토대를두

었다.필리핀국내의정치및제도구조속에전통문화유산의많은부분이유지되고

있는데,이는문화유산이신앙과가치체계에변화를야기한세계주요종교의도입에

영향을받지않았기때문에가능한일이었다.그러나필리핀에문화유산의원천인80

개의언어집단이존재한다는점에서문제가복잡해진다.

마지막으로정보가수집되는방식을살펴보면,필리핀지자체단위에서주단위로

업로드되고,이어서관련국립문화기관,그리고최종적으로필리핀국가문화예술위원

회(NCCA)에통합되어국가등록으로유지·관리되는과정을거치게된다.또한데이터

수집을위해문헌조사와예비현장연구가실시된다.

정보 시스템을 위한 무형문화유산 정보 생산과 수집

헤수스 페랄타

필리핀 국가문화예술위원회 자문관

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 209 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

Chapter II 210

2000년이후필리핀에서실시한무형문화유산목록작성을위한데이터식별및수

집과정은다음과같이설명된다.

i) 2000년유네스코에제출할필리핀최초무형문화유산등재신청항목을파악하

기위해국가문화예술위원회가취한초기긴급조치

ii)위의선행경험을바탕으로한무형문화유산식별및수집프로그램을위한후

속실행계획수립

iii)식별및수집방법론

I. 초기 긴급조치

국가문화예술위원회가‘인류구전및무형유산걸작’선포를위한신청서제출과관

련된발표문을접한것은2000년7월로,발표문에는등재신청서제출기한이5개월후

인2000년12월까지라는내용이담겨있었다.분명히시간이촉박했다.관련발표문에

대한첫대응은다음과같았다.

(1) 명시된범주에적합한구전및무형문화유산이필리핀에상당수존재하는것

을확인했다.그러나등재신청에서요구하는수준에적합하게서술되고문서화

된유산은전무했다.등재신청서제출기한이촉박했기때문에즉각적인조치

가필요했다.

(2) 이번계획은유네스코와관련해서뿐만아니라국가전체를위해서단한건의

등재신청에그치는것이아니라지속적인관심이따라야하는일이다.그러나

이계획을실행할수있는운영예산을갖춘기구가국가문화예술위원회산하

에단한곳도없었다.따라서국가문화예술위원회내에운영예산을갖춘무형

문화유산위원회를설립할필요가있다는사실에인식을함께했으나,이러한

위원회를조직하는것역시시간이소요될것으로예상되었다.

즉각적인대응은국가문화예술위원회가임시핵심집단을구성하여등재와그밖

의제반문제를처리해야한다는요구로이어졌다.이에전문가자문회의를소집하여

역사,예술,민족지학,사회학및인류학의견지에서구전및무형문화유산의우선순위

목록을정리했다.또한기록전담팀의동원도고려되었다.문헌조사의결과가제출되었

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 210 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

211

고,이를바탕으로여러유명한필리핀구전및무형문화유산중에서어느항목이가

장중요도가높으면서도등재신청서마감기한내에준비작업을최소화할수있을만

큼가장확실히기록되어있는지판단했다.부차적정보의이용가능성또한고려되었

다.우선적으로다음의네가지항목이선정되었다.

(1) 이푸가오주이푸가오족의후드후드(Hudhud)

(2) 라나오델수르주마라나오족의대서사시다란젠(Darangen)

(3) 파나이섬의라바우동곤(LabawDonggon)/히닐라우드(Hinilawod)

(4) 민다나오섬의마누부(Manuvu)이야기

해당관련정보를평가한결과,자문회의는이푸가오족의후드후드를필리핀의등

재신청종목으로결정했다.근본적인선정이유는다음과같다.

(1) 후드후드는확실히동시대에도유효한뛰어난전통적가치를지닌인류의업적

으로간주될수있다.

(2) 후드후드에관한이용가능한출판자료가충분하다.

(3) 후드후드가연행되는지역이수도와근접하여물류이동에큰문제없이신속한

시청각기록작업이가능하다.

(4) 자료제공자의파악이용이하다.

(5) 기록작업에참여가능한전승자를파악할수있다.

향후이러한문제와기타항목을처리하기위해실행계획을동시에수립하여실시

했다.기록전담팀을이푸가오지방으로파견하여자료제공자가섭외한전승자들과작

업하도록했다.동시에이용가능한민족지학적데이터를바탕으로문서화작업에착

수했다.등재신청서는마감기한내에제출될수있었다.2001년5월국가문화예술위원

회는후드후드가‘유네스코인류구전및무형유산걸작’으로선포된19건에포함되었

다는사실을통보받았다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 211 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:52

Chapter II 212

II. 필리핀 문화재 등록부의 무형문화유산 식별과 보호우선순위

필요성 인식

필리핀공화국법제10066호,2009년문화유산법(CulturalHeritageAct)에따라모

든유·무형문화유산을목록으로기록하는필리핀문화재등록부(PRECUP)는다음

의항목에특히주목하였다.

(1) 지속적으로연행되며발전또는쇠퇴하고있는무형문화유산

(2) 지속적으로연행되지만소멸위험에처해있고쇠퇴하고있지만아직은생존가

능한무형문화유산

(3) 지속적으로연행되고있지만소멸위험에처해있으며더이상생존가능하지

않는무형문화유산

(4) 더이상연행되지않지만아직은사람들의기억속에남아있는무형문화유산

그러나유네스코협약의목적에따라보호대상으로위의(1)과(2)에초점을맞추

고,(3)과(4)는기록작업의대상으로만다룬다.일부무형문화유산정보를식별하는데

있어다음의내용또한고려했다.

1)첫째,가장중요하게고려해야할점은(적어도필리핀에서),무형문화유산종목이

연행되는사회안에서여전히지속가능한사회과정이라는점이다.무형문화유산

은반드시해당문화의구성원들이참여하는사회적활동이어야한다.유네스코

의취지에따라무형문화유산종목은적절한사회적배경속에서전통에따라

보존되어야한다.

둘째,문화진화의차원에서민족집단이변화하였고또수많은무형문화유

산이더이상그기능을하지못하게된것이사실이다.그러나그럴수록가능한

전통적맥락에서해당유산들을보존하는것이더욱중요하다.

첫번째문제가기본이되는과제이므로가장바람직한형태로다루어져야

한다.적절한사회적배경속에서전통에따라보존하는작업을통해어떤항목

이이러한무형문화유산에해당되는지파악할수있다.경우에따라서는전통적

인관습과사회의맥락에서이러한전통관습의재도입과발전을방해하는현대

사회조직및구조와충돌하기때문에어려움이발생할수있다.해당작업은바

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 212 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

213

람직한일이지만희망사항으로끝나기쉬운반면,경우에따라서는실현가능한

일이될수도있다.그것이가능한이유는무엇보다도토착종교가기독교나이

슬람교등세계주요종교로대체되어영향력,종교및가치체계로서변화를겪

었지만,사회의구조와조직에서는변화가없었다는사실에있다.민족거주지역

의내부구조는거의손상을입지않았으므로아직까지는사회과정이많은문제

를야기하지않고사회적배경으로적절하게재도입될수있기때문이다.

2)필리핀에는최소80개의주요민족언어학적집단과400개이상의하위집단이있

다.이들모두에게고유한문화가있다는점을고려하면방대한업무에우선순

위를정해야할필요성을인식하게된다.문화변용이많이진행되었거나문화적

쇠퇴가심각한수준에이른집단에즉각적인관심을기울인다.

3)활용가능한전문인력이제한적이지만무형문화유산위원회는편의상유네스코

가정한다섯분야에초점을맞춘다.

4)우선순위를결정하는데있어어떤무형문화유산형태가수명이가장짧고소멸

위험에처해있는지를고려한다.해당프로그램은특히앞서언급한2번,즉소멸

위험에처해있지만문화가속한사회적맥락에서여전히지속이가능한현존하

는구전및무형문화유산종목에초점을맞춘다.

5)기록화를위해무형문화유산항목의정보·데이터의이용가능성또한고려대상

이다.충분히많은정보자료를갖춘종목에즉각적인관심을기울이는데,이는

해당종목의기록화가쉽게성취가능하기때문이다.처음에이푸가오족의후드

후드와마라나오족의다란젠등재에노력을기울인이유역시두항목모두구전

표현물이지만이미이용가능한충분히많은데이터가확보된상태였기때문이다.

6)전통필리핀사회의무형문화유산대부분은의례가중심이되며다양한종족

집단의발리안(Balian),베이란(Baylan),바베이란(Babaylan),뭄바키(Mumbaki),

뭄부농(Mumbunong),맨-아리식(Man-aalisig),몬킨테마(Monkintema),몬라푸

(Monlapu)등전문가들과기타다양한민족공동체의낭송가에게의존하고있

다.전통관습이일반적으로의례를토대로하거나이와깊은관련이있다는점

은충분히지적했다.이들전문가들이모두사망하면,필리핀무형문화유산도

모두사라질것이다.이것이바로무형문화유산문제에관심을촉구하는이유이

다.전승자들이이어오고있는유산이영속되는것은고사하고확실히보존될

것이라는어떤보장도없는상태에서문화의전달자들이사라지기전에관련정

보의원천인전승자들에게충분한관심을기울여야한다.

7)목록작성작업은사실상필리핀국민들의문화지도를작성하는것을의미하며,

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 213 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

Chapter II 214

이는유네스코가정한무형문화유산분야별로다룰예정이다.이상적인계획은

구전및무형문화유산전체를망라하는문화지도를작성하는것이지만,자료의

규모가실로방대하기때문에현실성을감안하여문화지도를파악하기위한실

질적인매개변수를활용할필요가있다.

각각의문화집단에는집합과부분집합이다른고유의종교체계가있으며,

모두특정의식과의례와관련이있다.따라서기록화작업을수행하는작업자

가연구대상인문화에서나타나는미묘한차이를민감하게감지해서다른무형

문화유산분야로구분하여기록할수있느냐여부에따라그결과물이달라질

수있다.예를들어,주기적인농경의례와같이주요생계활동에는그하위집합

으로각종의례가있다.

8)특정문화집단의모든구성원이해당문화의모든분야를파악할수는없으며

어떤지식을갖고있느냐하는전문성은사람에따라정도의차이가있다.따라

서광범위하게데이터를수집하는일이중요하다.

9)무형문화유산의소유형태가단독또는공동소유로나뉜다는사실을감안하여

목록에서이러한사실을구분할수있어야한다.

10)특정항목이무형문화유산에속하는지여부에논란의여지가있다면,먼저기

록으로남긴다음해당문제는차후에해결할수있다.

III. 무형문화유산 기록화 방법

필리핀의80여개의민족언어학적집단에서발전또는쇠퇴여부와상관없이현존

하는지속가능한무형문화유산종목을확인하고이에대한목록을작성할필요성이

대두되었다.알려진대부분의종목은무수히많은자료중에서각기다른출판물에서

발견되었으므로,수집하여분석할필요가있다.첫번째과제는이용가능한문헌을검

토하여중요한무형문화유산종목을확인하고잠정목록을작성하는일이었다.

1)먼저,문헌을통해수집및분석한정보를워드프로세스문서로작성한다(현재

대략260개무형문화유산종목에대해약390페이지에달하는문서가작성되었

으며,모든분야를망라해서무작위로수집한간략한개요도포함된다).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 214 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

215

2)이와함께,필리핀의모든민족언어집단의민족지학적영역을망라하기위해도

서관을조직하여아직구하지못한민족지학적문헌을수집함으로써수집자료

를확대한다.이는기존문헌의대조조사를포함하는장기프로그램이다.이작

업을통해무형문화유산에어떤종목이포함되는지대략적으로알수있을것이

다.무형문화유산에는기존의전형적인사례들과더불어수많은다양한형태가

존재한다.하지만이새로운형태와기존사례에대한포괄적인편집물을체계적

으로정리해야할필요가있다.문헌에는일람표가있지만무형문화유산의‘결정

판’이라고부를만한목록이없는실정이다.

필리핀의일부서사시,민속학및기타구비문학형식에대한출판물을비롯

하여무형문화유산에대한방대한문헌자료가존재하지만아직도기록화되어

야할부분이많이남아있다.각민족집단의고유한중요의례에대한문자기

록은거의전무한실정이다.이푸가오족은문서기록이가장많은민족집단으로

종교체계와의례에대해많은부분이기록되었지만,실제많은기록이피상적인

수준에그친다.예를들어이푸가오족의종교체계는필리핀에서가장풍요롭고

복잡하며약2,000명의신을모시는신전이있는것으로알려져있지만,이런부

분은제대로기록되지않았다.특히셀수없을정도로많은신들에대한신화의

경우는더욱기록이적다.의례(예를들어,최소20개의농경의례)대부분은문자

로기록되지않았는데,의례그자체가한편의서사시이다.실제로얼마나많은

후드후드성가가존재하는지또는알림(Alim)이구체적으로무엇을의미하는지

알지못한다.마라나오족의대서사시다란젠은한번도완창된적이없다.필리핀

의모든지역이이와같은실정이다.

실행계획

제1 단계

실행계획은전국적인문화재목록등재작업으로,기본적으로다음의항목을포함한다.

1)필리핀의5개국가문화기관에서수집한기존의목록을최우선대상으로삼는

다.이들목록이이미연구와검증을거쳐수집한데이터로이루어진수집품의

본체이기때문이다.5개의국가문화기관은다음과같다.

i. 문화센터(CulturalCenterofthePhilippines)

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 215 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

Chapter II 216

ii. 국립박물관(NationalMuseum)

iii.국립도서관(NationalLibrary)

iv.국가기록원(NationalArchivesofthePhilippines)

v. 국가언어학회(CommissiononNationalLanguage)

2)앞서언급한여러목록의주요문제점은각각의기록형식이서로상이하다는것

이다.따라서각목록마다특수화된세부분야의수만다르게유지하면서모든

데이터를동일한형식으로통합할수있느냐하는것이관건이다.

제 2 단계

실행계획의다음단계는지역의목록작성작업이다.이는지방정부차원에서작성

된목록을포함한다.필리핀에서는바랑가이(barangay)와시티오스(sitios)가모여지자

체를이루고지자체가모여주정부를형성한다.이때지방정부는주정부일수있지

만,실질적으로목록작성작업에서실행가능한작업단위는관리가좀더용이한지자

체(하위단위포함)이다.또한지자체목록결과물의전체합은사실상주정부의기록

과자동적으로일치할것이다.

무형문화유산은도시지역에서비교적낯선개념이고일반대중은무형문화유산에

대한이해의폭이상대적으로좁다.따라서농촌지역의관계당국을대상으로다양한

언어종족집단의무형문화유산종목을파악하고수집하기위한교육프로그램을마련

하는일이시급하다.오리엔테이션프로그램은주단위에서실시하도록계획하여각지

자체단위에서목록작성작업을담당하는공무원들이참여하도록한다.교육을받은

지자체공무원들이이번에는언어종족집단의지역지도자들에게무형문화유산에대

한교육을실시하도록한다.

다양한목록중에서형식상가장중요한호환성문제를오리엔테이션프로그램에

포함시켜모든목록이국가적차원의데이터베이스로통합될수있도록한다.이는목

록의유형에따라데이터베이스형식이서로호환될수있는국립문화기관으로해당

자료를업로드해야하기때문이다.

데이터베이스형식이확정되면정보수집작업에착수할수있다.지자체차원의

목록은주정부차원으로업로드되어편집되는데,이단계에서입증및검증을마친다.

주정부단위목록은특정국립문화기관과의관련성여부를판단하여국가단위로업

로드된다.마지막으로,국가단위목록은국가문화예술위원회가유지·관리하는필리

핀문화재등록부에저장된다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 216 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

217

개요

본발표에서는유럽지역의관점에서바라본무형문화유산목록작성을둘러싼몇

가지과제를고찰하고자한다.먼저‘위키(wiki)’에기반한접근법을활용해현재스코틀

랜드에서진행중인온라인목록구축작업을개괄한다.영국내주권위임국가인스코

틀랜드는무형문화유산의개념을포용하는고유의문화정책을가지고있다.그러나영

국측에서2003년유네스코무형문화유산보호협약의비준에대한저항이있는것으로

보인다.스코틀랜드는협약에서의무형문화유산에대한광범위하고개방적인정의를

반영하여목록을구축하는데적극적으로참여해왔다.스코틀랜드에서무형문화유산

의지정과향후보호체계마련에착수함에따라이접근법은몇가지과제를안겨주었

다.우리는이과정을운영하면서몇가지윤리적문제와맞닥뜨렸다.위키의디지털목

록형식은지역공동체의소유권을촉진하는데,이는곧목록에담긴데이터가사용자

가만든자료임을뜻한다.우리의과제는공동체적접근법이라는원칙을지키면서,한

편으로는협약에서전제하는대로기본적인권에위배될가능성이있는관습은홍보

하지않는방식으로무형문화유산데이터를관리하는데있다.

정보 구축을 위한 무형문화유산 지정 및 기록화 지원

조앤 오르

스코틀랜드박물관갤러리 대표

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 217 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

Chapter II 218

Ⅰ. 서론

영국은1999년스코틀랜드에자치의회가구성된이래로잉글랜드,웨일스,북아일

랜드,스코틀랜드등4개자치정부연합으로구성되어있다.통치권한이위임된분야는

문화와무형문화유산을비롯해내무(內務)의모든측면을아우른다.유네스코는위임

된영역에속하지않으므로각종유네스코협약에관련된사항은영국정부차원에서

처리된다.영국은지금까지2003년유네스코무형문화유산보호협약에서명하지않았

다.스코틀랜드가이협약의정신에입각한노력을보이고있지만이는여전히영국이

권한을가진영역이므로스코틀랜드는비준할수가없다.

스미스와워터튼(SmithandWaterton,2009)은최근그들이발표한논문‘세계적선

망의대상(TheEnvyoftheWorld)’에서영국이2003년협약을비준하지않은이유는

잉글랜드에서‘일반적으로인정된문화유산담론’이단지‘관리가어렵다’라는이유로

무형문화유산을거부했기때문이라고말하고있다.그들은인정된유산담론이국가적

중요성의확인,그리고목표와불변의미학및진정성의가치확립이라는생각을중심

으로정체되기시작한것이라는이론을제시했다.영국정부가바라보는문화유산은과

거의것이고그자체로최종산출물이다.이러한관점은참여를통해발전하는‘살아있

는문화’에더욱초점을맞추는무형문화유산과상충된다.

스코틀랜드가2003년협약을적극적으로수용한것은해당협약이이곳스코틀랜

드의다양한공동체가각자의문화와관계를맺는방식과연관성을보이기때문이다.

현재우리는사용자제작콘텐츠에의존하는온라인위키를활용하여이협약의목록

요소를이행하는과정과각자의무형문화유산파악에기꺼이참여하고자하는여러

공동체의의지를조직화하는작업을시작했다.우리는이목록작성작업을실행에옮

기는과정에서관련콘텐츠를어디까지조정할것이며어떻게하면무형문화유산의범

위를제대로파악하면서도기본적인권에위배될가능성이있는관습은홍보하지않

는방식으로정보를제시할수있을지에대한까다로운과제에직면해있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 218 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

219

Ⅱ. 제도적 상황

스코틀랜드박물관갤러리(MuseumsGalleriesScotland,이하MGS)는스코틀랜드

내350여개의박물관과갤러리를대표하는기구이다.가장외진섬마을부터영국최

대의박물관시설을갖춘대도시글래스고까지스코틀랜드에서는거의모든공동체가

자체적으로박물관을보유하고있거나박물관에대한접근성을확보하고있다.스코틀

랜드는영국전역에서인구당박물관의수가가장많은지역이다.MGS에소속된회원

박물관중대다수는지역공동체안에자리잡은소규모독립신탁기관이다.이부문은

자원봉사자가인력의절반이상을구성하고있다.다시말해이곳사람들은그들의문

화유산에대해대단한열정을지니고있다.이모든요소가합쳐진하나의산업부문은

연간8억파운드의경제적수익을창출하고매년2천5백만명이넘는관광객을유치하

고있다.

이처럼지역기반의인프라가구축되어있다는것은곧박물관이문화적허브로기

능하고카페나만남의장소와같은추가적물적자본을제공하는등지역공동체내에

서중요한역할을담당한다는뜻이다.예를들어,노스유이스트섬로크매디에위치한

TaighChearsabhagh는박물관인동시에(아트센터이자)우체국이며,리즈모어섬의문

화유산센터에는도서관및지역센터도함께들어서있다.

Ⅲ. 무형문화유산과 목록작성에 대한 스코틀랜드의 접근방식 - 연구 프로젝트

MGS는스코틀랜드의모든박물관과갤러리를위한발전기구이며,2006년경부터

는문화유산관련부문으로부터지역의무형문화유산과의연계를구축하고발전시킬

수있는방안에대해지원요청을받기시작했다.이러한관심에응하는차원에서MGS

는스코틀랜드내무형문화유산의범위와지리적위치를파악하고무형문화유산의보

호방편을고찰하기위한연구조사를의뢰했다.이작업의업무지침서는2003년협약을

제2.2조에명시된영역정의를활용하는기본틀로사용했다.이연구에대한자금지원

은MGS와당시스코틀랜드예술위원회(ScottishArtsCouncil),유네스코영국위원회(UK

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 219 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

Chapter II 220

NationalCommissionforUNESCO)의스코틀랜드위원회(ScotlandCommittee)간의파

트너십을통해이루어졌고,스코틀랜드정부의게일어부서에서조언을제공했다.

이연구계약을따내는데성공한기관은에딘버러내피어대학교(EdinburghNapier

University)였다.이대학은2008년1월에연구를위임받았고,그연구결과를‘스코틀랜

드의무형문화유산-성공으로가는길’(2008)이라는보고서로발표했다.이연구자료

에는출생지나스코틀랜드에거주한기간과상관없이현시점에스코틀랜드에거주하

는모든사람에게적용될수있을만한무형문화유산의정의에대한고찰결과가정리

되어있다.그것은스코틀랜드의무형문화유산목록이아니라스코틀랜드에있는무형

문화유산목록이될것이고,그자체로다양성을촉진하고문화적지식과이해를확대

하는데목표를둘것이다.즉스코틀랜드내무형문화유산의살아있는관습이중심이

되는것이다.

이연구는스코틀랜드에산재해있는무형문화유산의범위를파악하는데있어유

산목록이그첫걸음에해당할것이며‘위키’형식의온라인데이터베이스를활용하는

방법을적용해볼수있다고제안했다.또한위키를비밀번호로보호해야하며교육과

인증을받은사용자들만자료에접근할수있게해야한다는제안도있었다.스코틀랜

드전역의지방자치단체에서일하는이들에서부터이과정을시작할것이며소위‘눈덩

이’효과가일어나시간이지날수록점점더많은사람이참여하게될것이라는기대도

언급되었다.

이보고서를발표한직후,MGS와파트너십관계에있던에딘버러내피어대학교는

‘위키’방식을활용하여온라인목록을구축하는3년짜리연구프로젝트에대해영국

예술인문연구위원회(UKArtsandHumanitiesResearchCouncil)의자금지원을얻어내

는데성공했다.

이위키사양은미디어위키(MediaWiki)라는‘상용’소프트웨어를사용했으며,이기

본소프트웨어는프로젝트가진행되면서맞춤식으로조정되었다.당시의예상은스코

틀랜드지방당국들이등록사용자로서해당목록에자료를제공하리라는것이었다.그

러나경제침체가시작됨에따라지방당국은이런역할을할여력이없었으며,기존방

식에대한대안으로지방당국대신일반국민이사용자제작콘텐츠를제공하도록하

는새로운접근법이신속히마련되었다.이과정을지원하기위해자료를제공하는방

법에대한사용지침동영상을위키에업로드했다.위키홈페이지역시영어,스코틀랜

드어,게일어등세가지언어로접속할수있게수정되었다.

이프로젝트에서가장큰문제는이위키프로그램의가시성을높이고사람들이

그들의무형문화유산에대한위키기록을생성하는데참여하도록만드는것이다.이

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 220 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

221

단계는상당히까다로운것으로입증되었는데,그이유는무형문화유산실행에참여하

는사람들이꼭온라인이용자가아닐수도있기때문이다.3년기간의이연구프로젝

트는특히무형문화유산의가시성을높이는데역점을두었으며위키가그러한홍보수

단의핵심이었다.홍보활동에서는분기별뉴스레터의발행과함께블로그나페이스북,

트위터등의소셜미디어를활용했다.에딘버러내피어대학교연구팀도지역단체들과

함께목록기록을만드는등지역사회를대상으로지원활동을수행했다.무형문화유

산사례를소개하는단편영화들이연이어제작되어현재유튜브에서확인이가능하다.

Ⅳ. 스코틀랜드의 무형문화유산과 박물관

스코틀랜드박물관의상당수가해당지역사회에뿌리를두고있으므로이들은자

연히대다수무형문화유산활동의출입구가된다.이들박물관은지역의문화,언어,

전통을반영하는경우가많다.이곳을통해무형문화유산전승자들은새로운청중과

만날기회를얻고일반인들은무형문화유산관습을경험하고상호작용할수있다.이

와관련한최근의사례는현재웨스턴아일과일부하이랜드지방에서주로사용되는

게일어에관한것이다.인버네스박물관및미술관(InvernessMuseumandArtGallery,

IMAG)은재단장후2007년다시문을열었을때박물관곳곳에서게일어를소개하고

사용가능하게하기위해서수많은변화를가했다.박물관측은이런장소를원했다.

‘게일어를 소개하고, 게일어의 사용을 촉진하며 스코틀랜드의 풍요로운 문화 정체

성을 기리는 곳.’

박물관전체에서모든통역과신호체계에두언어를사용했고,게일어는시종일관

동등한지위를가지며게일어를사용하지않는이들이두언어를비교해볼수있게해

준다.

박물관이전국적차원에서특정무형문화유산관습의재활성화를위한기폭제로

작용한또다른사례는스코틀랜드어업박물관(ScottishFisheriesMuseum)이다.이박

물관은학생들과역사적인자체조선소와함께전통디자인을토대로노를젓는소형선

박건조키트를제작했다.이프로젝트에필요한자금은MGS를통해지원되었다.2010

년이박물관은해안조정클럽을창단했으며클럽은박물관조선소에서만들어진배

를경기에사용했다.‘스코틀랜드해안조정프로젝트’의밑바탕에깔린구상은지역공

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 221 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

Chapter II 222

동체들이함께모여조정클럽을구성하고박물관측이개발한키트를활용하여배를

만든다는것이다.선박은제작이끝나자마자물속으로들어갈준비를마친다.첫해에

만보트10척을진수시켰고현재22척이물위에나갔으며전국적으로최소16척이추

가제작될계획이다.이제여러지역공동체가이배들로경주에참가하고있다.이프로

젝트는과거스코틀랜드해안지역에서행해졌던지역공동체간보트경주라는전통을

되살리는역할을했다.

무형문화유산과관련해MGS가자금을지원한또다른프로젝트는아우터헤

브리디스제도의노스유이스트섬에위치한작은박물관겸아트센터인Taigh

Chearsabhagh에의해실시되었다.이곳에서현대미술가데이드레넬슨(DeidreNelson)

은인공유물,사진,구전기록컬렉션을대상으로4개월간예술가레지던스프로그램

에참여했다.데이드레는어부들의상의,특히각어촌마을마다고유의문양이있는에

리스케이점퍼에사용된상징을연구했다.그런뒤‘그는박다만이불에불과하다,’‘적

수없이는연어도없다’와같은게일어속담들을자신의연구와결합시켰다.살아있는

전통에서영감을받은이새로운예술작업은뜨개질에대한지역사회의열정을되살

리는데일조했고,그결과현재정기적으로모여함께뜨개질을하는모임이운영되고

있다.

모레이와애버딘셔의경계에자리한포트소이에서매년개최되는스코틀랜드의전

통보트축제는16년째지속되고있다.이축제는2008년포트소이연어오두막(Portsoy

SalmonBothy)에새로운박물관기지의문을열었다.이곳을찾는관람객들은북동부

지역의해양및문화유산에대해배울수있다.구체적으로항해,어업,공예,언어,음

악,춤,식품및음료등이그러한유산에포함된다.박물관장소가생김으로써축제조

직은기존의연례행사외에관련된다른무형문화유산전승자들과도연계할수있게

되었다.

Ⅴ. 목록의 향후 발전과 과제

스코틀랜드의위키기반목록작성사업은지역사회를기반으로한상향식접근법

을추구한다.즉사람들이직접목록기록을만들고자신의무형문화유산관습과그

중요성을자신의언어로표현하도록고무하는방식이다.에딘버러내피어대학교는위키

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 222 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

223

목록을MGS에게넘기기전까지업로드되는자료가적합한지확인하기위해해당웹

사이트를검토했지만,모든엔트리를개별적으로확인하지는않았다.온라인위키의운

영을인계받는과정에서MGS는향후이사업을발전시킬방법과좀더사용자친화적

인웹사이트를구축하고무형문화유산의인지도를높여더많은목록기록이생성될

수있게하는방법을고려해야한다.또한웹사이트의홍보에있어서는사용자생성콘

텐츠에어느수준만큼개입하는것이적절할지를고려해야할것이다.현재로서는개입

수준이낮고사이트에올라온자료를마치위키피디아에수집된정보처럼다루고있다.

그러나정보플랫폼에해당하는위키피디아와달리이목록은스코틀랜드의무형문화

유산을홍보하기위한플랫폼이다.

지금MGS는위키에서홍보되는내용이유네스코의모든협약의근간을이루는기

본적인권에위배되거나스코틀랜드의법을위반하지않도록보장해야하는과제에직

면해있다.가령파벌적인내용을담은축구응원가가널리알려야할스코틀랜드의무

형문화유산사례로게시되지않도록일정수준의조정및관리를제공해야할것이다.

이런유형의무형문화유산은민족평등에관한국내법에위배될소지가있다.현재운

영되고있는형태에서위키는바람직하지않은무형문화유산에대한정보를효과적으

로검열해야하는딜레마를안고있다.그렇다면보호되어야할무형문화유산이라는

측면에서볼때,어떤정보를홍보해서는안되는정보라고판단할수있는기준은무엇

일까?

MGS는위키피디아계열사의일부인영국위키미디어와파트너십을체결하려고모

색중이다.위키미디어는스코틀랜드의무형문화유산관습에관해지역사회차원에서

수집된정보를다량보유하고있는동시에스코틀랜드에서찾아볼수있는언어중상

당수의엔트리도확보하고있다고주장해왔다.우리가체결하게될파트너십을통해이

러한무형문화유산자료중일부를위키로이전하는업무를맡을코디네이터를채용할

예정이다.이파트너십은우리가책임있는태도로이용가능한정보를제공해야한다

는몇가지윤리적문제를좀더면밀히고찰해보는데도움이될수있으며,이문제는

위키피디아에서도똑같이고려하고있는대상이다.한가지점차분명한사실은목록

및정보수집단계와무형문화유산관습의보호가서로연계되어있긴하지만둘사이

를명확하게구분할필요가있다는점이다.무형문화유산목록은이제MGS측에이양

되었고,어떻게하면이목록을좀더사용자친화적으로만들수있을까하는고민도

이미시작되었다.현재MGS는대중과이목록을연결시키고전국적으로무형문화유

산에대한인식을높이기위한대대적인프로그램을구상중이다.MGS는스코틀랜드

의건축유산및예술기구들인히스토릭스코틀랜드(HistoricScotland)와크리에이티

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 223 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

Chapter II 224

브스코틀랜드(CreativeScotland)와의제휴하에2012년중무형문화유산을핵심주제

로활용하여예술가레지던시사업을실시할예정이다.2012년은창의성과문화를주제

로삼은해로써이를앞두고MGS는박물관을전통음악,이야기,공예,축제와같은살

아있는전통관습을위한장으로활용하는데초점을두고다양한행사를계획하고있

다.그밖에도,스코틀랜드의무형문화유산관습중유네스코세계무형문화유산목록

에등재를신청하고싶은유산이무엇인지일반인에게투표하게하는온라인검색시스

템도마련할계획이다.이러한사업을실시하는과정에서2003년유네스코협약과영

국에서이협약이지니는중요성에대한인식도제고할수있을것이다.

Ⅵ. 결론

지금까지영국은2003년유네스코무형문화유산보호협약에서명하지않았다.이는

특히전통유산을고착된과거의것이라여기는유럽의관점을보여주는징후라할수

있다.이러한관점은문화유산이현대사회에서도생명력과역동성을발휘할수있는

존재라는개념을전파하는무형문화유산협약과는상충되는경향을보인다.

영국에는전통유산의특정한측면을보존하고종종그것을특정시기와결부시키

는데집중하는다양한조직이존재한다.그러나이조직들은모두해당유산을보존

하는데있어방대한지식과기술을활용한다는공통점을가지고있다.이러한지식과

기술은예컨대지붕얹기나돌제방쌓기와같은무형문화유산의맥락이나대대로전수

된건축기법에관한지식으로부터얻어지는경우가많다.따라서문화유산에관한이

두관점이처음에드러나는것에비해실제로는그리상반되지않는다고볼수도있다.

전통유산을단지어떤현장이나장소,무형의공연이나행사가아니라문화적관습

으로바라보는유산의재이론화작업이광범위한관련문헌을통해진행되고있다.무

형문화유산을포용하는이러한관점은분명스코틀랜드에서지금까지건재하다.이관

점은지역사회곳곳에녹아들어있으며350개가넘는박물관네트워크를통해뒷받침

되고있다.전통유산은그유형성이나무형성이아니라우리가그것을어떻게다루는

가에따라정의될수있다.문화유산에가치를부여하는것은사람의몫이며,살아있

는관습에참여하는것이야말로그러한유산의가치를높이는방법이다.

우리는스코틀랜드무형문화유산에대한포괄적이고광범위한정의를설정하고온

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 224 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

225

라인위키를활용하여스코틀랜드의살아있는관습의단면을보여주고간략한정보

를제공한다.유산은과거의것이자최종산출물이라고간주될수있지만무형문화유

산의핵심은생생하게지속되는실질적인과정이다.유산은사람들이가치를부여하기

전까지는관례에불과하므로모든유산이무형의상태라는주장도가능하다.우리는

이프로젝트의적극적인추진을통해영국이세계어느곳못지않게많은무형문화유

산을보유하고있다는사실을입증하고전통유산에대한인식의전환을가져옴으로써

영국정부가2003년협약을비준하는결과를가져올수있기를희망한다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 225 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 226 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:53

227

I. 서론

최근들어특정사회의무형문화유산이지닌가치에대한인식이높아지면서무형

문화유산을인류공동의문화유산으로인식하기위한움직임이나타나기시작했다.유

네스코활동과관련된이러한움직임은사라져가는전통문화를새롭게조명하고보

호하려는문화운동으로발전하여전세계로확산되고있다.이러한움직임의일환으

로2003년유네스코무형문화유산보호협약이발표됨에따라,무형문화유산의보호와

관리는각국이전통문화를보존하는방법뿐만아니라인류의문화자원을보호하는

방법이되었다.

문화유산보호방법가운데상세목록작성작업은무형문화유산공동체일원이자

신들의무형문화유산에대한인식을제고하는가장중요한방법이다(13조8(4)).1유네

1_‘Inventory’의한국어번역은‘상세목록’이라고한다.‘Inventory'라는개념에는'completelist'(완벽한목록)이나’

detailedlist'(자세한목록)이라는뜻을가지고있다.따라서’list'를‘목록’으로번역하는관행과구별하는것이바

람직하다.보다자세한논의는다음을참고한다.(함한희편,『무형문화유산의이해-전승ㆍ보전그리고인벤토

리』,2012.도서출판흐름,pp.33-36)

무형문화유산 보호를 위한온라인 데이터베이스와 아카이브즈 구축 및 관리

함한희

전북대학교 문화인류학과 교수

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 227 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

Chapter II 228

스코에따르면무형문화유산의상세목록작성과정을통해전승자와전승공동체의자

존감(self-respect)이강화되고인간의창조성도향상된다.협약은국가가앞장서서자

국영토내에존재하는무형문화유산에대한상세목록을만들고그것을정기적으로

갱신할것을장려하고있다(12조).상세목록에새로운정보를추가하는일은지속적인

작업으로결코최종적으로완료할수있는성격의것이아니다.따라서협약은상세목

록작성작업을수행할때당사국나름의방식을활용할수있도록신축적인운영을허

용하고있다(11~15조).

II. 한국의 보호 정책

1960년대부터한국정부는국가차원에서문화유산을보호및보존하기위해노력

을기울여왔다.2국보(國寶)나보물급유·무형문화재를포괄적으로보호하기위한법

적·행정적조치가시행되었고,이러한노력은국제사회에서모범적인사례로인정받아

전세계적인관심의대상이되고있다.이런점을감안하면무형문화유산보호정책분

야에서유네스코가실시하는프로그램은한국의입장에서는전혀새로운것은아니라

고볼수있다.한국에는이미보호정책과보호법이마련되어있었기때문에유네스코

가뒤늦게시작한무형문화유산보호협약의내용이오히려한국정부를당황하게만든

측면이있다.한국정부는고유의문화유산보호·보존시스템을발전시켜왔지만현재

에이르러선기존시스템을수정해야하는입장에서있다.2003년유네스코협약과운

영지침의발표로인해이러한혼란에빠진국가는비단한국만은아니다.무형문화유

산보호조치와관련하여한국의현행제도와유네스코의새로운제도사이에는상이

한측면이있다.따라서두제도사이의상이점과각각의특징을비교해보는것도의

미가있을것이다.

한국은근대화와산업화로인해문화유산이소멸과변화의위험에봉착하자,문화

유산을지정·보호하기위한노력의일환으로1962년에문화재보호법을제정했다.법

제정의목표는문화재를원형그대로유지·보존하는데있었다.법에따라역사적·문

화적·예술적가치가뛰어난유·무형유산을지정하여우선적으로보호해왔다.주요

2_‘1962년에문화재보호법이제정되었다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 228 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

229

지정기준은독창성,우수성그리고고급성이다.이러한한국의문화재보호접근법은

몇가지측면에서2003년유네스코협약의접근법과직접적으로상충한다.한국의보

호기준은해당문화유산의독창성과우수성,우월성에초점을맞추는반면,협약은그

러한기준보다는해당문화유산이특정공동체,집단,개인이오랫동안지속적으로연

행되어온것을중시한다.그결과,협약에따르면,원형그대로보존되어야한다는원

칙을지켜야하는유형문화유산과는달리무형문화유산은‘살아있는문화’인가의여부

를가늠하는것이중시된다.두번째로,협약은공동체및집단내무형문화유산의장

기적생명력(2.3조)과공동체와집단,개인의지속유지가능성을중시한다.그렇기때문

에공동체와집단내에서세대간전승되는‘살아있는’문화야말로무형문화유산등재

의가장핵심적인기준이되는것이다.이러한특징때문에협약은결과물(products)보

다는연행과과정(processes)에주목하게된다.이를통해협약은공동체와집단내에서

자신들이간직한무형문화유산에대한인식을제고하는데노력을경주하고있다.

무형문화유산은유형문화유산에비해복합적인특성을가지고있어서지정과보

호와관련해서늘복잡한문제를야기해왔다.한국에서는무형문화유산을연극,음

악,무용,공예기술등무형의문화적소산으로서역사적·예술적·학술적가치가큰것

이라고정의한다.3무형문화유산은예술과기술을의미하지만실제로보호및관리의

대상이되는것은그러한예술과기술을보유한사람이된다.한국에서는이들을무형

문화재기·예능보유자라고부른다.무형문화유산의전승은사람을통해이루어지므

로,이들의시연과활동을통해서무형문화재를보고듣고느낄수있다.따라서무형

문화유산의보존과전승이란보유자의예술과기술의보존및계승을의미한다.4현재

한국의무형문화유산은예술적재능과기술,두개의항목으로지정하고있다.예술적

재능으로음악,무용연극,놀이/의식,무예등이있고기술에는공예및요리법이포함

된다.5

정부가무형문화유산의보호와관리에있어주도적인역할을수행해오면서하향

식접근법이일정한성과를이룩했다는점에있어서는의문의여지가없다.6그러나사

3_‘문화재보호법(2007년4월기준)제2조무형문화유산‘정의’조항에서발췌함.

4_‘한국문화재보호재단은2004년‘아름다운만남’을발행했다.

5_‘문화재청은2010년기준으로116종목의무형문화유산을지정하여관리하고있다.음악종목17건(세부종목23

건),무용종목9건,연극종목14건,놀이와의식종목24건(세부종목27건),공예기술종목49건,음식종목2건

(세부종목4건),무예종목1건이이에포함된다.

6_‘2009년유네스코는‘아시아·태평양무형문화유산국제정보네트워킹센터’의한국설립을승인함으로써무형문

화유산보호를위한한국정부의활발한활동을인정했다.같은해11월,한국과유네스코간에센터설립을위

한협정이체결되었다.이에발맞춰문화재청은‘국립무형유산원’의개원을앞두고있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 229 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

Chapter II 230

회가빠르게변화하면서무형문화유산의지정과보호제도,그리고목표에대한인식에

도변화가있어야한다는논의가제기되었고,이를둘러싸고다양한의견이나오고있

다.이러한대내외적요인으로말미암아한국에서는최근무형문화유산정책관련해서

새로운시도가이루어지고있다.그가운데하나가문화재청이지원해서실시한‘무형

문화유산온라인시범조사(이하시범조사)’이다.이는국가상세목록을구축하기위한

일환으로이루어지고있는것이다.7필자역시2010년9월부터현재까지진행중인이

조사활동에책임연구자로참여하고있다.이조사연구를토대로문화유산의새로운접

근방식을제안하고자한다.새로운방식은결국무형문화유산관련정보수집의방법

론적전환과최첨단정보네트워크를이용해서기록화작업을수행하는것이다.

III. 상향식 무형문화유산 조사

상향식접근법을통한무형문화유산조사는해당종목의수집과관련해서문화유

산과방법론에대한새로운인식을요구한다.기존의하향식접근법과는달리협약은

무형문화유산보호및상세목록작성작업에서공동체와집단,개인의적극적이고주체

적인참여를기대한다.이처럼‘자발적이고사전정보에기초한공동체의동의’가협약

정신의달성을위한필수요건가운데하나이다.

상향식접근법은하향식접근법등기존의접근법과비교하면시간이보다오래걸

리고효율성이떨어질지도모른다.이전에는전문가와관료들이문화유산보호조치를

취하는데있어주된역할을담당하고,공동체구성원들은단지정보제공자라는위치

에머물렀다.하향식접근과는달리상향식접근에서는공동체구성원들이전문가와

연구기관,지방정부관리와NGO의도움을받아무형문화유산의보호라는소임을달

성하기위해서로협력할것으로기대된다.상향식접근법이지니는장점을열거하면

아래와같다.

7_‘새로운정책에따른상세목록작성의접근방법에대해서는다음의발표문을참고한다.(박원모,2010,‘온라인을

통한무형문화유산상세목록작성방법,’중앙아시아무형문화유산목록작성을위한전문가회의,아태무형유산

센터,82~85쪽;함한희,2010,‘집단지성과온라인네트워크를통한문화유산의기록에대한새로운방법,’제1회

아태무형문화유산정책포럼발표집,문화재청,60~66쪽)

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 230 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

231

(1)알려지지않은무형문화유산의홍보가가능하다.

(2)공동체구성원들이고유의무형문화유산상세목록을작성하면서자신들의정

체성을회복하도록돕는다.특히,그동안소외되었던지역주민과소수민족이보

호대책마련에적극참여하도록장려함으로써경시되던문화의가치를깨달을

수있도록돕는다.

(3)무형문화유산에대한기존관념을뛰어넘어다양한문화를접함으로써고정된

개념을확장시킬수있게한다.

(4)무형문화유산이소멸되기전에더나은보호조치방안을제시한다.

무형문화유산을발굴하기위해상향식접근을효율적으로하는방법가운데하나

가인터넷활용이다.개방적인시스템안에서소통의여러시설과혁신적인컴퓨터공

학을이용해서무형문화유산의목록작성을달성할수있다.보다구체적사항은다음

장에서다룬다.

IV. 집단지성을 이용한 무형문화유산 조사

무형문화유산목록의질적·양적확대를위해서는패러다임전환과맞먹을정도

로조사방법의중요성은강조되어야한다.조사원확대및새로운정보수집기술의개

발을위해서새로운방법에대한고민이필요하다.우선조사원을확대하는방법을살

펴본다.상향식접근법을채택하면,무형문화유산분야에관심있는사람이라면누구

라도조사에참여할수있는기회를줄수있다.종전의국가목록작성시에는전문연

구자와관련공무원이주도했으나이방법에서는보다공개적인전략을사용해서많은

관계자들이조사에참여하는것을장려한다.이러한배경아래서시범조사팀은웹2.0

플랫폼을활용한온라인정보시스템을고안해냈다.이시스템을통해전국의수많은

조사원들과이분야에관심이있는일반인들이라면자유롭게해당무형문화유산종목

에대한기본정보를입력할수있도록한것이다.입력된정보는실시간으로확인되므

로온라인을통해즉시공유된다.온라인조사시스템의핵심은다양한사람들의참여

를통해집단지성을활용하는것이다.집단지성을이용한대표적인예가위키피디아이

다.웹2.0플랫폼을토대로누구나온라인시스템을통해정보를입력하고검토하며검

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 231 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

Chapter II 232

증함으로써자신의지식을제공할수있다는장점이있다.오늘날인터넷과정보공학의

결합으로이러한혁신적인시스템이가능해졌다.

V. 온라인 네트워크를 통한 문화운동 전개

무형문화유산에대한기본정보를구축하기위해서는혁신적인온라인네트워크가

수립되어야하며이는모든사람들에게공개되는원칙과무형문화유산의이해당사자

들간의협업을촉진시킨다.조사자와공무원,NGO,무형문화유산보유자는해당무

형문화유산에대한정보수집을위해네트워크를구축하며,그결과서로의지식과정

보,연행기술등을공유하게된다.이런방식으로상세목록을작성하면기존의방법과

비교해체계성이떨어질수도있고,초기단계에서많은문제점이발생할지도모른다.

과도기단계에서는정보의신뢰성,인권침해,저작권분쟁등주요한쟁점이부각될수

도있다.그러나이러한문제점들을해결할때집단지성을이용한온라인시스템에기

반을둔목록작성작업은결국문화운동으로발전하게될것이다.이러한활동덕분에

산간벽지의공동체와집단,개인이간직한소멸위기에처한무형문화유산도다양한이

해당사자의보호및보전의대상이될것이다.

VI. 이치피디아(ICHPEDIA)

1. 국가 무형문화유산 상세목록작성을 위한 기본 정보 수집

문화재청과긴밀한협력하에우리팀은시범조사및연구를수행하고있다.이연

구는무형문화유산보호를위한유네스코협약의기본정신에부합하는상세목록과

분류체계및보호환경을위한새로운형식을생성하는데주안점을두고있다.비록

초기단계이지만이작업은온라인조사활동을통해서무형문화유산분야에많은기

여를할수있을것으로기대된다.온라인조사시스템의기본형식과정보수집의목표

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 232 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

233

및방법론을간략히소개하고향후전개방향및전망을덧붙이도록하겠다.

표1. 유네스코 무형문화유산 상세목록과 이치피디아 형식 비교

그림 1. 이치피디아의 구성

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 233 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

Chapter II 234

첫째,연구팀은무형문화유산정보를디지털사전형태로만든이치피디아를제작

했다.이치피디아팀이만든상세목록의형식은유네스코대표목록작성에필요한기

본형식을따랐다.이치피디아항목구성을살피면,무형문화유산각종목의제목,위

치,분류,그리고내용(전승주체,집단,공동체명,보전정책,그리고전승활동),참고자

료,지정형태,연구성과,관련단체그리고보충자료등이다.이는유네스코가제시한

상세목록형식을수용하면서도한국의기존무형문화유산정보수집방식도반영한

것이다.

위의표1은유네스코와이치피디아의항목을비교해본도표이다.8이치피디아

의첫번째특징은수집한정보를중요한사항의누락없이신속하고도간편한방식으

로기록하도록구성되어있다.두번째는보다구체적인정보제공이가능하거나그러

한기록이필요할때는‘무형문화유산아카이브’를활용해서구체적으로기록할수있

는시스템을가지고있다.자세한기록이담긴아카이브는상세목록작성시필요한자

료를제공할수있도록만든것이다.다음의그림과표로이치피디아의구조를다시설

명해보고자한다.그림1은이치피디아의전반적인구조와특징적인설계를보여주고

있다(표1과그림1참조).그림2와3은각각이치피디아에서제공하는한국과다른나라

의무형문화유산에대한설명이다(그림2와3참조).그림4는무형문화유산정보를구

체적으로기록하는방법을소개하고있다.시범조사팀은마을을방문하여무형문화

유산전승자와인터뷰를하고이때영상카메라와기록매체를활용한다.전승자들은

자신들이보유한기술과지식을설명하거나문화유산을직접시연한다.조사자들은인

터뷰와시연장면을처음부터끝까지꼼꼼하게기록한다.무형문화유산기록에참여하

는현지조사자와연구자들은전문가와훈련담당자의지도아래전문교육을받아야한

다(그림4참조).시범조사팀은또한첨단기술을활용한조사방법을개발했다.이방

법을이용해서조사자들은어느곳을가든컴퓨터나스마트폰을활용해정보를입력

할수있다.카메라나보이스레코더와같은전문기기뿐만아니라컴퓨터와스마트폰등

일상적인디지털기기를활용해무형문화유산에대한정보를멀티미디어로손쉽게기

록할수있기때문에이는새로운기록방법으로주목할만하다(그림5,5-1,5-2참조).

8_‘표1은김용구(당시문화재청무형문화유산온라인조사사업담당관)의비교분석임을밝힌다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 234 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:54

235

그림 2. 이치피디아 무형문화유산 상세목록 중 대장간

그림 3. 이치피디아에서 제공하는 몽골 전통민속춤 비엘기(Biyelgee) 자료

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 235 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:55

Chapter II 236

그림 4. 정보 제공원과의 인터뷰

그림 5. 이치피디아의 스마트폰 표시화면

그림 5-1. 스마트폰을 이용한 지도검색

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 236 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:55

237

그림 5-2. 이치피디아를 이용한 지도검색

그림6은이치피디아와아카이브즈로구성된시범조사팀이개발한데이터베이스

구조를보여주고있다.이두데이터베이스는통합적이면서상호보완적으로운영된다.

아카이브즈는어떠한제약없이,수집된모든유형의무형문화유산정보를보전할수

있다.아카이브즈가정보를축적하고보관하는용도라면이치피디아는무형문화유산

의자료검색에유용한장이다.아카이브즈의궁극적인목표는보관된정보를영구보존

하며효과적으로관리·활용하는것이다.무형문화유산아카이브의세가지주요기능

은정보의디지털화와데이터베이스구축을통해동시에달성된다.이는무형문화유산

정보를전문적으로관리하는조사자/연구자뿐만아니라관련정보를자발적으로입력

하는사람들을위해만들었다.일반인들도손쉽게사용할수있도록공개되어있는이

시스템은원활한접속을위해웹2.0플랫폼으로구축되었으며형식의특성상고도의

통합성을갖추고있다.축적된무형문화유산자료를다양한방식으로그리고효과적으

로활용하기위해서통합아카이브즈구축은반드시필요한것으로보인다(그림7참조).

그림 6. 데이터베이스 구조 : 이치피디아와 아카이브즈

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 237 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:55

Chapter II 238

그림 6-1. 무형문화유산 아카이브즈 그림과 구술자료

그림 7. 무형문화유산 통합아카이브즈 다양한 활용 방안

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 238 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

239

2. 공동체의 활발한 참여 권장

이치피디아는개방형시스템이기때문에일반인들도여기에접속하여자유롭게정

보를올릴수있다.이시스템을통해무형문화유산에관심이있는사람들이정보를입

력할뿐만아니라보호계획이나정책제안에참여하는문화운동에동참할수도있다.

3. 다른 기관들과의 네트워크 구축 필요성

무형문화유산대표목록을집대성하기위해서는전문가와일반대중,중앙기관와

지방기관,정부와시민간의벽을허물수있는새로운네트워크시스템을구축할필요

가있다.그러기위해서는무엇보다도활발히협력관계를형성해야하며가장가능성

높은방법으로는온라인을이용한네트워크형성을들수있다.대면접촉은시간과공

간이라는제약이있고여러장애요인들을극복하는데불필요한많은에너지를소모

해야한다.온라인을토대로한네트워크는시공간의장벽뿐만아니라사회에존재하

는다양한경계와장벽을뛰어넘을수있다는장점을지닌다.

반면온라인네트워크는기술적인표준화를요구한다는어려움이있다.시범조사

팀은아카이브즈와이치피디아를국제표준에따라설치했다.세계적으로준용되는데

이터국제표준은더블린코어(DublinCore)방식,MARC등여러형식들이개발되어왔

다.이가운데이치피디아에서는더블린코어방식을채택하여정보를축적하고있다.

마지막으로필자는네트워크구축을통해한국뿐아니라해외기관들과협력사업을수

행하고무형문화유산관련정보를공유할것을제안한다.웹기반네트워크는편리하고

효율적이며빠른속도로발전하고있다.이러한네트워크의실현여부는IT능력과정

보표준화에대한의지에달려있다고본다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 239 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 240 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

241

I. 시작하면서

무형문화유산보호협약(이하‘협약’혹은‘무형문화유산협약’)은2003년에채택되고

2006년에효력이발생하였다.이협약은비준당사국들에게무형문화유산을보호하기

위하여여러가지수단을사용하거나동원할것을요구하고있다.

협약은비록무형문화유산의보호에관하여상세한법적수단을직접적으로언급

하고있지는않으나무형문화유산과그보유자들을보호하기위한지적재산권이협약

의전조항에걸쳐내포되어있다.협약의정신을실행하기위한유네스코의운영지침

은다음과같이언급함으로써보호수단으로서의지적재산권의적용을명백하게밝히

고있다.

당사국들은 특히 지적재산권, 사생활에 관한 권리, 그리고 실정에 맞는 형태의 법

적 보호를 적용하여, 무형문화유산을 창조하고 보유하며 전승시키는 공동체, 집단,

그리고 개인들의 권리가 적절히 보호되도록…1

무형문화유산 실연자들의 지적재산권 보호

박필호

Park Law Firm PLLC, 미국 뉴욕주 변호사, 법학박사(S.J.D.).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 241 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

Chapter II 242

무형문화유산분야에서법적보호의한형태로서의지적재산권은수많은기회에

유형문화유산의문제와더불어오랫동안토의되어왔다.그러나현실적으로어떠한특

정문화유산에재산적권리를부여하는데에는많은장애물이자리잡고있다.

무형문화유산이란실물로서존재하는것도아니고만져볼수도없는문화적유산

의한형태이다.어떤사람에게법적권리를부여하기위해서저작권에관한현대법의

원칙은권리보호를위한여러가지요소중의하나로유형의매개체를요구하고있다.

그러나무형문화유산은그본연의특성상그러한유형의매개체를가지고있지않다.

또한비록무형문화유산이지적재산의권리로서인정을받고따라서그권리가무

형문화유산의소유자에게귀속이될수있다고하여도누가그권리의소유자가되어

야하느냐하는문제는아직도분명하지않다.왜냐면많은경우에무형문화유산의소

유자를특정하는일이쉽지않기때문이다.

지적재산권은전통적인부동산이나동산재산권에비해비교적새롭게발전된법률

개념이다.지적재산권에관한이론은주로유럽적문화에서발달한것이다.나머지국가

들은지적재산권발달에있어서는비교적짧은역사를가지고있으며자신들고유의법

이론을개발하거나자신들의법적용경험을축적하여관습법으로발전시킬수있는충

분한시간이나기회를가지지못한채유럽의지적재산법을모방할수밖에없었다.

오늘날대부분의지적재산권은성문법에의하여규율되고있으므로관습법이자

리잡을여지는아주적은편이다.지적재산권의성문법들은마치낯선사람들을잘받

아들이지않는잘구축된요새처럼침해에관한주장이든권리의보호를위한것이든

잘정의된구성요소들로무장하고있다.이러한상황에서협약의정신은각당사국들

에게무형문화유산보호를위한방편으로공동체,단체,개인들을위한지적재산권을

확보하도록요구하고있는것이다.

1_무형문화유산보호협약실행운영지침(OperationalDirectivesfor theImplementationof theConventionfor the

Safeguardingof theIntangibleCulturalHeritageadoptedby theGeneralAssemblyof theStatesParties to the

Conventionatitssecondordinarysession(Paris,France,16to19June2008),amendedatitsthirdsession(Paris,

France,22to24June2010))제104구절,2003.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 242 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

243

II. 지적재산권 일반

법적용어로서의지적재산이란전통적으로특허,상표,저작권의세분야를포괄

하는것으로다소특별한형태의창조적정신을일컫는다.이를규정한지적재산권법

에서는기술,음악,문학,미술등다양한형태의작품으로표현된무형의자산에대하

여배타적권리가그소유권자에게부여될수있다.

1. 특허

특허는새롭고유용한공정,2기계,제조,합성물질혹은그런것들에대한새롭고

유용한개선방법을발견하거나발명한사람에게부여된다.3특허출원자가특허를얻

기위해서는특허출원서에그가이룩해낸것을잘보여줘야만한다.

출원서는상세한내역과주창하는바를담고있어야한다.상세내역서는발명이

어떻게작용하는것인지를서술하는것이며주창서는상세내역이특허가가능한것임

을주장하는것이다.특허가수여되면특허권자는그가발명한것을제조,사용,판매

할수있으며,또한다른사람에게발명자체를판매할수도있는배타적인권리를취

득하게된다.4

특허를취득하기위해서는발명혹은발견이법이정한기준을충족시켜야한다.

법에서요구하는기본적인사항은신규성과비명백성이다.신규성이란출원한발명이

이전의어떤기술작품과도다르기때문에똑같은것을찾아볼수없을정도를요구하

는것이며5비명백성이란출원한발명이이전의어떤기술작품과반드시뚜렷하게다

를것까지는없지만그래도상당히의미있는정도는달라야한다는것이다.6

2_이맥락에서‘공정’이란용어는과정,기술혹은방법그리고이미알려진작업이나물질의공정,기계,제조,합

성등을가리킨다.미국연방법전35U.S.C.A.§100참조.

3_미국연방법전35U.S.C.A.§101참조.

4_미국연방법전35U.S.C.A.§154(d)참조.

5_저작권의경우에는단지저작권을가진작품이다른것의복사물이아닐것을요구한다.신규성이란간단히말

해특허를받기위해서는‘새로운’것이어야함을뜻한다.발명이‘새로운’것이어야하는것에대한법적설명은

미국연방법전35U.S.C.A.§102참조.

6_“만약특허를받고자하는것과이전에존재했던것과의차이점이해당분야의기술을가진보통사람들이보기

에특별히드러나보이지않는정도라면특허를취득할수없다.”미국연방법전35U.S.C.A.§103참조.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 243 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

Chapter II 244

즉,신규성이라는요건을충족시키기위해서는,발명은일반인이알고있거나사용

하는것과비슷해서는안된다는것이다.반면에비명백성요건이란발명은이미과거에

만들어진것과일정한정도는달라야만한다는것이다.

특허에있어서는이두가지요건때문에특허의보호를받는지위를얻는것이다

른지적재산권의경우보다더욱더엄격하다.그러나이미특허를취득한경우라도그

특허에대하여이의신청이제기되어법원에의해취소되는경우도흔히있는일이다.

특허에는유용성특허,식물특허,디자인특허등의세종류가있다.

유용성특허란다름아닌우리가보통특허라고생각하는‘발명특허’이다.일반적

으로보아서유용성특허는발명된것이발명된그대로쓰이고기능하는것을보호하

는것이다.유용성특허는새롭고유용한공정,기계,제조,합성등이나그런것들에

대한새롭고유용한개선방법을발명한사람에게수여된다.미국의경우이런형태의

특허는특허를출원한날로부터20년간부여된다.이기간동안특허권자는다른사람

이이발명을만들거나사용하거나판매하는것을금지할수있는배타적권리를향유

한다.7

식물특허란식물을새롭고특이한방법으로발명혹은발견하여새롭고특이한

방법으로무성생식을한사람에게수여된다.이특허가수여되면역시20년동안배타

적권리를향유할수있다.8

디자인특허란어떤제조물에새롭고독창적이고장식적인디자인을발명한사람

에게수여되는것이다.9디자인특허는단지제조물의외관만을보호하는것이지그것

의구조적이거나실용적인측면을보호하는것이아니다.이디자인특허는수여된날

로부터14년간보호를받는다.10

2. 상표

상표란상업적으로사용하거나사용할목적을가진어느제조자나판매자의상품

7_미국연방법전35U.S.C.A.§161및미국특허및상표사무소(U.S.PatentandTrademarkOffice(PTO))웹사이트

참조(http://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/ac/ido/oeip/taf/patdesc.htm).근래에수여된약90%의특허는유용성특

허이다.<2011.11.07.방문>

8_미국연방법전35U.S.C.A.§161참조,U.S.PTO웹사이트참조(http://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/pac/plant/#1).

<2011.11.07.방문>



제주 네트워크 회의.indb 244 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

245

이다른제조자나판매자의상품과구분되고식별되며또한그상품의출처를특정짓

기위한것으로어떤형태의글자,상징,장치혹은그런여러가지의복합체를포괄하

는것을이른다.11다시말해,어떤탄산음료가‘코카콜라’가되고어떤컴퓨터가‘델’이

라는상품의이름을갖는것과같은것이다.

상표법은일반적으로세가지목적을가지고있는데(1)판매자의호의와평판을보

호하는일,(2)소비자들이구매한상품이나서비스를누가생산한것인지에대하여소

비자들이속임수를당하거나혼동을일으키지않도록하는일,그리고(3)시장에서경

쟁을증진시키는일등이다.12

상표권의가장기본적성질은상표의상업적사용이라는점이다.

상표는 소비자들이 상품을 선택하는 데 도움을 준다. 상품의 출처가 식별됨으

로써 상품은 소비자들에게 가치있는 정보를 낮은 가격으로 전달하는 셈이 된

다. 상표는 가치있는 자산이며 사업상 ‘호의’의 한 부분을 이루는 것이 된다. 상

표의 가치는 어떤 의미에서는 소비자의 ‘인질’이 되기도 한다. 즉, 판매자가 소비

자를 실망시킨다면 소비자는 그 상표의 가치를 낮게 쳐 주는 것으로 반응을 하

기 때문이다.13

상표가하나의지적재산권으로등록되고보호받기위해서는구별성이있어야한

다.이구별성의기준은약간모호한것이지만자의적이거나암시적이거나상상적인것

이아닌어떤다름을가지고있어야한다.상표는사과라는상품에‘사과’라고한다든지

위스키에다‘독한술’이라고하는식으로어떤범주나생산물을가리키는일반적이름

을사용해서는안되며‘짠’소금이나‘달콤한’사탕같이제품의이름이나범주의성질

에관한것을서술적으로표시해도안된다.

상표의소유권은어떤선의의의도를가진사람이그자신이처한환경에서선의임

을보여주고상업목적으로상표를사용하기위해우선적으로상표의등록신청을한

사람에게주어진다.14이와같이상표의보호는상업적으로사용할의도를가진사람

11_미국연방법전15U.S.C.A.§1127참조,U.S.PTO웹사이트참조(http://www.uspto.gov/trademarks/process/

index.jsp.)<2011.11.07.방문>서비스마크도이와비슷하게정의되지만미국에서는상표와구분하는데반해

영국에서는두개념을통합했다.

12_GARYMYERS,PRINCIPLESOFINTELLECTUALPROPERTYLAW,2008at162

13_ScandiaDownCorp.v.Euroquilt,Inc.,772F.2d1423(7thCir.1985)

14_미국연방법전15U.S.C.A.§1051(b)참조.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 245 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

Chapter II 246

에게주어지는것이다.상표의등록기간은10년으로상표의만기가도래했을당시에

계속사용되고있기만하다면10년단위로무한정연장될수있다.15

3. 저작권

저작권은문학,드라마,음악,예술등에관한작품저작자의배타적권리를보호하

는개인재산권이다.입법적으로보호되는작품의범주를보면(1)문학적작품,(2)음

악적작품과그에수반되는언어,(3)드라마적작품과그에수반되는음악,(4)무언극

과무용작품,(5)회화,그래픽,조각작품,(6)영화와시청각작품(7)음성녹음,(8)건

축작품등이다.16이러한작품들이영화,음향,그리고방송등에서다시표현되는경

우에도별도의저작권이발생한다.

저작권의보호는어떤형태로든유형의표현매개체에고정되어있는저작자의원

작품에존재한다.그유형의표현매개체속에있는원작품은직접적으로혹은어떤기

계나장치를사용하여감지할수있고재생산이가능하며어떤방법으로든소통될수

있는것으로서현존하거나나중에라도존재하는것이어야한다.17

저작권은“저작권의필수적조건(sinequanon)18은독창성이다.저작자의작품이

독창적이어야만저작권의보호를받을수있는것이다.저작권에서독창성이란그작

품이다른작품을베낀것이아니라그저작자에의해독자적으로창작되었을뿐만아

니라최소한도의창조성을가지고있어야한다는것을가리키는것”이라고설명된다.19

따라서저작권의대상이될수있는작품은독창성과최소한도의창조성을보여줄수

있어야한다.

저작권은해당작품속에어떤생각,절차,과정,시스템,운영방법,개념,원칙,발

견등이그작품속에묘사되고설명되고삽화로그려지고구체화되었더라도그런것들

까지보호하는것은아니다.20


16_미국연방법전17U.S.C.A.§102(a)참조.

17_위의조항

18_이라틴어는‘필수적요건혹은조건’이라는말로해석될수있을것이다.

19_FeistPublications,Inc.v.RuralTelephoneServiceCo.,499U.S.340(1991)para.10.

20_미국연방법전17U.S.C.A.§102(b)참조.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 246 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

247

생각은저작권의대상은아니지만그생각의표현은저작권의대상이된다.21또한

저작권은기능적특성을보호하는것은아니다.따라서디자인적요소가어떤미적기

능속에녹아들어있다면그디자인요소들은별개로저작권보호의대상이될수가

없다.별개의저작권보호대상이되지않는것을예시하면,이름,제목,슬로건과같은

단어들과짧은구절,계획,장치,백지서식,공공재에속하는정보로구성된작품,22그

리고서체(활자)23등을들수있다.

위에언급한바와같이저작권의대상이되는작품은표현이유형의매개체에고정

되어있어야한다.다시말해작품이란“원작자의허가아래복제물이나음반속에저

작의구체화가영구적으로나안정적으로이루어져일순간이아닌일정기간동안그

작품이감지되고재생산되고소통될수있는것으로서유형의매개체를통해표현이

고정된것”을이른다.24

‘고정’이란뜻은다음과같이설명될수있다.즉,만약에어떤것이전파되는순간

저작으로서성립이되는것이있다면,전파되고있는음향이나영상,혹은그두개모

두로구성되는저작품은저작권법적관점으로보아‘고정’된것으로간주된다.25다시

말해어떤저작권대상물이유형의매개체에표현되는순간저작권보호는자동적으

로뒤따른다는뜻이다.

컴퓨터프로그램도충분한독창성과저술자를가지고있다면저술로서간주되므

로저작권의대상이된다.음악과같이녹음한것도저작권대상이된다.음악의작곡

가,음반등의제작자,공연자들도일반적으로저작권법의보호대상이다.원작에의해

파생된작품도보호대상이다.26저작권보호대상작품들을공연하는것도역시법에

의해저작권의보호를받는다.27

21_아인슈타인의상대성이론은저작권의대상이아니지만그것을저술한다면그책은저작권법의보호대상이

된다.

22_이런작품들의예로는보통의달력,길이와무게환산표,줄자,체육행사표와공문서나일반적으로얻을수있

는자료로부터나온각종명단혹은표등을들수있다.미국연방법전37C.F.R.§202.1.참조.

23_미국연방법전37C.F.R.§202.1.참조.

24_미국연방법전17U.S.C.A.§101.참조.

25_위의조항

26_‘파생작품’에대한법적정의는아주광범위하다.이것은기존작품에기반을둔것으로다음과같은것들이있

다.번역,음악의편곡,소설등을기반으로한드라마원고,각색,영화시나라오,녹음,예술의재생산,요약,

축약,혹은기타원작을변형시키거나,재조명하거나,재구성한작품들이해당된다.미국연방법전17U.S.C.A.

§101참조.

27_보호되는공연으로는문학적,음악적,드라마와무용작품,무언극과영화그리고영상작품들이다.미국연방

법전17U.S.C.A.§106(4)참조.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 247 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

Chapter II 248

III. 무형문화유산 소유 주체의 식별28

실연자들이란무형문화유산을실행혹은공연하는사람들이다.실연자들은집단

이나공동체의개별적구성원을집단적으로가리킬수도있고독립적으로연행하는사

람들을가리킬수도있다.또한공동체전체나집단을한단위로묶어서실연자라고부

를수도있다.지적재산권은자연인이건법인이건사람에게귀속된다.복수의소유자들

도하나의지적재산에대하여공동으로소유권을가질수있다.무형문화유산의권리

에관한문제는그런권리가누군가에게부여될수있다는가정아래시작되어야한다.

그다음에는어떤특정의무형문화유산에대한소유의주체를식별하는일이야말로

지적재산권의보호를위한첫번째조치가될것이다.이문제는결국누가무형문화유

산의소유자가되느냐하는것으로귀착된다.

1. 무형문화유산의 소유주체

무형문화유산이라는말은‘유산(heritage)’이라는말을사용함으로서그의미를상

당히혼란스럽게만들고있다.왜냐면무형문화유산에지적재산권을인정한다면신규

성(novelty),차별성(distinctiveness)혹은독창성(originality)을가지고있어야하는데‘유

산’이라는개념을대입하면그런참신성혹은원천성과같은기준을적용할여지가없

어지기때문이다.

일반적으로유산이라함은사망한사람으로부터어떤무엇,특히물질이나가치로

환산이될수있는것을물려받는것을말한다.여기에‘정신적’유산같이유산이라는

단어앞에수식어를붙임으로서비물질을물려받는것을표현하는방법으로쓰이고

있는것이다.그러나법률적으로보면아무리위대한부모나조부모등을두었다고하

여도그선조들의권리를수반하지않는비물질적유산은보호의대상이되지않는것

이다.즉,피카소의후손이그천재적재능을물려받았거나헤겔의후손이변증법적철

학관을물려받았다고하여도그런것들은법적보호의객체가되지않는것과마찬가

지이다.

28_본챕터의다수내용은유네스코아태무형유산센터의2010년전문가회의보고서“무형문화유산보호와지적재

산권:현황과과제”에실린동저자의글‘무형문화유산분야에서지적재산권보호와관련된무형문화유산공

동체이슈’의내용을담고있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 248 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

249

같은논리로무형문화‘유산’에있어서어떤개인이나집단혹은공동체가특정혹

은불특정선조들로부터무형의자산을물려받았을경우그것이법적보호의객체가

되지않음은명백하다.더구나무형문화유산의경우는일반적으로법적보호대상으로

서갖추어야할유산의기본적요건즉,무형문화의소유권자가누구인가하는문제에

서부터그소유주가정해졌다해도유산을받을수있는기본요건인가족관계나명

시적유증의사같은것이결여되어있으므로유산은성립하지않는다.따라서무형문

화유산에서사용하는유산이라는말은법률적인의미를내포하고있지않은일반적으

로통용되는수사적인용어에지나지않는것이다.

무형문화유산이법적으로보호될수없는존재라는것은이유산이공공의영역

(publicdomain)에존재하는공공재라는뜻이다.공공재라는것은물이나공기처럼비

용을지불하지않고도사용하거나즐길수있는것을말한다.조선왕조실록을인용하

여도책을지어팔아도저작권에위반하지않고아리랑을극장에서돈을받고수백번

을불러도저작권을침해하는것이아닌것과같다.이들모두가공공영역에존재하는

공공재이기때문이다.그러나그런공공재를이용하여돈을크게벌거나29특허를출

원하여배타적인권리를취득하는사람들이있다.약초를배합하거나가공하여치료를

하는민간요법을어떤제약회사가알아내어이를특허를출원하여배타적권리를취득

하고천문학적인돈을버는경우도있다.30

반면에공공재를보존하고유지하고발전시키는당사자들인공동체,단체,개인들

에게는아무런법적권리가없어서법적인보호를받지못하는것이다.그렇다면무형

문화유산을상업적으로활용하여큰돈을벌어들이고명성을얻고있는사람들이존

재하는가운데,무형문화유산을보유하고시연하는사람들이다만그전통문화의보

유계승자로서의위치에그저만족해야만할것인가?31그렇다면세월이지날수록무

형의전통문화를보존하려는사람들은줄어들고결국은그런유산은후대에전승되지

못하고사라질지도모른다.

29_미국인듀엣Simon&Garfunkel은영국의민요인ScarboroughFair를불러크게돈을벌었지만이를전수해준

영국의민요가수는한푼도받을권리가없었다.조용필의‘한오백년’도마찬가지일것이다.왜냐면이들노래

들이무형문화유산으로공공영역에존재하면서동시에그보존과실행의주체를특정지울수없기때문이다.

30_인도에서는2001년에민간사회에서사용되던tumeric이라는식물을이용한치료법으로미국특허를출원하

여특허를받은적이있었다.그러나나중에이의를제기한인도의전통지식보존기관에의하여그특허가취

소된적이있다.V.K.Gupta,WORLDHEALTHORGANIZATION,RegionalConsultationonDevelopmentof

TraditionalMedicine intheSouthEastAsiaRegion,Pyongyang,DPRKorea,22-24June200참조.http://www.

searo.who.int/linkfiles/meetings_document16.pdf(2010.10.05.검색).이사례에서는전통지식을직접적으로보

호하려던것이아니고특허권을부여하는기준인신규성(novelty)가결여되어있다는것이이유이므로이와관

련된전통지식은반사적인이익을얻은셈이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 249 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

Chapter II 250

위에서살펴본바와같이문화자체는공공영역에속하는것으로써그런문화자

체가사유재산의대상이될수는없는노릇이다.그러나그러한큰문화를구성하는

개개의작품들즉,주제를달리하는개별작품들은뒤에언급하는바와같이재산소

유주의요건을갖추어공공영역에존재하는개별작품들을재산권의주체가있는것

으로전환시킬수있는것이다.다만이런경우에지적재산권의기본요건인신규성

(novelty),차별성(distinctiveness)혹은독창성(originality)등을갖추기위하여입법적인

뒷받침이필요하거나원래의작품을새로운형태로재창조(re-creation)하는절차가선

행되어야할것이다.

그렇게소유권의주체를정하고지적재산권의요건을갖출수있는환경을조성하

는것이바로2003년협약이탄생한이유이며그런환경을조성하는데국가의역할을

촉구한것이바로동협약에서규정하고있는바이다.32

2. 공동체 실연자들을 위한 소유권

현대의지적재산권법체계에서소유의주체가누구이냐하는것은그자체로큰이

슈가되는것은아니다.지적재산권에서권리소유의주체는법적으로판정이날때까

지는그것을자기것이라고주장하는‘사람’이되기때문이다.따라서지적재산권소유

의주체는다른재산권과마찬가지로사람이어야한다.자연인이되었든법인이되었든

사람이어야한다.물론예외적으로법인의지위에이르지못한‘사실상의법인’도소유

의주체가될수있는것이다.그러나이소유의주체와무형문화유산을한데모아놓

으면다소어려운문제들이발생하게된다.

무형문화유산이지적재산권의객체가된다고가정한다면무형문화를누가소유자

라고주장할수있을것인가?정선아리랑의저작권을정선군민모두가주장하고강릉

단오제에관련된지적재산권을강릉시민전부가주장할수있을까?아프리카의스와질

랜드라는나라에서는14세이상모든미혼여성이참여하는갈대축제라는무형문화

31_호주에서는근래개정입법을통하여민속예술(folkore)을녹음할때에그수행자(performer)가대가를받지않

았다면그녹음에대하여부분적인저작권을인정한다고한다.무형문화유산의보호에관하여아주진보적인

입법이라할수있을것이다.물론이에관하여도뒤에언급하는공정사용(fairuse)과비슷한예외가있다고한

다.T.Janke,IndigineousIntangibleCulturalHeritageandOwnershipofCopyrightinT.Kono(ed.),Intangible

CulturalHeritageandIntellectualProperty:Communities,CulturalDiversityandSustainableDevelopmentat170,

2009.

32_무형문화유산보호협약III장11~18조참조,2003.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 250 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

251

유산이있는데,이에관한지적재산권이성립한다면과거와현재에미혼으로참여했던

모든여성국민이그소유권을주장할수있을까?결국이문제는공동체의정의를어

떤방법으로하느냐의문제로다시돌아온다.

유네스코에서내린‘공동체’의정의는매우모호하다.33공동체에관하여명백하게

정의를내릴수없는이유는공동체가속한나라혹은사회의지리적,역사적,문화적

배경등이모두다르기때문에이들모두를아우르는명확한개념을찾을수가없었기

때문일것이다.그러나손쉽게공동체를정의할수없다고하여도무형문화에관하여

공동체의소유권을인정하지않으면이의보존과발전을기할수없는것이현실이고,

이런현실을감안하여결국은어떤형태로든재산의소유권과관련한공동체의범위를

결정하지않으면안되는것이다.그것이바로무형문화유산의보호에관한유네스코

협약의정신이다.

유네스코협약의정신에따라무형문화유산의주체를정하여이를보존하고발전시

키기위한가장효과적인방법은공동체에법인격을취득하는것이다.34그런법인격을

취득하는방법으로는공동체가(1)국가의입법조치를통하여법인격을취득하거나,35

(2)법적해석을통하여판례등에의하여법인격을부여받거나,(3)스스로결사체를조

직하여법인격을취득하는방법을생각해볼수있다.물론법인격을취득하지않고무

형문화의소유권을공동체구성원모두가공동으로소유한다는개념으로접근할수도

있지만그러할경우법률관계가복잡해지기때문에좋은방법은아닐것이다.36

이렇게공동체가법인격을취득할수있다고하여모든문제가간단하게해결

되는것은아니다.우선공동체구성원의범위를어떻게정하느냐하는현실적인문

33_유네스코에서정의하는공동체란“무형문화유산을실행하거나전수하거나혹은무형문화유산과의관련성의근

원에관한문제에대하여역사적으로공유하는상호관계를함께나눌수있을때우러나는동질성혹은그런연

결고리를가진사람들간의연결조직…”이라고한다.ExpertMeetingonCommunityInvolvementinSafeguarding

IntangibleCulturalHeritage:TowardstheImplementationofthe2003Convention,13-15March2006,Tokyo,

JapanREPORT8-9.http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0014/001459/145919e.pdf<2010.10.06.검색>.

34_무형문화유산의보존을위한유네스코의여러가지인위적조치에반대하는목소리도적지않다.상세한내용

은T.Kono,ConventionfortheSafeguardingofIntangibleCulturalHeritage:UnsolvedIssuesandUnanswered

Questions inT.Kono (ed.), IntangibleCulturalHeritageand IntellectualProperty:Communities,Cultural

DiversityandSustainableDevelopmentat35,2009참조

35_2003년무형문화유산보호협약13(d).이조항에서는회원국들이무형문화유산을보호하기위하여적절한입

법조치를취할것을권고하고있다.

36_복수의사람들(법인을포함)이재산을공동으로소유하는형태의하나로tenancyincommon과jointtenancy라

는것이있다.이는복수의사람들이단일한재산에관하여불가분적으로재산을공유하는방법이다.즉,열사

람이하나의재산을tenancyincommon이나jointtenancy형태로소유한다면각자1/10씩소유하는것이아니

라재산이분할되기전까지는열명모두가재산전체에대한소유권을중첩적으로가지고있는것이다.이런

형태는규모가큰공동체(community)보다는단체(group)의재산권을인정할때에더욱적합한것이라고할것

이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 251 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

Chapter II 252

제에봉착하게될것이다.대규모공동체가어떤한무형문화유산을소유하고있

을경우그결사체를구성하는것은결코쉬운일이아닐것이다.결사체를구성할

때위에언급한‘공동체’의정의에따라역사적으로공유하는상호연관성(a shared

historicalrelationship)과연결고리를가진사람들(peopleofwhosesenseofidentityor

connectedness)의연결조직(network)이라는기준을정하여야할것이다.그러나그에관

한세부적지침은결국해당결사체를준비하는공동체와이를지원하는관련행정기

관의노력에따라최종적으로결정이되어야할것이다.회원국들이그런노력을기울

여줄것을바로2003년협약이촉구하는것이다.37

이런노력을경주하여공동체가법인격을취득하여도이를조직적으로관리·운영

하는내부조직이형성되어야하고구성원총회와이의위임을받은이사회와같은조직

이필요할것이다.구성원의가입과탈퇴에따른복잡한법률관계도발생할수있을것

이다.따라서2003년협약에따라보호조치를취하지않을때보다더욱복잡한문제

가발생할것은자명하다.그러나이는지적재산권을가지게될때에이를유지하기위

하여당연히소요되는비용으로취급하여야할것이다.결론적으로말하면여러나라

의현행법률제도를살펴볼때무형문화유산의소유권과법적인보호의문제를논하

기위해서는어떤형태로든법인격을취득하는것이선결요건이라하겠다.38

3. 단체와 개인의 소유권

둘이상의개인이나공동체보다는더적은규모의사람들이모여구성할수있는

것이단체인데이런단체가보유한무형의전통문화에대하여소유권을인정할수있

을것인가하는문제는위의공동체의문제에서살핀것과크게다르지않다.단체에

게는위의공동체에서언급한방법에의하여법인격을부여하거나공동재산의개념

(tenancyincommon혹은jointtenancy)을도입하면될것이다.39개인은그자체가소

37_무형문화유산보호협약13조,2003.

38_무형문화의소유권의주체를어떤방법으로인식혹은규정하여야하느냐에관하여근대서유럽을중심으로

발달되어온법률이론을비판하는견해도있으나대안을내놓지는못하고있다.I.Mgbeoji,OntheShoulders

ofthe“Other’ed”:IntellectualPropertyRightsinIntangibleCulturalHeritageandthePersistenceofIndigenous

Peoples’TextsandInter-TextsinaContextualWorldinT.Kono(ed.),IntangibleCulturalHeritageandIntellectual

Property:Communities,CulturalDiversityandSustainableDevelopmentat210and220,2009.

39_공동소유에관한이두개의법률개념은소유자간의긴밀도나대외적인관계그리고상속등에관하여다른특

색을가지고있으나이런점들은무형문화유산의소유권과그주체에관하여구체적인논의를할때에그상세

를논하는것이좋을것이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 252 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

253

유권의주체가되는데특별한절차를거쳐야하는것은아니므로소유권의주체가되

는것에관하여특별히논할것은없다.다만개인이무형문화유산의주체가된다고할

경우에다른주체즉,단체나공동체의경우와마찬가지로무형의전통문화에대하여

공공재의성격을부정하거나제한하고소유권의주체로인정될수있는가의문제만남

는것이다.

IV. 무형문화유산 실연자의 권리 보호

무형문화유산을현대의지적재산권법체계에적용하는작업은무형문화유산의보

호라는임무를수행하는데가장힘든문제중의하나이다.우선지적재산권을보호하

기위해서는실연자가그러한권리를가지고있어야한다.실연자가그러한권리를가지

기위해서는법이정한몇가지요건을극복하여야한다.법이정한신규성,차별성,또

는독창성등은무형문화유산에적용시키기에는너무엄격한요건들이다.그러나여러

나라와국제기구들그리고민간기구들이그러한법적요건을극복하기위하여다각적

인노력을기울여오고있다.이러한노력들은전통지식분야와전통문화표현(혹은전

통민속표현)분야에서주로발견되고있다.

1. 전통지식

전통지식이란어떤특정공동체의토착민이보유하고있는지식이다.이는또한“전

통에근거를둔문학,예술또는과학적작품,공연,발명,과학적발견,표시,이름과기

호,공개된정보,그리고산업적,과학적,문학적,예술적분야에서지적활동의결과로

나타나는기타의모든전통에기반한혁신과창조”를가리키기도한다.40

공동체들에게전통지식은전반적세계관의일부를형성하는것이며그들의생활

40_WorldIntellectualPropertyOrganization(WIPO),IntellectualPropertyNeedsandExpectationsofTraditional

Knowledge,WIPOReportonFact-findingMissionsonIntellectualPropertyandTraditionalKnowledge(1998-

1999)at25.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 253 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:56

Chapter II 254

방식이나문화적가치,종교적믿음과관습법적체계로부터분리할수없는것이다.41

전통지식은소위선진사회구성원이라일컫는자들이종종전통의술의원리를추출하

여특허를내는방법으로그자신들의이익을위해사용하는방법으로오용되기도한

다.42

오늘날전통지식의보유자들이그지식을유지하고후대에전승시키는일을수행

하는데많은어려움을안고있다.그주된어려움은국내적이든국제적이든전통지식

을보호할수있는관련정책이나법적제도가없다는것에기인한다.비록국제적차

원에서전통지식의보호를위한여러가지방안이만들어지기는하였어도아직은미흡

한상태이다.43

외부적,사회적그리고환경적영향에의하여더어려운일들이일어나고있는데

이는전통지식을보유하거나물려받을공동체의구성원들이자신들의둥지를떠나기도

하고현대적생활방식이그들에게스며들기도하면서전통방식의삶이흔들리고있다

는사실이다.따라서전통지식은현재소멸위기에있는것이다.이런현상에더해전통

지식보유자들이자기들이보유한것에대한체계적인지식의결함은어려움을더하는

또다른현실이기도하다.많은경우에전통지식보유자들은자기들이전통적인방법

으로병을고치기위해사용하는물질들로부터화학적성분을추출해낼줄을모른다.

게다가그사람들이가진전통지식은종종상업적으로이용당하기도한다.44

전통지식을보호하기위하여가장중요한것은어떤정책이나법률을통하여전통

지식보유자들에게재산권적권리를인정해주는일이다.이런조치는전통지식의보

호를위한적극적방법에해당될것이다.이렇게해서일단재산권적권리가부여되면

재산적권리를침해하는어떤행동에대하여법적구제수단을갖게될것이다.이것은

전통지식보호를위한방어적방법이될것이다.전통지식의효과적인보호를위해서

두가지방법을적절히사용하여야한다.

41_WIPO,IntellectualPropertyandTraditionalKnowledgeat1.

42_supranote30참조

43_생물다양성협약(ConventiononBiologicalDiversityof1992),유엔사막화방지조약(UNConventiontoCombat

Desertificationof1994byUNEP),세계보건기구알마아타보건선언(PrimaryHealthCareDeclarationofAlma

Ataof1978byWHO),세계통상기구지적재산통상분야합의서(AgreementonTrade-RelatedAspectsof

IntellectualPropertybyWTO),식량농업기구식물유전자원에관한국제사업(InternationalUndertakingonPlant

GeneticResourcesof1983byFAO)등많은활동이WIPO와여러국제기구들에의해전개되어왔다.

44_supraWIPOReport7-8.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 254 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

255

(1) 수이 제네리스

지적재산권법에서수이제네리스45방법을사용하는것은전통지식의보호를위한

한수단이될수있다.지적재산권법에서수이제네리스란전통적인지적재산권법원

리의영역밖에있는어떤권리를보호하기위하여전통적인법률개념을확장적용한

것이다.따라서그런개념이인정된다면수이제네리스는전통지식의보유자에게지적

재산권을수여할수있게된다.이미여러나라들이수이제네리스방법을기존의지

적재산권법체계에접목시키고있는중이다.예를들면,중국은중국의전통의술로진

찰과치료를하는방법에특허를내줌으로써전통지식에대하여지적재산권을인정하

였다.46

(2) 공정한 경쟁

법률적관점에서부정경쟁이란상품이나서비스와관련하여어떤사람이혼동이나

실수를유발할수있는단어,용어,이름,상징,장치,잘못된원산지표기,사실에관하

여잘못된혹은현혹시키는표현등을사용하는식의올바르지않은사업거래를이른

다.부정경쟁행위는기만적인혹은부정한사업거래를함으로써다른사업자에게경

제적손실을입히는불법행위이다.47

만약어떤사람이어떤제품을두고그것을토착민이정품으로인정한것이라고하

거나어떤특정공동체,집단,개인이생산했다거나보증해줬다거나아니면그들과관

련이있다고허위주장을하는경우에이로인해불이익을당한사람은법적구제수단

을동원할수있는것이다.

(3) 신뢰와 영업비밀

영업비밀은상업적가치를지녔지만일반인이알수없는비밀정보를이른다.이것

은어떤제조법일수도있고관행이나디자인,도구,특정의형태혹은정보를집약해

45_Suigeneric라는뜻은‘ofits/his/her/theirownkindorunique’로서‘그자체혹은유일한’이라고할수있을것이다.

46_중국전통의학에관한중화인민공화국규정(RegulationsofthePeople’sRepublicofChinaonChineseTraditional

Medicine)제23조.수이제네리스방법은무형보다는유형문화유산의보호를위해더자주쓰이는경향이있

다.물론둘사이의경계가항상분명한것은아니다.미국은‘미국토착부족의휘장의데이터베이스’를통해다

른사람들이미국인디언의휘장을사용하지못하도록보호하고있다.http://www.uspto.gov/trademarks/law/

tribal/index.jsp<2011.11.11.검색>.또한뉴질랜드의통상법제19조도어떤사람이상표를등록할당시에다른

사람의이름이나상징이포함된경우그다른사람의동의서를문서로받아오도록하였다.이것은일반사람

들이뉴질랜드토착민인‘마오리’족의허가없이마오리족의상징이나문양등을무단으로사용하는것을방지

하기위한것이다.

47_미국연방법전15U.S.C.A.§1125(a)참조.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 255 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 256

놓은것일수도있다.만약에어떤사람이허가없이영업비밀을훔치거나탈취하거나

다른곳으로옮겨놓거나감추거나복사하거나복제를하면이는범죄요건을구성하

는것이된다.48

신뢰와영업비밀에관한법률은공동체나집단혹은개인이보유한전통지식의보

호를위해사용될수도있다.전통적공동체는간혹어떤지식이나정보가내부의제

한된사람에게만공개될것을정할수있다.이런경우관습법을적용하여신뢰와영업

비밀을보호할수있을것이다.49토착민공동체의신성시되는비밀자료를무단으로

일반에공개하는경우에도이를법적보호가필요한전통지식으로인정한사례도있

다.50

2. 전통문화표현/민속

전통문화표현(또는전통민속표현)은한공동체,집단혹은개인의전통예술적기

대감을반영하는어떤특정사회에서공동체,집단혹은개인등에의해발전되고유지

되어온전통예술유산의특정한요소를이루고있는생산물을가리킨다.51전통문화

표현은구술표현,52음악표현,53행위표현,54유형물을통한표현55등을포괄하는것이

다.이런전통문화표현은유형일수도있고무형일수도있지만대부분의경우에는그

두가지가혼합된형태로표현된다.56

전통문화표현을어떻게보호하느냐의문제는지적재산권법의다른분야보다는저


49_미국연방법원은미국인디안의관습법을원용하여워싱턴주에사는튜라립부족에게법적구제수단을인정

하였다.이사건은‘스토리베이스A’라는이름의전통치료법을디지털로제작하여튜라립부족의내부자들만

열람할수있도록하였으나이를입수한사람이일반에게공개하려고하자튜라립부족이이의를제기하여인

디언관습법을적용하여금지시킨사례이다.

50_호주의Fosterv.MountfordandRigbyLtd.(1977)사건참조.이사건에서법원은호주원주민의비밀스러운의

식이담겨져있는사진의출판을금지시켰다.이판결에서이유로삼은것은책이출판됨으로서“(그렇지않아

도)사정이어려운공동체의사회적종교적안정성을약화시킬수있다”는것이었다.

51_WIPO,IntellectualPropertyandTraditionalCulturalExpressions/Folkloreat6.

52_이는민속적인이야기,시,수수께끼,기호,단어,상징,암시등을포함한다.

53_이는민속적인노래와기악을포함한다.

54_이는민속적인춤,연극,그리고의례의예술적인형식을포함한다.

55_이는그림,조각,도자기,테라코타,모자이크,목공예,금속공예,보석,바구니짜기,바느질,직물,카펫,의상,

악기,건축형식등의민속예술을포함한다.

56_WIPO,supranote51.참조

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 256 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

257

작권법과더밀접하게관련되어있다.전통문화표현을보호하는것이항상현대법제

도에적합하지는않은데,지적재산권법의개념은무형문화유산의보호를특별히고려

하지않고발전해왔기때문이다.

이러한상황속에서전통문화표현관계자들이나해당기관은전통문화표현의보

호라는목표를달성시키기위해많은노력을기울여야할것이다.이런노력은법률적

인수단과비법률적인수단모두를포괄하는것이어야한다.즉,취할수있는수단으

로는아직널리공개되지않은무명의전통표현물을보호하기위한입법조치를취하

는일,전통표현을보호하기위한정책목표수립,단체를결성하는방법을통하여해당

공동체,집단등이법인격을취득시키는일,기존의지적재산권법체계에수이제네리

스방법에의한지적재산권을접목시키는일,그리고문화표현을문서화하고녹화·녹

음하는일등을들수있다.

현재의법률제도는전통표현을지적재산권으로보호하기위한장치로써는적절하

지않다.법은정책목표의산물이며따라서적절한법률제도를만들기위한정책목

표를수립하는일은실연자들의지적재산권을보호하자는무형문화유산협약의당사

국들에게는아주중요한임무가될것이다.이곳에서는법적수단으로가능성이있는

것을몇가지를검토해보겠다.

(1) 무명 및 미공개 작품

베른협약은무명및미공개작품들을보호한다.57국내적입법조치를통해이협약

의관련된조항들을전통문화표현을보호하기위한수단으로활용할수있을것이다.

전통문화표현의실행자는자기나라가전통문화표현과관련한조약을체결했다면이

를통해보호를받을수도있을것이다.실연자는또한그자신의생생한기운이느껴

지는공연이나음반에수록된공연이자기자신의것이라고인증을할수있는권리가

있다.58이것은공연자의도덕적권리라는새로운개념에관한것이다.59그리고실연자

는음반이나녹화물같은유형의매개물에고정되어있지않은자신의공연을일반대

중에게방송을하고통신을하는것을허가해주거나그런유형의매개물에아직고정

되어있지않은자신의공연을유형의매개체에고정시킬수있는배타적권리를가지

57_BerneConventionfortheProtectionofLiteraryandArtisticWorksart.15.

58_WIPOPerformancesandPhonogramsTreaty(WPPT)art.5.

59_도덕적권리는자연인인개인만이가질수있다.단체와공동체는자신들의작품에대하여도덕적권리를주

장할수없다.호주는2000년도에1968년도에제정된저작권법을개정하여도덕적권리를신규로삽입하였다.

CopyrightLawofAustraliapartIX참조.이개정에서도덕적권리로정의된것은:(1)저작자에게귀속되는권

리;(2)저작자에게잘못귀속되는권리;(3)저작자의진실성등이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 257 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 258

고있다.60이배타적권리는그공연에대한경제적권리를포함한다.

(2) 법인격 취득

전통문화표현은저작권과밀접하게관련되어있다.현대의저작권법아래에서는

복수의사람들이하나의권리를나누어가질수있다.전통문화표현은종종공동체나

집단의구성원들이집단적으로공연을한다.그구성원들이저작권을보유할수있는

법적요건을구비하기위해법인격을가지는단체를결성할수있다.저작권을가지기

위해서는전통표현에의한작품이전승된것을단순히반복하여공연하는것이아니라

또한독창적이어야한다.독창성에관한문제는만약그전통문화표현이유형의매개

체에고정된다면작품의재창작을통하여해결할수도있을것이다.전통표현에권리가

귀속되기만하면법적구제도가능함은물론이다.

(3) 수이 제네리스 방안

근래에이르러많은나라들이기존의저작권법을개정하거나새로운조항을추가

하는방법을통해전통문화표현의보호를위한수이제네리스방안을채택하고있다.

또어떤나라들은전통문화표현의보호를위해아예별개의독립된법률을만들기도

한다.전통문화표현을보호하기위해제시된모델법은입법을하는경우어떤그리고

무슨요소들이포함되어야하는가와새로운법적보호체계를수립하는과정에서고

려하여야할사항들에관하여방향을제시하고있다.61이모델법에근거하여여러나

라들이전통문화표현과그부수적작품까지도새로운형태의저작권으로규정하였다.

(4) 녹음녹화와 문서화

전통문화표현의녹음녹화와문서화는무형문화유산의보호에서중요한역할을수

행한다.녹음녹화와문서화는목록작성,데이터베이스,무형문화유산의보호등을위

해반드시필요한작업이다.그러나현대의저작권법적원칙에의하면무형의표현을

녹음녹화하고문서화했다고하여그전통표현공연자에대한저작권법의보호가자동

적으로이루어지는것은아니다.저작권법은일반적으로유형의매개체에의해고정된

표현을요구하고있다.전통문화표현은그자체로서는저작권보호의객체가될수없

60_WPPTart.6.어떤국가가세계지적재산권기구공연과음반조약(WPPT)을비준하면그국가는무형문화유산

의실연자들이그들공연에대한녹음녹화를허가할수있는권한을주게된다.

61_UNESCOandWIPO’sModelProvisionsforNationalLawsontheProtectionofExpressionofFolkloreagainst

IllicitExploitationandotherformsofPrejudicialActionof1982.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 258 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

259

는데그이유는이것이‘무형’이며고정시킬수가없는‘살아있는’예술이기때문인것이

다.이런원칙아래에서저작권은사전에어떤합의가이루어지지않는한전통표현을

실연한공동체,단체혹은개인등에게주어지는것이아니라그것을녹화하거나문서

화시킨사람에게돌아갈것이다.

V. 제언 및 결론

무형문화유산실연자들의지적재산권을어떻게보호하느냐하는것은무형문화유

산보호협약당사국들에게주어진협약실행의중요한임무중의하나이다.대부분의

나라에서운영중인현재의법률체계는무형문화유산실연자들의지적재산권을보호하

기알맞게설계된것이아니다.그간관련국제기구들은개별국가들이무형문화유산

을보호하기위한적절한조치를취할수있도록하는노력을기울여왔다.그런노력

에힘입어일부국가에서약간의변화가일어났다.작은변화이지만그러한변화는다

른나라들에게는변화를위한중요한단서가될수있다

현대의법체계에서무형문화유산실연자들의지적재산권보호는일부몇나라에

서조금씩이루어지고있으며,이는일반적인지적재산권에비해제대로잘갖추어진

권리가아니다.그보다는이세상에있는거의대부분의실연자들의지적재산권이보

호받고있지못하는것이현실이다.대부분의나라에서는실연자들에게그러한권리

자체가주어진적도없었다.그러나다행스러운것은비록목표달성을위해가야할길

이멀더라도긍정적인방향으로움직이고있다는사실이다.사실상수세기동안유지

해온현재의법률원칙을바꾸지않고서는무형문화유산실연자들에게지적재산권을

부여하는일은대단히힘든일이다.법률체계나원칙을변화시키는일은각자의마음

을변화시키는데에서시작하는것이다.모든관련자들은이생각을마음속에항상간

직하고있어야할것이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 259 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 260 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

261

Ⅰ. 2003년 유네스코 무형문화유산보호협약에 따른

보호 수단으로서의 정보

2003년유네스코총회에서채택된무형문화유산보호협약에따르면정보는보호수

단으로간주된다.‘정보’라는용어는협약문에여러차례등장한다.

당사국은 자국 영토 내에 존재하는 무형문화유산 목록 프로그램과 관련하여 정보

를 제공할 의무가 있다.1

협약당사국은모든적절한수단을통하여“일반대중,특히젊은세대를대상으로

하는교육및인식제고,정보관련프로그램을통해,사회의무형문화유산에대한올

바른인식과존중을바탕으로무형문화유산의가치를고양하도록노력을기울여야한

1_유네스코무형문화유산보호협약,12조2항,2003.

정보를 통한 무형문화유산 보호와 활용

가우라 만차차리타디푸라

인도네시아 크리스사무국 차장

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 261 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 262

다.”2교육,정보및인식제고프로그램은협약에서무형문화유산에대한사회전반의

인식과존중의태도를고취하고유산을고양시킬목적으로,그리고일반대중특히젊

은층을겨냥한수단으로파악되고있다.젊은층에게무형문화유산정보에대한접근

을가능하게하는것은진행중인무형문화유산보호노력의일환으로,무형문화유산

의전승을보장하는핵심적인부분이다.다시말해정보와인식제고및교육프로그램

이서로연관이있음을강조하고있다.분명한점은인식제고나교육프로그램은무형

문화유산에대한적절한정보에기반한자료없이는달성할수없다는것이다.

정보와경험의교류는협약에서국제교류를통해기대하는한측면이라할수있

다.3따라서이러한정보와경험의교류활성화는한국에설립된유네스코카테고리2

기구4의주요활동이되었다.

협약은또한국제원조요청의조건으로써그러한모든국제원조요청에수반되는

정보를제공해야한다고명시하고있다.5따라서국제원조를요청하고자하는당사국

들은필요한정보를보유하고제공하기위해정보수집에필요한메커니즘을확립해야

한다.

이런점을고려해보면,2003년무형문화유산보호협약은국가·소지역·지역·국제

차원에서의무형문화유산의보호노력을전개하는중요한요소로무형문화유산정보

의수집과저장,보급을강조한다고결론을내릴수있다.

Ⅱ. 무형문화유산에 대한 인식제고 및 보호활동을 위한

정보의 필요성

무형문화유산에대한인식이정보에서비롯된다는점은분명하다.무형문화유산

정보를통해아는것이많아지고이에대한인식도형성된다.일단무형문화유산을인

식하게되면이를보호하기위한노력을기울이게된다.이처럼정보는무형문화유산에

2_동협약,14조a(1)항,2003.

3_동협약,19조1항,2003.

4_박성용,‘아태지역무형유산보호를위한정보공유및네트워킹,’2011년10월5~6일,자카르타,무형유산보호

및문화적표현의다양성에대한지역세미나발표문슬라이드7번

5_동협약,22조1항과23조3항,2003.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 262 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

263

대한인식제고와보호노력에서가장중요한출발점이라할수있다.

무형문화유산에대한체계적이고이해하기쉬운정보는협약당사국의정부관료

들,무형문화유산분야에서활발한활동을벌이는NGO와개인들을포함한모든이해

당사자들에게필요하다.유네스코가영어와불어로발행하며매년갱신되는무형문화

유산기본문서(BasicTextsofICH)가있는데,이문서에는2003년유네스코무형문화

유산보호협약,위원회절차규정,협약운영지침등이포함된다.유네스코사무국은기

본문서를지속적으로널리배포해왔다.무형문화유산분야의종사자라면누구라도

시간을들여이문서들의내용을숙지해야한다.2003년무형문화유산보호협약은필요

에의해국제법형식으로만들어졌기때문에무형문화유산전승자들이협약의내용을

언제나쉽게이해하는것은아니다.영어나불어가공용어가아닌국가는자국의공식

언어나지역언어로이문서들을번역하여사람들이토착어로된문서를쉽게이해하

고적용할수있도록해야한다.인도네시아를비롯한다수의협약당사국들은각국의

헌법상절차에따라2003년협약비준의필수요건으로최소한이협약을자국의언어

로번역했다.6

그러나무형문화유산에대한지식과정보의전수는결코한가지방식,소위무형

문화유산사무국에서각국가·소지역·지역으로일방적으로전달되는것은아니다.때

로는협약의내용을연구하지않고도자연스럽게무형문화유산에대해심오한지식을

지니거나연행및전수방법을체득하는전승자들도있다.7각주에서자세히기술한바

와같이2011년10월14일멕시코오악사카에서실버스아나미(SilverseAnami)의강연

을듣고난후필자는고대부터현재에이르기까지무형문화유산을연행하고보호하며

전수해온아프리카의토착공동체로부터이에대해배울점이많다고생각했다.전세

계무형문화유산공동체의경우도마찬가지일것이다.무형문화유산에대한이해는단

순히서양의학문적분석과정을통해얻을수있는것이아니라무형문화유산공동체

에머물면서해당무형문화유산을여러측면에서보고,듣고,느껴야만얻을수있는

것이다.무형문화유산연구자들은현지에서무형문화유산전승자를통해배우기도하

고전문적지식을기록하고(물론지적재산권을염두에둬야한다)모든사람들을위해

이러한정보를활용하기도한다.이러한측면에서현지조사를위해몽골,베트남,인도

네시아,카자흐스탄,태평양도서국가등아시아·태평양지역을여러차례방문하고있

는아태무형유산센터의박성용소장의사례는모범적이라고할수있다.아태무형유산

6_무형문화유산보호협약비준당시2007년7월대통령령78호에첨부(출처:인도네시아공화국관보)

7_실버스아나미,2011년10월14일멕시코오악사카에서열렸던대표목록에등재된아프리카문화유산의보호

과제에대한강연

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 263 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 264

센터는이렇게얻은정보를정리하여뉴스레터꾸리에와웹사이트를통해이해당사자

들이이용할수있도록제공하고있다.

Ⅲ. 인도네시아의 무형문화유산 정보 수집 및 공유를 위한 조치

본쟁점에대한필자의발표는아태무형유산센터8가구축한방식9을토대로구성되

어있다.

1. 현지조사 및 무형문화유산 관련 정보 수집

인도네시아무형문화유산현지조사는다양한주체들이수행해왔다.문화관광부

산하문화연구개발센터(CentreforResearchandDevelopmentofCulture)도그중하나

이다.10문화관광부에는역사·전통가치보존국(BPSNT)11산하11개부서가있고각부

서는2~3개의지역을관할한다.여기서각지역의무형문화유산에대한현지조사와정

보수집을수행한다.12이와더불어,인도네시아전역에설치되어있는지방자치단체문

화국(CultureServicesinDistrictsandMunicipalities)은관할구역의무형문화유산정보

를수집한다.2010년문화연구개발센터는『과학적관점에서본크리스』13를출판했다.

이책은인도네시아전통무형문화유산인크리스관련학술논문을담고있으며,다양

한분야에서활약하는12명의학자들이저술에참여했다.

NGO와개인들도무형문화유산정보수집에참여한다.그예로인도네시아국립와

양사무국(SENAWANGI)이설립한인도네시아와양데이터베이스센터가있다.이센터

8_박성용,앞의발표문

9_박성용,앞의발표문

10_2011년10월17일기준,문화관광부는관광창의산업부와교육문화부로구조개편되었다.장관급이하의개편

과관련해서는정부규정이마련되기를기다리는중이다.

11_BadanPelestarianSejarahdanNilaiTradisional

12_그예로,발리전통무용학교,전승자,서면연구목록(2009년발리누사텡가라BPSNT에의해최신정보로갱

신)과아태지역문화유산목록(반다아체BPSNT가갱신)이있다.

13_PusatPenelitandanPengembanganKebudayaan,KerisdanSegiIlmiah,HaryonoHaryoguritno(ed.),Jakarta,

2010

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 264 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

265

는1999년부터60종이넘는인도네시아와양인형극에대한방대한양의자료를디지

털과오디오,비디오,활자형식으로수집하고있다.센터는웹사이트14를운영하며와

양인형극에대한6권분량의백과사전과와양인물에대한백과사전을간행했다.인도

네시아국립크리스사무국은인도네시아전역에퍼져있는크리스문화유산에대한광

범위한목록작성활동을펴왔으며발행지인크리스(Keris)와웹사이트를통해이러한

자료를공개하고있다.다마르타지재단등NGO역시수십년간크리스문화유산관련

정보를편찬해왔으며,이자료를소개하는다수의학술논문및저서를발표하고있다.

본발표문의뒷부분에서무형문화유산관련자료수집에참여한이해당사자들의역할

을언급하도록하겠다.

인도네시아는아태무형유산센터가2009~2010년에시작한현지조사와무형문화유

산자료수집에적극협력해왔다.이러한조사는국가보고서로만들어져아태무형유

산센터가보관및배포하고있다.

2. 무형문화유산 목록작성 및 온라인 데이터베이스

문화관광부15산하문화가치예술영화총국(Directorate-GeneralforCulturalValues,

ArtsandFilm)은유네스코자카르타사무소와의협력하에2009년8월19~20일에인도

네시아자카르타에서해당주제와관련된지역차원의심포지엄을개최했다.그리고이

자리에서나온내용들을활용하여『인도네시아무형문화유산목록』16을2개국어로출

판했다.이책은다음의17개데이터항목이포함된무형문화유산보호협약에따른목

록작성체계를다루고있다.

(1) 목록작성코드(파일코드번호는담당부서에서기입)

(2) (가)문화유산종목명(나)다른명칭이있다면기입

(3) 문화유산종목기록자이름

(4) 문화유산종목기록장소및날짜

14_www.wayang-indonesia.com

15_2011년10월17일기준,(구)문화관광부는관광창의산업부와문화교육부로구조개편되었으며,이부서내에문

화차장을덧붙인다.이러한하부구조로의개편은여전히진행중이다.

16_문화관광부산하문화가치·예술·영화총국이유네스코자카르타사무소와의협력하에작성한인도네시아무

형문화유산기록,자카르타,2009년

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 265 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 266

(5) 목록작성동의서작성자(가)공동체/조직/협회/기관(나)사회집단또는(다)개인

(6) 해당문화유산종목의간략한역사

(7) 문화유산종목의책임공동체/조직/협회/기관/전통보존회17/사회집단/개인

(8) 문화유산전승자/보유자:문화유산종목과관련해지식과기술을보유자의

이름과나이를기입

(9) 문화유산종목의전승장소(주요장소및기타장소)

(10)문화유산종목의카테고리(무형문화유산5개분야가운데1분야이상표시)

(11)현재문화유산종목에대한상세개요

(12)문화유산종목의현황(1곳에표시)

(13)문화유산종목을보호하기위한노력활동제시

(14)문화유산보유자/전승자,공동체,개인에따른해당문화유산종목을보호하

고개발하기위한최선의방법은?(모범사례간략하게설명)

(15)별첨문서

(16)참조사항

(17)*특히무형문화유산목록과메타데이터를공유하고자하는문화유산종목관

련웹사이트운영자가기입해야할내용18

(18)각문화유산종목의목록은최소2년마다정기적으로갱신해야한다.

이책자는그동안무형문화유산목록작성을위한참고도서로여러국가에서사용

되었다.이책의영어판은유네스코자카르타사무소웹사이트에서제공한다.19

3. 무형문화유산 지적재산권 보호의 증진

지적재산권은세계지적재산권기구(WIPO)가담당하는분야이기때문에무형문화

유산보호협약에서직접적으로다루지는않는다.20그러나협약과관련해지적재산권

17_전통보존회(Paguyuban)는특히자바지역의무형문화유산을증진하고보호하기위해무형문화유산공동체에

서만든전통단체로인도네시아전역에다양한이름과형태로존재한다.

18_문화가치·예술·영화총국,위의기록,3.2

19_http://portal.unesco.org/geography/en/ev.php-URL_ID=8136&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&URL_SECTION=201.

html;http://www.unesco.or.id/publication/CLT_Publications_2009.pdf.

20_가우라만차차리타디푸라,‘무형문화유산과지적재산권,’2010년10월20일서울에서개최된무형문화유산과

지적재산권에대한보고서.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 266 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

267

은간과할수없는쟁점으로전세계차원에서이에대한토론이폭넓게진행되고있

다.지난수십년간WIPO는이사안을두고광범위하게토론해왔고합의점을도출하

기위해여전히노력하는중이다.무형문화유산은그창시자를확인할수없고무형문

화유산공동체가신성시하며간직해온비밀스러운지식의경우는지적재산권문제가

더욱복잡한양상을띠게된다.

아태무형유산센터는2010년10월20일에서울에서해당주제를다룬세미나를개

최했다.세미나가진행되는동안국제전문가들은이쟁점의다양한측면을탐구하는

보고서를발표했다.필자도그자리를빌어발표를했으며자세한내용은각주를참조

하기바란다.이주제는2011년10월4~5일자카르타에서개최된무형문화유산의보호

와문화적표현물의다양성에관한지역세미나의두번째세션에서다루었다.이세션

에서는3명의연사,아태무형유산센터의박성용소장21과인도네시아대학아구스사르

조노(AgusSardjono)교수22,오사카시립대학의미치토미오카(MichiTomioka)교수23

가발표를했다.일반적으로전통문화와무형문화유산의지적재산권에대한대중적인

식이전세계적으로부족한상태이다.따라서이주제에대한보다포괄적인논의가필

요할뿐만아니라대중의인식제고를위한홍보활동도필요하다.

4. 무형문화유산 관련 자료 복원과 디지털화를 위한 노력

무형문화유산의다섯가지영역에속하는무형문화유산관련자료의대부분이세

월이흐르면서여러방식으로위협을받고있다.이들자료와관련된무형문화유산의

생존력을강화시키는활용가능한방법에는자료의복원과디지털화를손꼽을수있

다.무형문화유산복원의사례로인도네시아국립박물관에위치한문화관광부산하문

화도서관(KepustakaanBudaya)주도로진행중인,문화유산관련전집의부식및노후

화방지노력을들수있다.앞서언급한목록작성은하드카피와디지털시스템을통해

무형문화유산데이터를기록한다.무형문화유산정보관련디지털자료의경우기술적

결함으로인해훼손되고파괴되는것을막기위한지속적인노력이필요하다.

21_박성용,‘무형유산보호및정보공유와관련된지적재산권쟁점,’2011년10월5~6일자카르타에서개최된무

형유산보호및문화적표현의다양성에대한지역세미나발표보고서.

22_아구스사르조노,‘지적재산권과전통예술사이,’동작가의동일제목의도서에기반하여작성됨.

23_미치토미오카,‘예술적작품의원천에대한이해,’2011년10월5~6일자카르타에서개최된무형문화유산보호

및문화적표현의다양성에대한지역세미나발표보고서.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 267 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 268

5. 무형문화유산 증진을 위한 출판과 홍보

무형문화유산보호증진과인식제고라는우리의목표는그동안수집하고보관한

무형문화유산정보를폐쇄된아카이브나데이터베이스에저장하는것이아니라가능

한모든이해당사자들(정보와관련하여지적재산권문제가있다는점을염두에둔다)

이활용할수있도록하는것이다.따라서존재하는무형문화유산정보는홍보하고증

진시켜야한다.이는미디어를통한전자자료또는인쇄물의배포를통해가능하다.인

도네시아문화관광부는정기적으로무형문화유산정보를증진시키고대중의인식을

제고하며,이를위해관련세미나와워크숍을개최해왔다.

6. 무형문화유산의 제도적 보호 체계

무형문화유산보호협약에제안된제도적보호조치가운데무형문화유산의보호를

보장하기위해협약당사국들이채택한조치는다음과같다.

다음을목표로하는적절한법적·기술적·행정적·재정적조치;

•무형문화유산의관리에관한훈련기관의설립또는강화를장려하고,이러한유

산의시연이나표현을위한장소및공간을통한해당유산의전수를장려

•무형문화유산의특정한면에대한접근을규율하는관례를존중하면서무형문

화유산에대한접근보장

•무형문화유산을위한기록기관의설립및이러한기관의이용편의제고24

문화관광부산하문화가치예술영화총국과문화관광자원개발을위한문화연구개발국

을위한센터는(부(府)로개편된후에도)인도네시아무형문화유산의제도적보호에관여

하는주요관청으로서앞서언급한활동을수행해왔고앞으로도그러할것이다.인도네

시아정부는현재문화법을마련하고있으며,이법을토대로인도네시아무형문화유산에

대한제도적보호활동이강화될것으로기대하고있다.문화관광부주도의무형문화유산

목록작성체계구축또한무형문화유산의제도적보호활동의일환으로볼수있다.

24_동협약,13조,2003.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 268 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

269

Ⅳ. 무형문화유산 정보 수집, 저장 및 보급에 잠재된 장애 요인

필자는지난10년간현지조사를수행하면서무형문화유산정보수집과저장,보급

과관련해수많은문제점을목격했다.이러한‘문제사례’를공유해동일한우를범하지

않기를기대한다.

1) 현지답사나 전문가 혹은 전승자와의 면담 없이 사무실에 앉아 참고도서와 인터

넷만 활용하여 무형문화유산 정보를 모으는 행위

무형문화유산의정신은학술도서나인터넷을통해알수있는것이아니라해

당무형문화유산을시연하는공동체를통해파악할수있는것이다.앞서언급

한바와같이현지를직접방문해보고듣고무형문화유산전승자가느끼는것

을조금이라도함께느껴보려는노력이매우중요하다.이처럼효과적인공동체

기반의무형문화유산현지조사가이루어진대표적사례로한국의아태무형유산

센터의박성용소장을들수있다.그는지난3년이넘는기간동안무형문화유

산정보를수집하고체험하기위해아태지역을두루돌아다니며공동체와교류

해왔다.최근에는한국무형문화유산중전통악기를배우기시작했다.25또다

른사례로인도네시아문화관광부산하문화연구발전센터의당시소장이던해

리왈루요(HarryWaluyo)를들수있다.2009~2011년,그는인도네시아최북서단

에자리한아체주에서부터극동의파푸아까지전역을두루다니며지역주민들

과교류하고무형문화유산정보와경험을관련공동체로부터직접수집하며지

역연구자들이무형문화유산을재연해시연하도록훈련시켰다.또한그는일부

무형문화유산(인도네시아크리스,파푸아수공예노겐,앙클룽등)을취미로배

우기시작했다.26무형문화유산정보를수집하는일이단순한학술활동이아니

란점을이해할필요가있다.왜냐하면수집된정보는향후보호활동의기반으

로이용되고이과정에서각공동체의참여는필수불가결이기때문이다.27따라

서방문은무형문화유산세미나와회의의매우중요한부분을차지하므로그결

과무형문화유산전문가는학문적차원이나관점에서단순하게접근하는것이

25_박성용,2011년10월6일자카르타에서의인터뷰.

26_해리왈루요,2011년10월5일자카르타에서의인터뷰.

27_동협약,11조나항,2003.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 269 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 270

아니라,현지에서본인들이직접무형문화유산을보고듣고느낄기회를얻어야

하고,공동체를직접체험할기회를가져야한다.

2) 최신 무형문화유산 정보로 업데이트가 정기적으로 이루어지지 않음

무형문화유산은수집된화석이라기보다시간의흐름속에서끊임없이재창조되

고변화하는속성을지닌다.무형문화유산정보가정기적으로갱신되지않는다

면그정보는금방구식이되고심지어타당성도잃게될것이다.그렇기때문에

협약은무형문화유산목록을정기적으로갱신해최신상태로유지해야한다고

주장한다.28

3) 디지털 자료에 대한 지나친 의존

디지털자료는생각하는만큼그렇게안전하지않다.29디지털시스템이와해되

기도하고수년간의연구에서나온정보와데이터가한순간에사라지거나오염

되기도한다.최악의사례로문화통합정보시스템(SIKT)30 사건을들수있다.

1990년대당시교육문화부의문화부청장이던에디세티아와티(EdySediawati)

박사가구축한SIKT는한순간에시스템이붕괴되었고,필자가알기로는정보에

대한백업이이루어지지않은상태였다.2010년해리왈루요(HarryWaluyo)박사

는역사·전통가치보존국(BPSN)요그야카르타지국의한컴퓨터에서SIKT데이

터의일부를발견했다.그이후데이터의백업저장이상례화되었고중요한데이

터는문서로보관함으로써예상치못한기술적결함으로인한작업의소실을방

지하고있다.

4) 공동체가 참여하지 않은 무형문화유산 정보 수집

무형문화유산공동체당사자의참여없이학자들을중심으로수집한무형문화

유산정보는그타당성이떨어질것이다.이점은무형문화유산보호협약에서도

강조된바있다.지속적인보호노력의토대로,무형문화유산정보를수집하고

정보를정기적으로갱신하는활동의모든측면에서공동체구성원의참여는반

드시이루어져야한다.

5) 무형문화유산에 대한 정보를 담은 간행물을 고가에 독점 발행하고 구입 여력이

있는 극히 제한된 소비층에게만 배포

28_동협약,12조1항,2003.

29_Kono,Toshiyuki(ed.)IntangibleCulturalHeritageandIntellectualProperty:Communities,CulturalDiversityand

SustainableDevelopmentIntersentiaPublishing,Antwerp,2009.Kono,.

30_Sistem InformasiKebudayaanTerpadu.Directorate-GeneralofCultureof theDepartmentofCulture and

Education,coordinatedbyProf.Dr.EdySediawati,(then)Director-GeneralofCulture.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 270 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

271

일반대중차원에서무형문화유산에대한인식제고와저변확대를통해무형문화

유산의생존력을증대시키기위해서는무형문화유산관련정보를가능한널리

전파하는것(지적재산권문제는염두에둔다)이이상적이다.무형문화유산정보

를온라인에서활용할수있도록하면무형문화유산의활용도가높아지고일반

대중의인식도제고된다.

Ⅴ. 무형문화유산의 보호를 위한 무형문화유산 정보 활용

앞에서언급한인도네시아무형문화유산목록에관한도서에따르면,무형문화유

산정보를활용하고자하는많은당사자들이있다.각자의목적과얻는혜택을나열하

면다음과같다.31

정부

- 인도네시아문화유산종목에대한최신정보를정기적으로갱신하게될것이다.

- 무형문화유산목록작성은무형문화유산보호를위한계획입안및정책마련을가

속화할것이다.

- 무형문화유산목록작성은인도네시아문화유산의발전양상에대한정기보고서의

작성을신속하게해줄것이다.

학계

- 연구수행및과학발전과대학교과과정의교재를위한원천자료로활용된다.

업계

- 문화유산을전세계적으로경쟁력있는독창적인상품으로개발할수있다.

- 독창적이면서인도네시아고유의상품을마케팅할수있다.

- 독창적인상품으로사업을시작할수있다.

31_문화가치·예술·영화총국,앞의글

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 271 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:57

Chapter II 272

일반대중

-인도네시아에현존하는문화의다양성을깨닫게된다.

-고유문화의독창성에세계적경쟁력을부여할수있다.

-공동체삶의수준을높일수있다.

- 무형문화유산보호협약의맥락에서보면,무형문화유산정보는무형문화유산에대

한인식제고와무형문화유산의보호를위한토대마련을위하여가장중요하다.

아태무형유산센터는모든이해당사자들의편익을위해국내뿐만아니라지역(아시

아·태평양)수준에서무형문화유산정보를수집하고보급해왔다.인도네시아는무형

문화유산지역세미나를두차례개최하면서32아태지역에있는이분야관계자들을

초대해무형문화유산정보를공유하게했다.

Ⅵ. 무형문화유산 정보 수집 및 보급에 있어 네트워킹의 주요 역할

개인이넓은지역에서무형문화유산정보를수집하여보급해야한다면시간과비

용의소모가크고,그결과의범위도제한적일것이다.이문제에대한보다나은해결

책은무형문화유산정보의수집과보급단계에서네트워킹을활용하는것이다.

정보수집단계에서무형문화유산정보를수집하는다른기관들과네트워크를구

축해상호합의를토대로무형문화유산정보공유를요청할수있다.디지털차원에서

는이러한정보공유의한형태를‘메타데이터’라고부른다.온라인데이터베이스는서

로연계될수있으며이를통해시간과비용이상당히절약된다.웹2.0플랫폼을이용

하면승인된일반회원이온라인상으로무형문화유산관련정보를끊임없이수정·갱신

하는활동에참여할수있게된다(WikipediaⒸ와유사).33포괄적인무형문화유산자료

를담고있는웹2.0웹사이트로wahana-budaya-indonesia.com34을들수있다.이사

32_2009년8월19~20일에개최된‘무형문화유산의보호를위한목록작성’심포지엄및워크숍과2011년10월5~6

일에개최된‘무형문화유산의보호및문화적표현의다양성’에대한지역세미나

33_해리왈루요,‘인도네시아문화정보수집을위한도구로서메타데이터’,2009년8월19~20일,자카르타에서개

최된무형문화유산보호를위한목록작성심포지엄및워크숍에발표.

34_http://www.markosweb.com/www/wahana-budaya-indonesia.com/.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 272 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

273

이트는웨스트자바지역반둥시출신의젊은IT전문가들이만들었다.문화관광부의

무형문화유산목록작성체계는메타데이터체계와웹2.0플랫폼을제안한다.메타데이

터개념과관련된사례는다음과같다.인도네시아와양데이터베이스센터(PDWI)는

이미인도네시아와양(인형극)35과관련된다량의정보를보유하고있다.이곳의정보

는2009년부터수집된것이다.와양인형극에대한정보를무(無)에서시작해수집하는

것보다메타데이터체계와협약을맺고데이터를공유하는편이훨씬효율적이다.

비슷한방식으로무형문화유산정보는무형문화유산이해당사자와정부,비정부기

구,개별무형문화유산이해당사자들과의네트워크를통해폭넓게보급될수있다.아

태무형유산센터는아태지역에무형문화유산이해당사자네트워크를구축하고가능한

포괄적으로무형문화유산관련정보를수집·보급하는대표적인사례이다.

Ⅶ. 지역·소지역·국가 차원에서 무형문화유산 정보 보급 및

보호 활동을 위한 제안조치들과 관련된 찬반양상

무형문화유산정보및보호와관련된활동을지역·소지역·국가차원에서전개하

기위해제안된여러활동을둘러싼찬반양상을소개하고자한다.이는국제적차원,

특히아태지역의상황과관련해중앙집중적인무형문화유산정보및보호노력과는대

조적성격을띠는것으로파악된다.

무형문화유산보호협약은당사국이“…무형문화유산의보호가인류공동의관심

사임을인식하고이를위해양자·소지역·지역및국제적으로협력”36할의무를부여한

다.이러한몇가지협력활동의사례를소개한다.

양자 간 협력 : 무형문화유산의 보호, 목록작성, 등재신청 및 등재 유산 보호사례

에 관한 정보공유 워크숍.

베트남문화체육관광부산하문화유산국과인도네시아문화관광부산하문화연구

개발센터간에양자간협력활동이이루어졌다.2010년9월6일베트남문화체육관

35_인도네시아와양.2003년유네스코인류구전및무형유산걸작으로선정.2008년정부간위원회를통해인류무

형문화유산대표목록에등재.

36_동협약,19조2항,2003.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 273 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

Chapter II 274

광부의문화유산국사무실에서워크숍이개최되었으며베트남과인도네시아에서

각각3명의연사가참석했다.아태무형유산센터또한아태지역의다수국가들과무

형문화유산양자간워크숍을여러차례진행한바있다.

소지역 협력 : 아세안인형극협회(ASEAN Puppetry Association, APA) 설립.

다양한형태의인형극은아세안10개국중9개국에서볼수있는무형문화유산이

다.아세안전체10개회원국의인형극공동체대표자들이소지역차원에서무형문

화유산인인형극을보호할목적하에2006년12월1일자카르타에서소지역차원

의비정부단체를설립했다.2011년10월1~3일일정으로제4회APA연례회의가말

레이시아콸라룸푸르에서개최되었다.APA창립에참여했던필자는최근개최된

APA연례회의에참석했다.

지역 간 협력 : 아태무형유산센터(ICHCAP) 설립.

한국정부가설립한이기관은현재정보및네트워킹에중점을둔유네스코카테고

리2기구로승인받았다.중국의아태무형문화유산국제훈련센터(CRIHAP)는훈련

에,일본의아태무형문화유산국제연구센터(IRCI)는무형문화유산연구에초점을

둔유네스코카테고리2기구이다.

국제적 협력 : 유네스코 무형문화유산 보호 정부간위원회 연례회의와 협약 당사국

총회가 격년으로 개최.

인도네시아는2013년세계문화포럼을개최할예정이다.이자리에서무형문화유산

뿐만아니라문화관련쟁점들을포괄적으로다룰예정이다.

이처럼무형문화유산정보및보호노력을분산시키는움직임은비용과인력자원의

측면에서효율성이높다는긍정적측면이있다.지역·소지역·국가차원의이해당사자

들은무형문화유산사무국의재정및인력지원에전적으로의존하지않고무형문화

유산정보를수집·보급하며각자의영역에서기본적인보호활동을추진할수있을것이다.

무형문화유산사무국의관심사항은2003년협약에따라무형문화유산정보및관

행의기준이항상일관성을지녀야한다는점이다.일관성을갖추기위해유네스코사

무국은각지역의전문가들을훈련시키고이들에대한인증을행하는무형문화유산

교육자워크숍을여러차례진행해오고있다.훈련을받은전문가들은한걸음나아가

각분야의무형문화유산교육워크숍을실시하기를기대하고있다.또한다양한발행물

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 274 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

275

과문서,역량강화활동을통해유네스코사무국이정한기준에유념하며,소지역·지역

차원의활동을바탕으로정보를활용한무형문화유산보호활동을강화하고자한다.

Ⅷ. 결론

1.무형문화유산보호협약은국가·소지역·지역·국제적차원에서무형문화유산보

호의중요한부분으로무형문화유산정보수집및저장,보급을중요시한다.

2.무형문화유산에대한인식의출발점은정보이다.무형문화유산정보를통해해

당유산을알게되고인식하게된다.무형문화유산을인식한다면이를보호하

기위한노력을기울일수있다.이처럼정보는무형문화유산에대한인식제고와

보호활동의중요한시발점이다.무형문화유산정보와지식을전달하는것은결

코하나의방식일수없고,따라서연구자들은무형문화유산공동체에서발견되

는무형문화유산정보를활용해야한다.

3.아태무형유산센터가확립한방침에따라무형문화유산정보수집및공유와관

련된활동이인도네시아에서수행되어왔다.그중에서주목할만한것은인도네

시아무형문화유산목록작성체계로,유네스코자카르타사무소와의협력하에2

개국어로작성된책자형태로발간되었다.

4.무형문화유산정보의수집,저장,보급과관련하여수많은걸림돌이도사리고

있다.다양한‘문제사례’에주목하고이를미연에방지하도록노력하여,무형문화

유산정보의수집및저장,보급을최적화해야한다.

5.무형문화유산정보는정부,학계,비정부기구,개인등다양한이해당사자가활

용할수있다.인도네시아무형문화유산목록작성체계의설계에도이점이

잘반영되어있다.

6.다양한분야의무형문화유산정보를개인적으로수집하고보급해야한다면시

간과비용의소모가크며,그결과는제한적으로활용될것이다.이에대한해결

책은무형문화유산정보의수집뿐만아니라보급에있어네트워킹을활용하는것이다.

7. 무형문화유산정보수집과보급에대한소지역·지역차원에서의접근법을둘러

싸고찬반의견이존재한다.향후정보를활용한무형문화유산보호활동의강화

는소지역·지역차원에서의활동을통해보다잘실현할수있으며,다양한발행

물과문서,역량강화활동을통해유네스코사무국이정한표준을항상유념해야한다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 275 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

Chapter II 276

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 276 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

제3부 무형문화유산 정보 공유를 통한

협력 네트워크 강화

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 277 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 278 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

279

개요

본보고서는무형문화유산의육성에있어비정부부문에속한기구의역할과기

능을살펴보고자한다.2003년무형문화유산보호협약은개발도상국의NGO(Non-

governmentalOrganisation,비정부기구)가이러한무형문화유산보호관련활동을위

해정부간위원회에참여하도록촉구한다(협약IX.1-2항및운영지침III.2).인가를받

은지역,국가,지방및특정분야NGO의참여는무형문화유산프로그램의지속가능

성을보장하며,NGO부문의지원으로국제적으로무형문화유산보호를위한폭넓은

참여와활동이보장될것이다.

본보고서는무형문화유산과관련한참여,정당성,정책수립과실행에대한기여라

는측면에서NGO의역할을살펴본다.NGO가무형문화유산을위한광범위하고결합

력있는포괄적인정책과이에대한실행전략의수립에적극적으로참여한다면국가

와사회간격차를최소화할수있다.전세계적으로이러한기구에대한요구는날로

증가하고있으며,이는활발한NGO의존재가책임감강화,역량강화및더나은관리

시스템을가능하게하는지배구조의분권화를보여주는지표이기때문이다.

인도 NGO의 정보 구축 참여와 협력

수다 고팔라크리슈난

인도 사하피디아 대표

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 279 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

Chapter III 280

Ⅰ. 무형문화유산 보호

무형문화유산은전세계에걸쳐중요한공동의문화유산요소로써인식되고있다.

지난수년에걸쳐,무형문화유산을보호하기위한몇몇과정이국가적,전세계적차원

에서진행되었다.무형문화유산의활성화를위한정책은무형문화유산의독창성과다

원성,그리고자유,정의,조화라는보편적인가치를확인하는역할을한다는점에서

세계도처에존재하는표현물의다양성을인정한다.

무형문화유산에는다면적인모습이존재한다.오랜역사의흐름속에여러세대를

통해계승된무형문화유산의역동적인전승은단순히의식적인학습의도구를통해서

가아닌,과거에그랬듯이서로다른시간을거쳐다양한주체들이이룬결정화과정을

통해이루어진다.고대나아주근래에전승된수많은관습,표현물및사물은사회의

필요에따라생겨나서결과적으로사회의영향을크게받는다.현대에이르러무형문

화유산의풍요로움과가치를인식하게된유네스코와그산하기관등국제기구와각

국정부는무형문화유산의새로운부흥을위해실행계획과전략을적극적으로추진하

고있다.

Ⅱ. 무형문화유산 보호에 있어 NGO의 역할

많은국가들은유산보호를정부의특권으로간주한다.정부프로젝트를비롯해

NGO등과같은조직의참여는무형문화유산활성화에있어중요한역할을담당한다.

근래에들어유산에대한개입은국가주도의후원형태에서공공의책임을강조하는

모델로그방향을전환했다.사회가해당유산을인정하고유산의육성을위한지원을

보장하지않는다면유산을촉진하고활성화하기어려울것이라는인식이더욱강화되

고있다.역사적으로볼때,전세계적으로정책수립과정에서비정부부문은마땅히

받아야할주목을충분히받지못했다.국민의대표가참여하는문제는고대부터민주

적절차의일환으로전세계에걸쳐당연한일로이해되었다.정부는전문적인능력을

갖추어야하며‘아마추어’가될수없다는주장은그리스의플라톤과아리스토텔레스

에서부터‘실리론(Arthasastra)’을쓴인도의철학자카우틸리아(Kautilya)에이르기까지

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 280 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

281

초기사상의쟁점이었다.그러나존스튜어트밀과장자크루소등많은사상가와철

학자들은대의민주제(representativedemocracy)를주장해서,다양한주장과관심사를

표명할수있는여지를남겨두었다.

전세계적으로NGO가무형문화유산의보호와관련하여중요한역할을해왔다고

볼수있다.특정지역또는특정분야에초점을맞춘NGO의활동으로대중들은다양

한전통문화에관심을기울이게되었으며,소멸위기에처한유산의보존에일조했다.

NGO부문의이러한노력덕분에무형문화유산의전분야에걸친대규모기록화작업

과지속적인연행이가능했다.지역사회에뿌리를내린NGO는전승자들이의사결정

과유산보존과정에수동적인참여자가아닌적극적인주체로참여하여문화관습을

보호할수있도록했다.시민사회와NGO가혁신적인활동에착수한다면,이들은지역

공동체속에서역사지식을향상시키고보존하는역할을담당할수있다.예를들어,

시민이참여하는구전역사의기록은인간의‘기억’을연장하는방법이다.인간의구술

은무형문화유산으로문화활동에대한참고이자지향점이다.디지털시청각기술의개

발덕분에문서와기록자료를손쉽게생산할수있게되었다.이경우,NGO의참여는

역량강화와더불어미래의기록보관소구축을위해방법론,콘텐츠관리및기술을

습득하고자하는구술역사가,큐레이터,음향및멀티미디어기록보관관리자의육성

에초점을맞추어야한다.이러한유형의역량강화전략은문화유산의보존뿐만아니

라21세기를위한자원을창출하기위한것이다.

Ⅲ. 국제적 차원의 NGO 참여 : 2003년 유네스코

무형문화유산보호협약

유네스코무형문화유산보호협약에따라모든분야의무형문화유산을보호하고활

성화하기위한포괄적인전략이실행에옮겨졌다.1989년전통문화및민속보호권고

안(RecommendationonSafeguardingofTraditionalCulturalFolklore)의자연적발전양

상과살아있는보물(LivingTreasures)의개념으로써무형문화유산프로그램의정의,

역할,기능은일련의국제회의를통해유기적으로발전했다.유네스코협약의기본전

제는비계층적(non-hierarchical)방식으로무형문화유산의근간이되는‘지식,기술및

연행’을보호하고활성화하고보급하며,이를교육,역량강화,기록화,목록작성과기록

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 281 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

Chapter III 282

보관,연구그리고상호이해를위한교류를통해달성하는것이다.

무형문화유산에대한2003년유네스코협약의운영지침은무형문화유산의육성을

위해목록작성,재정지원,공동체의참여등국가및국제적보호메커니즘을위한절

차를강조한다.협약이행을위한운영지침의개정안에서공동체의참여를확대하기위

한조치가채택되었다.III.2절에서는NGO인가기준을비롯해국제적차원에서NGO

의참여를보장하기위한절차를다룬다.

인가기준과는별도로,협약의운영지침은인가의양식,신청서제출절차,해당

NGO기여와헌신에대한검토를규정한다.인가를받은조직은다음의내용을평가하

는자문기능을수행한다.

•긴급보호목록등재를위한서류

•협약18조에언급된프로그램,프로젝트,활동

•국제원조요청

•긴급보호목록등재종목을위한보호계획의효과

Ⅳ. 국가 차원의 NGO 참여

국제적차원의무형문화유산보호를위한조치를준수하여,각국이무형문화유산

의식별,정의,보호및보급활동에관련NGO를참여시키도록장려하고촉구한다.자

문기관또는협력메커니즘을수립하여다음의활동을위해공동체,단체및가능한

경우개인과더불어전문가,전문센터,연구기관의참여를촉진할수있다.

(1)영토내에존재하는다양한무형문화유산요소의식별및정의

(2)목록작성

(3)프로그램,프로젝트및활동의계획및실시

(4)현행운영지침제1장의관련절에따라목록등재를위한등재신청서작성

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 282 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

283

Ⅴ. 무형문화유산 활성화에 있어 NGO 참여 경험

NGO의참여요구에대해각국은긍정적인반응을보였으며,이러한요구가무형

문화유산보호프로젝트를촉진했다는점에는의심할여지가없다.분권화메커니즘을

통해NGO의참여강화에초점을맞춘접근법을채택하도록각국에요청했다.몇몇국

가들은이러한요청에부응하여무형문화유산보호과정에NGO와의협력을강화하

는조치를채택했다.

각국에서채택한정확한절차에대한정보를파악하기어렵지만,해당주제에대한

인터넷검색을통해상당한성과를거두었다.이와관련하여,무형문화유산보호협약

이행에있어NGO의역할에대한역량강화워크숍이아프리카(9월가봉의수도리브

르빌)와라틴아메리카(10월에콰도르의수도키도)두지역에서개최되었다는사실을

확인했다.아프리카워크숍은정부간위원회의자문기구로활동할수있도록유네스코

세계유산협약국총회의인가를받았거나인가추천을받은13개아프리카NGO를결

집시키기위해서였다.워크숍의목표는참가자들에게협약의이행에있어국가및국제

적차원의NGO역할에대한전문적인지식을제공하고,토론의장을마련하여경험,

모범사례,도전과제를공유하고,지역차원에서는NGO간의대화와협력을강화하는

것이었다.

세네갈에서는개발지원을위한국가NGO위원회(NationalNGOCouncil of

SupportforDevelopment)산하로재편성된일부NGO가무형문화유산의활성화에기

여했다는보고가있다.해당NGO는1996년3월22일에재정된법96-06에따라주로

지역차원에서활동을전개한다.해당법은문화개발프로그램의계획및실행에있

어과거국가가누렸던권한을선출된구성원으로이루어진회의가있는지역조직에

위임한다.NGO지원으로디우르벨주느데메(Ndeme)에서전통거래와노하우의부흥

을위한프로젝트가개발되었고,이로인해농촌지역의일자리가새롭게창출되었다

(Tambadou2003).

남아시아에는매우다양하고다채로운무형문화유산이있으며,전체성이라는틀

속에서상호연관성을맺으며존재한다.남아시아지역에는자발적민간기관을통해이

룩한활동과개혁을추진한오랜전통이있다.자발적인NGO부문에는수천개의기

관이있으며,이들은무형문화유산과관련된활동을촉진시키는데핵심적인역할을담

당한다.

인도에서는공동체가지역차원에서무형문화유산의가치를강조하는중요한역

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 283 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

Chapter III 284

할을한다.인도는수세기에걸쳐각분야에서셀수없이많은표현물로구성된방대

한무형문화유산의보고임을자랑한다.변화하는환경에도불구하고각공동체의전

통계승자와후원자들은오래전부터인도의무형문화유산전통을유지하기위해노력

해왔다.현대적맥락에서이루어지는유산의활성화는이들의헌신과노력의증거이

다.비정부차원의노력은식견이높은개인의노력에서부터지역사회전체가참여하

는공동노력에이르기까지그범위가다양하다.이와는별개로도서관,기록보관소등

수많은기관과국가전역에걸친작은노력이무형문화유산보호노력에있어비정부

차원의광범위한풀(pool)을형성한다.이들조직의상당수는산업부문과기업들의자

선기부를받아운영되지만,자급자족형태로빈번히재정난을겪는조직이더많다.

NGO부문을강화해야할필요성을인식한인도정부는1980년자선기부법(Charitable

EndowmentsAct)에따라문화부산하에국립문화기금(NationalCultureFund,NCF)

을신탁형식으로설립했다.NCF는기금형태(corpusfund)로운영되며기업부문,NGO,

중앙정부,민간및공공부문,개인이유·무형의인도문화유산을증진하고보호하며

보존하도록장려한다.NCF는무형문화유산의모든분야와관련된활동을적극적으로

지원한다.인도의주요비정부기구와의활발한협력활동을통해NCF는무형문화유산

보호와증진을위한협력을장려하고촉구한다.

기념물보호를기본목표로하는인도예술과문화유산신탁(INTACH)등다수의주

요비정부기구는최근에무형문화유산을그들의규정활동에포함시킴으로써,무

형문화유산프로그램의가시성을추구한다.인도청소년고전음악및문화진흥회

(SPICMACAY),인도공예부흥트러스트(CraftRevivalTrust),아시아헤리티지재단이인

도의문화유산활성화를위해활동하는대표적인비정부기구이다.뉴델리에서시작

된기구인사하피디아(Sahapedia)는인도문화와유산에대한정보를다양한언어로

제공하는공개백과사전식웹사이트이다.사하피디아의목표는다양한인도문화를이

해하고활성화시키기위해관련지식을널리알리고참여를장려하고행동을유도하

는것이다.사용자가콘텐츠생성에참여하는방식인사하피디아는남아시아와세계전

역의기고가들에게그문을개방하여관심주제에대한대화참여를장려한다.사하

피디아의사명은특히사용자의콘텐츠생성참여방식을기반으로인도의다양한문

화와역사를고유한단일창구를통해접근하도록하는데있다.이를위해,각기다른

분야의다른능력을가진이용자가서로간의대화에참여할수있도록웹자원(web

resource)을제공하고,인도유산분야에서공동체가생산하는교육자원이자행동강령

으로써기능을수행한다.문화프로젝트로써사하피디아는다양한문화형태와관습

에대한정보를제공하고열성적인기고가들이알려지지않은문화에대한콘텐츠생

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 284 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

285

성에기여할수있도록장려한다.교육프로젝트로써사하피디아는다양한교육단계

에서학생과교육자모두에게중요한교육도구다.인도의역사와문화에대한이와같

은자원을제공하는웹사이트는현재인터넷상에없다.

Ⅵ. NGO 부문의 당면 과제

NGO가공동체노력의연계와관련해중요한역할을담당하고있음에도불구하고

NGO부문에는운영효율성향상을위한촉진메커니즘(facilitatingmechanism)이없는

것처럼보이는경우가많다.NGO와관련된불신과책임감부재에대한우려가있는것

도사실이다.따라서법률제정을통해권한을부여하여책임감있는참여를강화하기

위한효과적인조치취함으로써이들기관들의활동을촉진시켜야한다.

지원을얻는과정에서겪은어려움의사례를설명하기위해필자가참여했던인도

의경우를언급하고자한다.인도의첫번째유네스코인류구전및무형유산걸작선

포는인도고전무용과연극의부흥을위해활동하는비정부기관인마르기(Margi)를

통해이루어졌다.인도산스크리트어연극인쿠티야탐(Kutiyattam)을인류구전및무형

유산걸작으로등재하기위한신청서작성에는엄청난어려움이따랐다.연극절차는

잘알려져있지않았고정보도빈약했다.비록그수는적었지만연극인공동체는이때

까지공동작업해본경험이없었기때문에경험과지원부족으로인해공동체내에서

불확신과경쟁이팽배해진것은당연한결과였다.처음에는등재로인한혜택이있을

까하는의혹이있었지만,등재가발표되자국가와공동체는이를열렬히환영했고공

동체구성원들이처음으로모두모여해당유산의활성화문제를논의했다.재정적인

제약에도불구하고새로운에너지로충만한예술가들은창조적인프로젝트에전념했

다.쿠티야탐을교육하는주요학교세곳은새로운창작극제작,이전작품의재현,새

로운안무개발등을통해쿠티야탐의활성화를위한단계를밟았다.두번째등재사

례인베다찬송(VedicChanting)의경우,후원자와전승자들역시조직화되지않은별

개집단이었지만베다찬송의부흥이라는공동의목표를위해힘을모았다.베다찬송

을교육하는많은학교들은해당전통의활성화를위한각각실행계획을수립했으며,

또한서로지원하기위해향후활발한교류를약속했다.공동체의이러한단결이유네

스코의등재의가장큰혜택이되었다고볼수있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 285 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

Chapter III 286

요약하자면,NGO는국가및국제적환경에서사람중심의무형문화유산강화활

동에서핵심적인역할을수행한다.본보고서는무형문화유산의효율적인보호개입활

동의핵심으로,국가와NGO부문의협업을통해절차의민주화를이룩하는협력전략

을제안한다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 286 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

287

개요

본발표는지역·소지역차원에서무형문화유산이해당사자간협력강화방안

을논의하기위한기초제공을목적으로한다.무형문화유산이해당사자들을공동체

(local)·국가차원에서그리고지역·소지역차원에서규명한다.아태지역내소지역통

합기구들을무형문화유산보호를위한잠정협력기관으로소개하고,아태지역3개국

에설립된무형문화유산카테고리2기구가담당하는구체적인역할을제시한다.이를

바탕으로본발표는지역·소지역차원에서무형문화유산이해당사자간협력을강화하

기위한세가지실행계획을제안한다.첫째,국제적기준을바탕으로성취가능한목

표와결과를분명히제시한다.둘째,전략과실행계획을세운다.셋째,모니터링과평가

를지속적으로수행한다.

본발표에제시된사례들은필자가활동하고있는태평양지역에서수집한것이다.

지역·소지역 차원에서의 무형문화유산 이해당사자 간 협력 강화

다카하시 아카츠키

유네스코아피아사무소 문화담당관

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 287 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:58

Chapter III 288

Ⅰ. 서론

지리적으로광활한아태지역은중앙아시아,서아시아,남아시아,동남아시아,동북

아시아및태평양이라는여섯개의소지역으로구분할수있다.

아태지역은선진국,신흥경제국,개발도상국등경제개발수준이제각기다른국가

들로이루어져있다.또한국가총행복(GrossNationalHappiness)지수를사용하는부

탄과같이개발의사회적,정신적측면을강조하는국가들이있는가하면,분쟁이나재

난으로인해심각한후유증을겪는국가들도있다.

이렇듯국가별특성이뚜렷한아태지역이지만,최근지역통합의움직임이활발히

전개되고있다.

본발표의제목은‘지역·소지역차원에서의무형문화유산이해당사자간협력강

화’이다.구체적인논의에앞서공동체·국가차원에서의무형문화유산이해당사자들에

대해살펴보도록하겠다.

Global(세계): 무형문화유산 보호를 위한 정부간위원회/ 유네스코 본부

Regional(지역): 카테고리 2기구/ 유네스코 지역(regional)사무소

Sub-regional(소지역): ASEAN, SAARC, PIF, ECO, ISESCO/ 비정부기구/ 유네스코 지역(field)사무소

National(국가): 정부당국/ 무형문화유산 위원회/ 유네스코 국가위원회

Community(공동체): 개인/집단/공동체

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 288 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

289

Ⅱ. 공동체·국가 차원의 무형문화유산 이해당사자

무형문화유산의보호를담당하는공동체는공동체·국가차원의주요이해당사자

중하나이다.이러한의미에서공동체란보통특정지역에거주하는토착집단을뜻한

다.그러나공동체의범위는국가전체또는이주민공동체처럼국경을넘어포괄적으

로규정해야할경우도있다.공동체는무형문화유산보호에있어가장중요한이해당

사자이다.어떠한관습을문화유산의일부로받아들일지결정하는것은물론,무형문

화유산을지정하고정의하는작업에참여하는주체이기때문이다.

다음은공동체를제외한국가차원의이해당사자들을나열한것이다.

1) 비정부기구,도서관,기록보관소,문화센터,대학교,연구소등

무형문화유산관리자와공동체는무형문화유산의보호를위해해당종목의보

존회를설립한다.문화센터,박물관및대학교는무형문화유산보호를위한지

식센터이자전문인력의집합소이다.일례로국립사모아대학교부설사모아학연

구센터는현장연구에활발히참여할뿐만아니라사모아문화관련학술회의도

개최하고있다.이학술회의는학생들뿐만아니라일반대중에게도공개된다.공

동체및국가연구원들은현지지식및언어능력덕분에무형문화유산의보호에

서중요한역할을담당한다.

2) 시,도,주,연방차원의무형문화유산관련당국

협약당사국의대표로서자국영토내에서무형문화유산보호협약의이행을관

장하며무형문화유산목록을비롯한보호정책및조치를마련한다.중앙정부가

주도하는하향식통합과마을및공동체가주도하는상향식통합이결합된독

특한통치시스템을운영하는태평양지역국가에서는전통적지도자들이주요

이해당사자로간주된다.공동체주도의지속가능한무형문화유산보호활동을

위해서는이들의지원이무엇보다중요하다.

3) 협약13조에따라국가차원의무형문화유산위원회를설립할수있으며,위원

회는무형문화유산보호책임기관으로서지대한역할을수행한다.공동체대표,

전문가,민간협회대표등으로구성된위원회는무형문화유산의보호를위한공

론의장이되어야한다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 289 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

Chapter III 290

4)아프가니스탄,방글라데시,캄보디아,네팔,파키스탄,우즈베키스탄,베트남의유

네스코국가사무소는필요할경우회원국에정책조언과기술지원을제공한다.

5)유엔관련기관(UNCT)은유엔산하특별기관과프로그램으로구성되어있으며

상주대표를두고있다(농업분야의국제연합식량농업기구(FAO),보건분야의세계

보건기구(WHO),아동분야의국제연합아동기금(UNICEF),개발분야의유엔개발

계획(UNDP)등).

유엔관련기관은보다조직적으로국제원조를제공하기위해노력해왔으며,이는

‘하나의UN(OneUN)’또는‘하나된원조(DeliveryasOne)’라는구호로표현되고있다.

2주전필자는‘2012~2015년유엔개발원조기본계획’관련유엔관련기관회의참

석차앞서언급한유엔원조프로그램이시행되고있는포트모르즈비에다녀왔다.이

회의에서는거버넌스,보건,교육,환경(재난관리포함)네가지주제분야가다루어졌

다.무형문화유산을비롯한문화와언어다양성의보고인파푸아뉴기니에서열린회의

였지만,문화관련내용은거의언급되지않았다.이는경제및인프라개발에비해문

화가여전히등한시되고있는씁쓸한현실을보여준다.

새천년개발목표(MDGs) : 1. 절대빈곤과 기아퇴치 2. 보편적 초등교육의 달성 3. 성 평등과 여성능력

의 고양 4. 유아(영아) 사망률 감소 5. 산모건강의 증진 6. HIV/AIDS, 말라리아 및 기타 질병 퇴치

7. 지속가능한 환경 보장 8. 개발을 위한 국제 파트너십 구축

경제개발과산업화를지향하는여러유엔기구및개발협력기관을설득하기위해

유네스코는문화중심적접근방식을채택하고,지속가능한개발에대한문화의기여를

옹호하는등여러노력을기울이고있다.

최근유네스코는문화,지속가능한개발,사회결속,평화의문화사이에연관성이

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 290 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

291

존재한다고언급하며‘새천년개발목표(MDGs)’와‘모두를위한교육(EFA)’등국제적으

로합의된목표에담긴문화적속성을강조하고있다.특히절대빈곤의퇴치와지속가

능한환경을보장하기위한현지생산시스템(목표1,7),가정교육및비정규교육을통

한지식과기술의전승(목표2),여성공예가들이독학을통해습득한전통지식과기술

의인정(목표3),아동과산모의건강을보호하기위한전통조산원의훈련과자격인증

(목표4,5)등을대표적인사례로제시하고있다.

상기이해당사자이외에도국가차원에서협력해야할무형문화유산이해당사자가

매우다양하게존재한다.

Ⅲ. 지역·소지역 차원에서의 무형문화유산 이해당사자 간 협력

무형문화유산보호를담당하는소지역기관들은다음과같다.

1)ASEAN,ASEAN+3,SAARC,ECO,ISESCO,PIF등소지역통합기구

이들기구는아태지역에위치한특정국가들로구성된지정학적,경제적조직이

다.이들의일차적목표는경제성장과사회발전이지만,최근들어지속가능한발

전에있어문화가갖는중요성에상당한관심을보이며문화적발전을이루고자

노력하는각회원국을지원하기시작했다.그예로,태평양제도포럼(PIF)은지역

협력을통한태평양공동체의사회경제적번영추구라는목표하에1971년에수

립된정부간기구이다.2005년회원국들은“우리는태평양지역의다양성을인정

하고문화,전통,종교의가치가존중되고발전하는미래를만들어나갈것이다.”

라는태평양계획(PacificPlan)결의문을채택했다.태평양제도포럼은태평양의

소규모도서국가들사이에서정치적위상이높다.유네스코아피아사무소는문

화발전의기치를드높이기위해태평양제도포럼과협력하고있다.

2)아태지역내여러비정부기구들이무형문화유산보호협약자문기구로공인받으

면서동협약은유네스코의여러문화관련협약가운데가장포괄적인법적장

치가되었다.일례로,태평양제도박물관협회(PIMA)는역내에서가장활발하게

무형문화유산보호에앞장서온기관이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 291 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

Chapter III 292

3)알마티,아피아,베이징,자카르타,뉴델리에위치한유네스코지역사무소는필요

할경우회원국에게정책자문과기술지원을제공한다.

지역차원의이해당사자는다음과같다.

1)교육에중점을둔중국의아태무형문화유산국제훈련센터(CRIHAP),연구를중

심으로하는일본의아태무형문화유산국제연구센터(IRCI),정보와네트워킹을

담당하는한국의아태무형문화유산국제정보네트워킹센터(ICHCAP,아태무형유

산센터)등유네스코카테고리2기구

이들기관의역할은집행이사회관련문서에정의되어있으며그내용은다음과같

다(181EX/17).

중국의 아태무형문화유산국제훈련센터(CRIHAP):(가)교실및현장교육을포함

한장단기교육프로그램을마련하며지원이필요한학생에게교육비를제공한

다.무형문화유산보호협약과운영지침및무형문화유산의보호를촉진하기위한

법적,행정적,기술적,재정적조치등다양한정책과조치에관련된내용을교육

한다.무형문화유산의지정및기록작업에관한유네스코발행출판물과현장

연구에서의활용에대해소개하고,이론과실습등정규및비정규교육을통해

무형문화유산을지도한다.(나)국내외전문가및무형문화유산의다양한영역

을전문으로하는비정부과학단체구성원을앞서언급한교육프로그램의강사

나자문위원으로초빙한다.(다)무형문화유산의영역에서활발한활동을벌이

는기관들특히유네스코카테고리2기구와의국제및지역협력을강화한다.

한국의 아태무형유산국제정보네트워킹센터(ICHCAP):(가)데이터베이스구축을

통한무형문화유산자료의효과적인관리,무형문화유산현황조사및기록작업

지원,기록자료의보존과디지털화,메타데이터표준개발을위한정보체계를수

립한다.(나)무형문화유산의보급을위해축적된자료를이용하고,관련정보

및홍보자료를작성·배포하며,무형문화유산연행자와창작자의지적재산권보

장을추진한다.(다)관련공동체,집단,개인을연결하는네트워크를구축하여

무형문화유산의전승과보급을확대하고,지역및국제적차원에서축제와회의

를개최한다.(라)국제및지역네트워크를강화하여무형문화유산의보호와관

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 292 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

293

련된정보와지식을교류하도록한다.유네스코카테고리2기구들을포함한무

형문화유산관련기관과개별전문가사이의교류를촉진한다.

일본의 아태무형문화유산국제연구센터(IRCI):(가)위험에처한아태지역무형문

화유산보호사례와방법에대한연구를수행또는조율하면서국내외대학교,

연구소,공동체대표및기타정부·비정부기관들과협력한다.(나)아태지역국

가들이무형문화유산보호협약제11,12,13,14조에명시된조치들을실행에옮

기도록연구지원을실시하며,특히개발도상국을중점적으로지원한다.(다)무

형문화유산보호사례및방법에관한연구에초점을둔워크숍과세미나를개

최하여아태지역내전문가,공동체대표및행정가들이참여하도록독려한다.

(라)아태지역신진연구원들이무형문화유산의보호와연관된연구활동에참여

하도록독려하고지원한다.(마)카테고리2기구및무형문화유산보호와관련된

활동에적극참여하는지역내외기관들과협력한다.(바)그밖에모든관계기관

의협력을촉진하고동시에아태지역개발도상국에대한기술지원을확대한다.

앞서언급했듯이,현재아태지역은무형문화유산관련카테고리2기구가역할별로

구분되어3국에설립되어있다.이들기관이협력을통해시너지효과를내려면각

각의역할을존중하는것이무엇보다중요하다.채택된아태무형유산센터프로그

램과실행계획에는이들세기관간의조정회의가포함되어있다.3국의카테고리2

급기관은협력을통해무형문화유산을효과적으로보호하고공동의목표를위한

‘하나된원조(DeliveryasOne)’를실행함으로써국제사회에그역량을증명할수

있을것이다.

2)유네스코방콕사무소는아태지역에서유네스코문화프로그램을관장하는기관

이다.방콕사무소는현재‘하나된원조’방식을통해방콕내유엔관련기관와

긴밀히협력하고있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 293 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

Chapter III 294

Ⅳ. 지역·소지역 차원에서의 무형문화유산 이해당사자 간

협력 강화 방안

본발표의주제로다시돌아가면,지역·소지역차원에서무형문화유산이해당사자

들의협력을강화하기위해서는다음의세가지사항이선결되어야한다.

1)국제적기준에서성취가능한목표와결과를분명히제시한다.

무형문화유산보호에관한국제적기준은무형문화유산보호협약최고기관인당사

국총회와정부간위원회의심의를통해형성된다.국제적기준에따라아태지역이

성취할수있는목표와결과를분명히제시하는것이무엇보다중요하다.무형문화

유산의보호에있어아태지역이추구하는목표는무엇인가?인류무형문화유산대

표목록에등재할유산의수를늘리는것은결단코아닐것이다.긴급한보호가필

요한유산과보호에취약한공동체의유산을보호하는데역점을두어야할것이

다.이를위해서는공동체의역량을강화하고다양한문화정책및조치를마련해

야할것이다.

2)전략과실행계획을마련한다.

무형문화유산이해당사자들사이에서목표와결과에대한합의가이루어졌다면이

제중기적관점에서전략과실행계획을마련해야한다.이는수많은관련이해당사

자들이긴밀한협력및공조관계를수립하는데반드시필요한요소이다.

태평양지역의세계유산협약이행을사례로들자면,1972년세계유산협약이채택된

이래협력체계의필요성을절감한태평양국가들은중기실행계획의수립을관행화

했다.2009년완료된제1차실행계획(Pacific2009Programme)에이어2010~2015년

까지진행되는제2차실행계획이마련되었다.

제2차실행계획은지역활동을강조하는지역및국가차원의실행계획이라고할수

있다.구체적인지역활동으로는문화경관,태평양지역초창기인류정착,태평양항

해와관계된태평양유적지,초국적유적관리,정보및교육자료,확인된위협요소

(기후변화등)에대한연구및대처,정기보고(2011년)후속조치등의주제와관련

된지역워크숍개최를들수있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 294 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

295

동실행계획은태평양세계유산워크숍에서논의,검토및갱신되었다.태평양세계

유산워크숍은호주,뉴질랜드,프랑스,노르웨이등개발협력국의추가예산지원으

로지금까지케언즈,통가리오,마우피티,아피아에서4회가개최되었다.태평양국

가또는영토에서열리는이워크숍에는각국에배치된두명씩의세계유산(문화

유산과자연유산)연락담당관들과국제기념물유적협의회(ICOMOS)및세계자연

보존연맹(IUCN)대표,지역비정부기구인국제기념물유적협의회태평양(ICOMOS

Pacifika),태평양제도박물관협회(PIMA)와남태평양대학교관계자들이참석한다.

2007년뉴질랜드크라이스트처치에서는응가티두와레토아마오리족추장테헤

우헤우의장의주관으로세계유산위원회정기회의가개최되었다.2011년7월현재,

40년간의협력관계를지속한아피아사무소소속16개국중14개국이세계유산협약

당사국으로활동하고있다.태평양도서국가내유적지로파푸아뉴기니의쿠크초

기농경지,솔로몬제도의렌넬섬동부,바누아투의로이마타추장영지,마셜제

도의비키니환초핵실험지의총다섯곳과태평양영토내유적지로뉴칼레도니

아의석호와주변생태계,칠레의라파누이국립공원,핏케언군도내핸더슨섬,

하와이의화산공원과파파하나우모쿠아케아해양국립기념물의총다섯곳이세

계유산목록에등재되어있다.

3)모니터링과평가

아태지역은현재급속히변모하고있다.따라서전략과실행계획의이행현황을점

검하고필요에따라조정할수있도록모니터링과평가를수행하는것이중요하다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 295 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 296 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

297

개요

본발표에서는캐나다의무형문화유산을포괄적으로살펴보고자한다.먼저첫부

분에서는아직2003년유네스코협약에서명하지않은캐나다의정치적·법적상황을

고찰해본다.특히2011년10월19일에문화유산법을채택함으로써무형문화유산을법

률로써인정한퀘벡주의최근사례를집중적으로다루면서이법에규정된보호메커

니즘을설명하고,이법률이어떤방식으로실행될것인지논의한다.두번째부분에서

는연방정부와주정부차원에서직·간접적으로무형문화유산을지원하는각종보호

조치를살펴본다.좀더구체적으로,본발표는2003~2004년부터퀘벡에서실시한목

록작성작업을분석하여각각의장단점을밝히고있다.끝으로국제적협력을통해강

화된캐나다국내외의무형문화유산개발노력을소개한다.이러한노력중특히중요

한것으로전문지식교류,대외적인인정을통해부여된정치적정당성,전문가네트워

크형성등이있다.

캐나다의 무형유산- 정치적 맥락, 보호조치, 국제협력

앙투완 고티에

캐나다 퀘벡주 무형유산위원회(CQPV) 대표

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 297 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

Chapter III 298

Ⅰ. 캐나다 무형문화유산의 정치적·법적 배경

1. 캐나다, 문화, 유네스코

캐나다는2005년유네스코가문화적표현의다양성보호및증진협약을채택하도

록가장먼저지원한국가중하나였다.캐나다는법적자료의개발과여러국제협상의

진행에서중요한역할을했다.

퀘벡은캐나다연방의10개주가운데하나이다.1퀘벡주는유네스코의2005년협

약제정을위해,캐나다대표단내에서나독립적인국제네트워킹주도권내에서,특히

프랑스대표를대상으로적극적인노력을펼쳤다.퀘벡은파리에본부를두고있으며

전통적으로밀접한지적교류를이어온유네스코및프랑스와같은언어를공유한다.

이러한사실로인해이론적으로퀘벡주가세계무대에서점하는자리가크지않음에도

불구하고자체의견을적극적으로개진할수있는기회가주어졌다.

뿐만아니라,엔터테인먼트산업관련상품의주요수출국인미국과인접한지리적

특징은퀘벡주와캐나다의문화적다양성증진에대한강한열망에결정적인영향을주

었다.이점은영화,음악,문학등문화상품의재생산과보급확대를촉진하는전세계

적상황에서특히두드러진다.2005년유네스코협약은이러한상황을감안하여회원국

들이자국내의여러문화산업에보조금을제공할권리를보호할수있도록함으로써

세계무역기구(WTO)가관장하는관세및무역에관한일반협정(GATT)의합의사항에

따라규제되는상품및서비스로부터문화상품이최대한분리될수있도록보장했다.

문화상품에대한정부차원의지원정책이이처럼보호된다는사실로인해무형문

화유산역시문화의부분집합이자문화산업의일부로써그혜택을누릴것이라는점

에서2005년협약은2003년에채택된무형문화유산보호협약을보강하는역할을한다.

2003년협약과2005년협약간의연계성은여기에그치지않는다.실제로2003년협약

의대상인무형문화유산은그종목들이드러내는강력한지역적특성으로인해세계

문화다양성(2005년협약에서추구하는핵심목표)이라는측면에서지극히중요한위

치를차지한다.

캐나다는2005년협약을가장먼저비준했을뿐아니라1972년세계유산협약2도

1_퀘벡은캐나다전체인구의약25%에해당하는700만명이거주하는연합주로,캐나다의여러주가운데불어

사용인구가다수를차지하는유일한지역이다.면적은166만8,000km2에달해한국의16배가넘는수준이다.

2_캐나다는1976년에이협약을비준했다.게다가세계유산도시기구(OrganizationofWorldHeritageCities,

OWHC)본부도퀘벡시에소재해있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 298 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

299

체결했지만아직2003년무형문화유산보호협약은비준하지않은상태이다.이처럼비

준을피하고있는이유는이협약에포함된무형문화유산의정의가너무모호하고특

히캐나다처럼다문화인구로구성된회원국에게이행이거의불가능할정도의큰의

무(즉,목록작성과정기적인업데이트)가발생한다는주장과관련이있다.

2. 퀘벡법 내의 무형문화유산(캐나다)

퀘벡주는2011년10월19일에채택되었고1년후발효될예정인문화유산법

(CulturalHeritageAct)에서2003년유네스코협약과퀘벡주자체의지속가능발전법

(SustainableDevelopmentAct)3의영향을받은조항들을포함시켰다.이로써퀘벡은캐

나다에서무형문화유산을법률차원에서인정한최초의주가되었다.이번에채택된

새로운법은1972년에제정한문화재법(CulturalPropertyAct)을대체할것이다.2011년

신규법은구법에서인정한건조물유산과동산문화재외에도무형문화유산을비롯한

새로운문화유산범주를포함시켰다.이새로운범주들은대개개인의소유권에속하

지도않고관리및보호를강제하기위한벌금이나확고한의무의대상에해당하지도

않는문화유산으로구성된다.

문화유산법에의거한유산의법적지위4

3_퀘벡지속가능발전법(2006):

제6조.[…]

(k)“문화유산보호”:문화재,유적지,경관,전통,지식등으로이루어진문화유산은그사회의정체성을반영한

다.문화유산은사회의여러가치를세대에서세대로전달하며,이러한유산을보존함으로써발전의지속가능

성을촉진할수있다.문화유산요소들을반드시확인,보호,증진해야하며,그과정에서각요소에내재된희

귀성과취약성을고려해야한다.

4_KarineLaviolette, “Versunevalorisationdes traditions: lepatrimoine immatérieldans leprojetde loi surlepatrimoineculturelduQuébec,”앙투완고티에(편집),Lesmesuresde soutienaupatrimoine immatériel:gouvernements,institutionsetmunicipalités에수록,퀘벡,CQPV(2012년발간예정).

증진 보호

문화유산 경관 사적지 유산

무형문화유산 종목 부동산 유산

역사적으로 중요한 인물 사물 유산

역사적으로 중요한 사건 기록 유산

사적지

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 299 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

Chapter III 300

문화유산법내에서무형문화유산의진흥및개발을위한주요수단은공식적인승

인법령이다.이법에는두가지수준의인정방식이명시되어있다.첫째,퀘벡주문화

부는특정한무형문화유산을퀘벡주민들의공동민족유산으로‘지정’할수있다.둘

째,지자체와지역토착민위원회들은지역의무형문화유산을‘지정’할수있다.이처럼

승인을거친모든문화재는퀘벡문화유산목록에추가된다.이법은지자체들이각종

요청사항접수와무형문화유산사례분석을담당하는지역차원의유산위원회를설

립하도록규정하고있다.5

무형문화유산종목에대한국가적승인법령은이같은문화유산의증진과발전을

달성하기위한강력한수단으로작용할수있다.이러한법령이영향력을발휘하기위

해서는승인된각문화유산종목에대한요구평가연구가실시되어야한다.또한유산

의지정이단지형식적인조치에그치지않도록,필요시승인과함께시정조치도마련

되어야한다.최근《르드부아르(LeDevoir)》신문6에서일군의저자가언급했듯이특정

한문화적관습은공식법령이나시장수요측면에서만평가되어서는안된다.이러한평

가는무엇보다문화적관행이교육체계에포함되었는지여부,유사한다른대상과비교

해무형문화유산에제공되는재정지원규모,대중매체에소개되는빈도등에따라이

루어져야한다.즉,시장수요가발생하기에앞서공공기관들이내리는특정선택들을

기준으로평가받는다.만약공식법령이그러한선택에영향을줄수있다면본래의목

표를완수하는셈이된다.

이밖에도,새로제정된문화유산법은문화부가자체목록에무형문화유산을포함

시키고최신정보를꾸준히추가하도록규정하고있다.또한무형문화유산에대한지

식(연구,민족학적조사,기록),보급,전승에자금을지원할것을적극적으로권장한다.

무형문화유산과연계된각종사업은현재1,000만달러규모에달하는문화유산기금

(Fondsdupatrimoineculturel)으로부터보조금을받을수있는자격이부여된다.그러

나이기금의분배방식은아직결정된바없다.

5_지자체는이업무를지자체에마련되어있는계획자문위원회에위임할수도있다.그러나이경우,기존체계

내의건축가와도시계획가들외에무형문화유산의진흥과관련된다른문화주체및관계자들이추가로참여하

는문제가발생하게된다.이에퀘벡주일부도시들은이미자체문화정책에를무형문화유산을통합시켰다.비

록이러한시도가아직까지는구체적이고유용한실행단계로전환되지못했지만,문화유산확인과정을통해도

입된메커니즘이이들정책에새로운활력을불어넣을가능성이있다.

6_“마침내인정받은무형문화유산(Lepatrimoineimmatérielenfinreconnu)”,르드부아르,몬트리올(캐나다),2011

년11월2일.필자역시이기고문에서명했다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 300 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

301

Ⅱ. 보호 추진계획 대상

캐나다연방정부는아직무형문화유산보호를위한구체적인프로그램이나정책

을실시하지않고있다.그러나전통공예기술을가지고전통예술활동을펼치는장

인들이나무형문화유산연구종사자들을지원하기위한노력이꾸준히이루어지고있

다.예술가와장인,행사,연구자및기관에대한지원은캐나다예술위원회(Canada

CouncilfortheArts)나캐나다문화유산부(DepartmentofCanadianHeritage)7가제공

한다.이러한지원은캐나다에서역동적인문화생활을촉진하는역할을한다.연방정

부의지원은전문가들을대상으로하는경우가많지만때로는여가활동을위해활용

되기도한다.무형문화유산으로간주될가능성이있는다양한종목에대해다른형태

의지원조치도이루어지고있으며,이들종목을담당하는부서나정부기관이지원을

담당한다.

무형문화유산종목의연행(혹은일반적으로무형문화유산으로규정되는관행)을

위한공적지원은여전히관련문화주체들의요구에좌우된다.이러한요구는세대간

전승이나시장수요에따라얼마간달라지며,전승과시장수요는다시전반적인문화

의영향을받는다.결과적으로무형문화유산을발전시킬책임은관련전승자와공동체

에만거의집중되며,이들이함께모여NGO형태의특수이익집단을구성하는경우가

많다.따라서이러한측면에서유산의장기적보호는이들집단이취하는특정한조치

에따라좌우된다.

1. 뉴펀들랜드 프로젝트

캐나다에서무형문화유산을인정하는주가퀘벡만있는것은아니다.캐나다에서

가장동쪽에위치하며인구50만명이거주하는뉴펀들랜드앤래브라도주는해당지

역내살아있는유산과관련해2006년적극적인전략을발표했다.이전략은광범위하

고다양한무형문화유산보호노력을뒷받침할수있는토대가된다.문화부문의기

록화,기념행사,전승및지원을목표로하는각종프로젝트가현재진행중에있으며,

7_여기서‘유산(heritage)’이라는단어는문화유산으로서가치가있다고특별히인정된부분적인문화가아니라광

의의문화를가리킨다.캐나다문화부는퀘벡의문화부에상응하는연방기관이다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 301 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

Chapter III 302

뉴펀들랜드앤래브라도유산재단(HeritageFoundationofNewfoundlandandLabrador)

이대다수의추진책임을맡고있다.이전략의핵심내용중하나는무형문화유산과연

계된주제행사의개최이다.이러한행사들은구체적인보호목표를염두에두고기획

된다.규모면에서도양탄자제작자들의활동을촉진및발전시키는소규모의‘양탄자

장인들과의티타임’프로젝트에서부터모닥불주위에서진행되는민속축제나머머링

(mummering,크리스마스가정방문전통)부활같은대규모행사에이르기까지다양하

게마련된다.

2. 퀘벡의 무형문화유산 목록

연방정부와유사하게퀘벡주역시일반적으로무형문화유산으로정의되는관습을

진흥하기위한몇몇조치를지원하고있다.물론이러한보조금이무형문화유산보호

와관련된구체적인정책없이지급된다는점에서간접적인지원의한계는있다.

퀘벡주문화부의유산및박물관담당부서는수년간무형문화유산분야에서주로

활동한‘국가적유산기구’다섯곳에대해서도지원을제공했다.이는무형문화유산

보호를위한구체적인전략을실행하는첫걸음임에분명하다.

뿐만아니라지금까지무형문화유산의이름으로몇가지중요한노력이행해졌다.

이러한노력은주로분류와조사에집중되었다.2004년이래퀘벡주는야심찬온라인

목록작성작업을실시해오고있으며,이에대한시범사업은2003년유네스코협약이

채택되기이전에이미시작되었다.이에따라라발대학교(UniversitéLaval)의한연구팀

이이끄는민족학적무형문화유산자료목록(IREPI)을통해퀘벡내다수의전통전수

자의목록이작성되었다.또한IREPI프로젝트를통해현장기록과시청각자료의준비

및구성과관련한내용을다수의민족학전공학생에게교육했다.무엇보다IREPI는대

규모의목록수집사업의효율성을검증하고,수집방법,필요한파트너십,확보된결과

의영향등을평가할수있는기회를제공했다.

사실IREPI가모든기대를충족시키지는못했다.예컨대지난경험을돌이켜볼때

이툴을사용하는사람이거의없다.이점은2003년협약에구체적으로제시된의무

조항중하나인무형문화유산목록작성이라는조항에의문을제기한다.퀘벡의문화

유산법과마찬가지로이다자조약도무형문화유산목록의목표와구체적인목표대상

에대한언급이없다.목표실현과정에대해확고한지향점을제시하려면이러한기본

목표에대한충분한이해가수반되어야한다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 302 2013-05-14 오전 11:55:59

303

여기서한가지질문이제기된다.그렇다면유산목록은어떤용도를충족시켜야

할것인가?

1)관리차원의목적을위한무형문화유산의인정및분류목록시스템의역할

2)무형문화유산활성화를위한수단

3)전승자들을위한도구

4)미래에대비한기초적기록보관소(보존과기억)의역할

많은사람이국가목록은당연히이기능들중한가지이상을수행한다거나,심지

어네가지모두를동시에수행한다고생각한다.8그러나방대한기록부가이러한목적

을달성하기위한최선의도구라고확신하기는어렵다.퀘벡의사례를보면유산목록

은일반대중을위한효과적인홍보수단이되지못하며,9목표대상을더욱구체화해

야이기능을더욱효과적으로수행할수있을것으로보인다.문화적내용이나기법,

표현을소개하는광범위한목록은전승자들(퀘벡에서는‘살아있는유산의중재자’10라

고도불린다)이활용방식을전파할수있는최상의수단이아닐수도있다.다시말

해,이목록은효율적인전승수단을제시하지못했다.또한퀘벡에는대부분쉽게이

용할수는없지만중요한무형문화유산기록보관소들이이미존재하며,유용한분석적

현장연구를위해반드시광범위한민족학적수집계획을중심으로구축된목록의범

위안에서연구를수행해야할필요는없다는사실이경험을통해밝혀졌다.

그렇다면위에서언급한기능중목록구축을관리수단으로간주하는1)번기능

이남는다.퀘벡의문화유산을담은온라인PIMIQ데이터베이스가현재이목적을수

행하고있다.이데이터베이스는지자체와IREPI등문화부제휴기관에서추가한유산

들을포함한다.그러나2011년에퀘벡법에명시된‘지정’의경우처럼공식법령을통해

무형문화유산을인정하는시스템하에서,이러한툴의목적은다소불분명하다.이는

추후정식유산목록으로지정할적합한후보를고르기위한예비목록,즉지정시적

용되는기준과다른기준을사용하여구축된목록이되는것인가?아니면공동체의인

8_이밖에다른기능도있을수있다.대표적인예로문화유산,더구체적으로는전통적인토착관습의지식재

산과관련한부정이용을막기위한유산등록이있다.이문제에관한찬반양론을살펴보려면다음과같

은자료를참고하기바란다.ToshiyukiKono(편집),무형문화유산과지식재산(IntangibleCulturalHeritageand

IntellectualProperty),Intersentia,포틀랜드,2009년,415쪽.

9_이목록내에수집된대상들은무형문화유산으로인정되었다는점외에서로간의관련성이거의없다.따라서

이들은각기전혀다른전문가및대상수용자집단과연관된다.

10_퀘벡문화인적자원위원회(CQRHC),Chartedescompétencesdumédiateurdupatrimoinevivant,2009년10월,참고

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 303 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

Chapter III 304

정을받기위한간접적인메커니즘을의미할까?

둘중어느쪽이든만약이목록의목적이관리차원에치우친다면,이목록에는

다른기능을수행하기위해필요한목록과는다른자원이할당되어야할것이다.

물론주정부가무형문화유산보호에매진할경우에는그역할이단지지식,연구,

목록구축정도에그치지않는다.이점은퀘벡문화유산법에서문화부의보조금배분

권한에관한조항이개정되었다는사실에서잘나타나있다.11유산목록이다른무엇보

다관리수단으로간주되려면주정부는무형문화유산의효율적인전승,촉진,개발을

위한보완조치를채택해야한다.다시말해,주정부가위에서나열된2),3),4)번기능

을달성하기위해서는이를시행하는것이필수적이다.

또다른목록작성조치도퀘벡에서개시되었다.이번조치의목적은4)번기능,즉

후대를위해특정관습에대한기억을기록화하여보존하는기능을수행하는데있다.

2009년에처음으로구축된무형종교유산목록(IPIR)은주제관련전기를제시함으로

써단지전통전수자들에그치지않고전통자체를개관한다.이는영구히완료되지않

는IREPI의특성을배제한흥미로운방식을보여준다.퀘벡과같은비종교적인주가종

교적관습에대한조치에어떤역할을할수있을지의문의여지가있다는점을제외하

면,IPIR은요약동영상,사진,설명을제공함으로써기록의역할을충실히달성한다.

그러나문화,더구체적으로는무형문화유산에있어이용할수있는자료가제한적

인상황에서이러한유형의목록이모든개별무형문화유산에가장적합한형태인지에

대해서는의구심이있다.기억장치로써의목록이현재와미래의무형문화유산실행에

미치는실질적인영향을측정하고,이를통해위에열거된1),2),3)번기능과비교하여

기록의기능면에서의적합성을평가할필요가있을것이다.또한,이러한연구조사에서

는이도구가사용되는방식에대한평가도필요할것이다.12

2003년협약에포함된무형문화유산목록구축에관한요구는각국정부로하여금

유산보호노력의많은부분을목록작성에투입하고싶어지도록부추긴다.이는목록

구축이이른바모든형태의무형문화유산을다루는가시적인조치이고정치적으로매

11_퀘벡주무형유산위원회(Conseilquébécoisdupatrimoinevivant,CQPV)의조치를통해제안된법안의78.5조가

개정되었다.이는무형문화유산의‘지식’뿐아니라‘전승’과‘증진’(miseenvaleur)을위한재정지원을가능케

하기위한것이었다.

12_2010년이후,마시트위엇쉬(Mashteuiatsh)지역의이누족집단내에서식물표본에대한전통지식을분

류,수집,기록하는또다른목록화사업이진행중이다.이목록(Inventairedessavoirsetconnaissancesdes

Pekuakamiulnuatshsurlesplantesmédicinales)은이러한원주민들의살아있는유산을인정하고보호및증진하

고자한다(GéraldineLaurendeau,앙투완고티에(편집),앞서언급한책(2012년발간예정)참조).여기에서전통

지식의경우(특히사소멸위기에놓인지식이면서매우구체적인주제하에수집된경우)해당목록이효과적인

진흥,개발및전승캠페인의토대역할을할수있는상당한보존적차원을제공한다고추정해볼수있다.그

러나이런형태의‘소규모’자료수집은어떤면에서현장연구차원의체계적정보수집과유사하다..

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 304 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

305

력적인선택안이기때문이다.또한이를위해공공기관의행정구조와프로그램에변화

를줄필요가없는경우가많고,결과물이국제무대에서비교적비슷한형태로제시되

기때문이기도하다.그러나(2003년협약에규정된)무형문화유산의보호라는목표를

명심하고,이러한목표를기준으로목록작성을평가하는것이반드시필요하다.

Ⅲ. 캐나다의 무형문화유산 보호에 있어서의

국제적 네트워크의 역할

목록에관한정보교환(모범사례,방법론,기대효과,실제사용에관한통계자료

등)은국제적차원의무형문화유산보호에유용할것으로판단된다.현재각국은목록

을구축할의무가있으며무형문화유산보호협약이비교적최근(2006년)에발효되었기

때문이다.뿐만아니라,구체적인무형문화유산요소들과관련한사회경제적연구방법

및결과를비롯해무형문화유산의실행여건에영향을주기위해취해진공공행정조

치에관한정보를전세계적으로보급하는것도유익하다.뉴펀들랜드의제랄드포시어

스(GeraldPocius)교수의말을빌리면,“우리는무형문화유산정책을실행하고자노력

하는과정에서지속적으로다른나라의사례를통해배운다.”13따라서필자역시아태

무형유산센터가개최한이번전문가회의에서소개되는여러발표를경청하고자한다.

퀘벡주무형유산위원회(CQPV)는2011년4월퀘벡시에서‘무형문화유산지원조치:

정부,기관,지자체’라는주제로국제회의를개최했다.크리스틴생피에르(ChristineSt-

Pierre)퀘벡주문화부장관과마쓰우라고이치로전유네스코사무총장이자리한가

운데이행사는15개국이넘는나라에서참가한발표자들뿐아니라여러조직의리더,

지자체대표,교육분야전문가,무형문화유산관련연구자,예술가및장인에이르는

다양한인사를한데모았다.성공리에치러진이회의의목표는정부간,그리고무형문

화유산보호와관련된다른이해관계자들간의전문지식교류를촉진하는것이었다.

다른형태의지식교류사업도등장했다.예컨대라발대학교교수진은최근아이티

의국가적무형문화유산목록구축작업에서자문역할을맡았다.아이티교환학생들

13_GeraldPocius,“뉴펀들랜드앤래브라도의무형문화유산고찰”,무형문화유산업데이트2010년5월16일,Dale

Jarvis인용,앙투완고티에(편집),앞서언급한책(2012년발간예정).

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 305 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

Chapter III 306

역시라발대학교에초청되어연구활동을수행하고있다.평가를내리기에는아직이른

감이있지만이사업은국제협력에대한적극적바람을보여주는좋은사례임에분명

하다.

특히캐나다가유네스코의무형문화유산전담기관에공식적으로참여하고있지

않은상황에서,전문지식교류에더한국제협력과네트워크형성은캐나다에서무형문

화유산보호를뒷받침하는여러적극적조치를이끌어냈다.사실무형문화유산을위

해설립되는네트워크만이항상문화유산을보호하기위한조치를취하는것은아니

다.따라서공식적또는비공식적국제네트워크의창설은,예컨대퀘벡의전통음악인

들이새로운청중개발을통해유산활동을실천하면서살수있게해준다.이러한네트

워크의예로는민속연합(FolkAlliance)등의여러조직,축제네트워크,공개행사플랫

폼,음악학회,전문잡지,시상및상금등이있다.특히해당공동체나기존청중의규

모가크지않을때이러한예술형태로생계를유지하는것이가능해졌고,또한전문가

들이각자해당분야에서긍정적인모델의역할을할수있게됨에따라,관련공동체

내에서무형문화유산의실행이강화되는결과를가져온다.그러므로이처럼다양한네

트워크는무형문화유산과관련된공공기관행정담당자들이향후분석해볼만한흥미

로운대상이라할수있다.

무형문화유산과관련해퀘벡에서시작된두가지구상이국제무대에선을보였다.

먼저경제박물관(Economuseums)은작업장을문화공간으로탈바꿈시켰으며,이곳을

찾는방문객들은장인의작업노하우를관찰하고배우는동시에제작된상품도구입

할수있다.이시설의목표는‘생계로이어지는문화유산’을촉진하는데있다.이구상

은반론의여지가없을정도로성공적이었고수많은지역당국으로부터지원을받았

다.NGO로분류되는경제박물관네트워크는현재퀘벡에만36개시설이자리하며,캐

나다해안지역의몇몇주에도다수가있고노르웨이를중심으로한유럽에도7개시설

이있다.퀘벡의경우,이시설들은연간3,200만달러의수익을거두며매년60만명이

넘는관람객을유치하고있다.

세계의젊은음악가(Jeunesmusiciensdumonde)NGO는인도칼케리에서퀘벡출

신자들이소외계층아동을위한학교를연후에대대적으로알려졌다.이아동들은학

교에서기숙사생활을하면서특히음악에중점을둔양질의무료교육을받고있다.이

후이사업은원주민공동체하나를포함해퀘벡내4개지역에서확고히뿌리를내렸

다.빈곤지역청소년들은정규교과외의지역전통음악강의를접할수있는가능성이

생겼다.이사업은이운동에뜻을함께하는유명인사들이참여하는자선행사를통해

필요한자금의일부를충당하고있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 306 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

307

국제적제휴와협력을향한이모든노력은수많은NGO의신뢰성을강화하는역

할을했다.조직화된국제네트워크에적극적으로가입하는회원이많아짐에따라퀘

벡과캐나다전역에서NGO의정치적영향력도커졌다.때로는국제적명성과연결되

기도하는이러한인식향상은무형문화유산보호를위한협약에서명하도록캐나다

정부를압박할때큰자산이된다.마찬가지로,무형문화유산을둘러싼세계적합의는

캐나다국내에서이러한문화유산의증진을위해취해진정책과조치에확실한영향력

을행사했다.가령2003년협약이없었다면과연퀘벡이나뉴펀들랜드주가각기해당

정책내에이러한유형의문화유산을위한자리를마련했을지확신할수없다.유네스

코협약이존재한다는사실은곧지역적무형문화유산에대한조치를취해야할세계

적인필요성을입증하는증거가되며,협약에명시된국제적협력에대한요청은지극

히유의미하다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 307 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 308 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

부록토론 요약문

참가자 프로필

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 309 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 310 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

311

박성용유네스코아태무형유산센터정책사업본부장(이하본부장)은제주도를소개

하며유·무형유산및자연유산의보고(寶庫)라고말했다.이어회의에참석한전문가

들에게감사의말을전하고,이번회의는유네스코아태무형유산센터(이하센터)의기

능이라는주제를중심으로역내무형문화유산보호방안을논의하는자리임을강조했

다.또한이번회의가향후아태지역무형문화유산보호프로젝트의발전과역내협력

관계수립의밑거름이되기를바란다고피력했다.

센터이사회부회장으로선출된임돈희동국대학교석좌교수는귀빈들에게환영의

말을전하며제주도의독특한언어와문화를강조했다.또한‘제주칠머리당영등굿’을

비롯하여제주도가자랑하는유산들을특별히언급했다.임교수는이번회의가유익

한성과를거두기를바란다는말과함께환영사를마쳤다.

2011 아태지역 무형문화유산 전문가 네트워크 회의

2011년 11월 30일~12월 3일 제주, 대한민국

토론요약문

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 311 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

Appendix312

제1부

무형문화유산 보호 협약의 이행과 국제협력

제1부는인디애나대학교명예교수인로저자넬리교수가좌장을맡아진행하였다.

‘2003년무형문화유산보호협약과협약상의보호조치이행’을주제로한노리코아이

카와일본정책연구대학원교수의발표문과‘아태지역무형문화유산보호를위한센터

의협력활동방법론’을고찰한센터박성용정책사업본부장의발표문에대한토론이

진행되었다.

2003년 무형문화유산보호협약과 협약 상의 보호조치 이행

박성용본부장은아프리카의등재신청참여가낮은원인이무엇인지질문하였고,

아이카와교수는상당수의국가들이신청서를준비할역량이부족하며훈련이필요하

다고말했다.아디라투나부아부아피지교육국가유산문화예술청소년체육부중요문화

개발부장(이하문화개발부장)역시이의견에동의하며긴급보호목록신청서를심사할

때겪은경험을소개했다.라투나부아부아문화개발부장에따르면제출서류들은대체

로공동체참여를증명하는자료를포함하지않았거나유산종목을정확히표현하는

사진이부족했다.사무국은필수정보요건을충족하지못한신청서는심사에서제외

하고반송시킨다.아프리카의경우,긴급한보호를필요로하는유산들이분명존재하

지만신청서에포함된정보가매우미흡했다.라투나부아부아문화개발부장은역량구

축이중요한이유가바로여기에있다고언급하였다.

수다고팔라크리슈난인도사하피디아대표(이하대표)는걸작목록은탁월한가치

(outstandingvalue)라는개념을기준으로삼았지만무형문화유산대표목록은그렇지

않다고언급하였다.고팔라크리슈난대표는각당사국이제출한신청서를누가어떤기

준으로선택할것인지의문을제기하였고,선택된종목이대표성을가지지못할수도

있다고언급하였다.또한보호모범사례에대해서도아이카와교수는등재신청서관련

결정은개별정부가국가적차원에서진행하고있다고언급했다.또한보호모범사례와

관련하여8가지프로그램이현재마련되어있으며,모범사례로등재된프로젝트는반

드시지속적으로실행되어야한다고강조했다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 312 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

313

아태지역 무형문화유산 보호를 위한 센터의 협력 사업 방법론 고찰

아이카와교수는센터의목표가이사회에서쉽게바뀔수있는것이라면중장기목

표를제시할필요가있는지의문을제기했다.박성용본부장은센터의목표는그기능

에바탕을두고있으며,이와관련한문서를제공할것이라고말했다.이어센터는설

립목표에기반을둔협력프로젝트의구축을희망하며,정보제공과네트워킹이라는일

차적기능을수행함으로써회원국들이무형문화유산보호시스템과정책을마련할수

있도록직간접적으로지원할것이라고언급했다.

아마레쉬와르갈라교수는등재신청과정에서공동체역할의중요성에대해잘못

이해하고있는것이가장큰문제라고언급하며,정보의보급과역내협력관계구축을

위해협약의틀내에서어떤조치가취해지고있는지질문했다.

박성용본부장은한·중·일3개국에설립된센터들은각각의기능을가지고있으

며,센터는정보제공과네트워킹에역점을두고활동할것이며,단순히문서배포나관

련정보의웹사이트게시에그치지않고역내무형문화유산보호역량의강화라는주

요목표를이루기위해노력할것임을강조했다.또한관련기관,전문가,단체,공동체

사이에네트워크를구축하여논의할기회를제공하고회원국들이무형문화유산보호

문제를토론하도록지원해야한다고언급했다.

응우옌킴덩베트남문화체육관광부무형유산과장(이하과장)은과거베트남당국

과센터가공동으로수행한프로젝트들가운데일부를간략하게언급했다.그리고센터

가공식적으로유네스코카테고리2기구로지정된이후에도계속그와같은긴밀한협

력관계를이어갈것인지에대해질문했다.박성용본부장은베트남과긴밀한협력관계를

지속할것이며,모범사례를제시하여역량을강화할수있도록지원할것이라고말했다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장은응우옌과장에게베트남이빠르게성공을거둘

수있었던요인과역내다른국가들과자국의경험을공유할의사가있는지질문했다.

응우옌과장은관심있는참가자들에게관련정보를송부하겠다고전했다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 313 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

Appendix314

제2부

정보 시스템 구축: 지정, 기록, 아카이브

제2부는국제인클루시브박물관연구소아마레스와르갈라소장이좌장을맡아진

행하였다.헤수스페랄타필리핀국가문화예술위원회자문관이‘무형문화유산정보시

스템을위한데이터수집매개변수‘에대해발표하였으며,조앤오르MGS대표가자국

의사례를예로들어‘정보구축을위한확인및기록화지원’을발표하였다.이어서‘무

형문화유산보호를위한온라인데이터베이스와아카이브즈구축및관리’에대한함

한희전북대문화인류학과교수의발표와박필호뉴욕주변호사의‘무형문화유산연행

자들을위한지적재산권보호’에대한발표가이어졌다.마지막으로가우라만차차티타

디푸라의‘무형문화유산정보를통한무형문화유산보호및활용’에대한발표에이어

토론이시작되었다.

정보 시스템을 위한 무형문화유산 정보 생산과 수집

갈라교수는페랄타자문관의발표를통해각국대표들이자국의상황을돌이켜

볼수있었으며,센터의대표적인기능은정보공유를통해이러한과정들을소개하는

것이라고강조했다.토론시작에앞서갈라교수는목록공유의중요성을강조했다.수

집된데이터를공유하지않으면무용지물이되기때문이다.

소니윌리암스유네스코쿡아일랜드위원회사무총장(이하사무총장)은페랄타자

문관에게후드후드를포함하여걸작목록등재심사에제출하기위해선택되었던서사

시들이어떤형태로존재하는지물었다.지금도후드후드가불리고있다는내용을듣

자윌리암스사무총장은쿡아일랜드에서는그러한성가(scaredchants)가맥락과상관

없이불리고관광용으로시연되고있다며우려를표명했다.

후드후드전승이제대로되고있는지여부에대한아이카와교수의질문에대해페

랄타자문관은후드후드는전통적으로네가지행사에서연행되고이를통해주입식

으로전수되었었는데,현재는아이들에게직접전수하고있으며,전통적전승방식은

사라지는추세라고말했다.또한전통적으로주로여성들이노래를했지만,이제는남

녀구분없이노래를하고전통종교들이다른종교로대체되면서후드후드의종교적의

미는퇴색하여연행자들은종교적의미없이노래를부르고있다고하였다.

페랄타자문관은8년간의실패끝에성공적인프로그램이마련되었다고하면서

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 314 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

315

사회적상황에맞게방식을바꿔후드후드부르기경연대회를개최하면서노래의보호

및전승이포괄적으로이루어지고있다고설명했다.또한이런결과로작년도대상은

후드후드기예보유자인9살소녀에게돌아갔다고말했다.

갈라교수는저마다상황이다른만큼다양한이야기가나올수있지만,전승자는

유산보호를위한필수요소이며심지어9살짜리소녀도전승자가될수있다고강조하

였다.

자넬리교수는노래와전통종교의연관성이더이상존재하지않는다는사실을언

급하며종교와노래를결합시킬프로젝트가존재하는지에대해질문하였다.페랄타자

문관에따르면이푸가오족관련인류학적연구들은문화적변화에주목했는데,일부

종교는회생불능인것으로드러났다.페랄타자문관은이푸가오전사들의의식을재

현하려고노력했던과거경험을소개했다.이푸가오전사들은죽음에맞선다는의미로

방패와창을팔,다리,머리에두르고의식을치렀으며,경외와공포를자아내는이상

징물들을두른채벌판을달렸다.페랄타자문관과NCCA의노력은많은불만을야기

했다.그러나흡사한형태의의식이벌판에서쥐를몰아내기위해거행되었다는사실

이밝혀졌다.페랄타자문관과NCCA는그러한맥락에서주류가톨릭교에반하지않

는방법으로서의식을재현해도좋다는허가를받았다고답했다.

정보 구축을 위한 무형문화유산 지정 및 기록화 지원

박성용본부장은웹통합(webintegration)의중요성을지적한뒤오르대표에게컴

퓨터에취약한노인층이인터넷에접속할때겪는어려움등온라인시스템구축시직

면하는문제점들에대한질문을던졌다.

오르대표는‘스코틀랜드전쟁박물관’이라는사용자제작콘텐츠사이트의사례를

들며웹을통한참여는전세대에걸쳐나타나고있다고지적하고,공동체내기관들이

기술을도입하여활용하는추세가점차확대되고있다고말했다.오르대표는시스템

이완벽하지않고일부전통보유자들을누락시킬가능성도다분히존재하지만,공동

체내기관을통한참여는세대간협력을촉진할수있는기폭제가될것이라고강조

했다.또한어떤일이든항상문제에직면하기마련이라고말하며교육과공동체참여

의중요성을강조하였다.

수다고팔라크리슈난인도사하피디아대표는온라인목록의콘텐츠를카테고리화

할수있는지질문했다.또한위키기반의콘텐츠를체계화하고관리하는방법에관해

서도질문을했다.오르대표는일종의모델,즉무형문화유산보호협약에제시된기

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 315 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

Appendix316

준에근거한목록구축방식이존재한다고밝혔다.그녀는역량의한계로인해콘텐츠

조정이많이이루어지지않고있음을시인했다.그러나일반인차원에서정보수집이이

루어지기때문에콘텐츠의진정성이더욱강화될수있다고언급했다.아울러이프로

젝트는인식제고라는목표하에추진되고있다고덧붙였다.

함한희교수는본인이대표로있는기관역시일반인으로부터무형문화유산정보

를수집하고있기때문에이프로젝트에크게공감하고있다고밝혔다.함교수는전통

(tradition)과민속(folklore)이라는용어를사용하는서양인들에게무형문화유산이라는

생소한용어가어떻게받아들여지고있는지에관해물었다.덧붙여일반인들이무형문

화유산을어떻게배우고있는지에대해서도질문을던졌다.이에오르대표는살아있

는문화(livingculture)라는용어가사용되고있으며,무형문화유산의개념소개와더

불어사람들이이미하고있는것을보여주면서구체적으로설명하는2단계의설명방

식을채택하고있다고덧붙였다.오르대표는무형문화유산의개념이해가쉽게이루

어진까닭은스코틀랜드각공동체에깊숙이뿌리내린문화덕분이라고밝혔다.

함교수는자신의소속기관역시위키모델을사용하여데이터베이스를구축하

고있다며데이터베이스구축비용,관련기술자수및기술적인측면과관련된여러문

제들에대해구체적으로질문을던졌다.오르대표에따르면MGS프로젝트는세명의

정규직원이수행하는대학의연구프로그램으로출발하였다.소프트웨어는무료오

픈소스였다.해당대학에서연구를수행하던직원들은어느정도선에서콘텐츠를조

정하기도했지만주로공동체지원업무에중점을두었다.현재이프로젝트의관리는

MGS에서담당하고있으며,조정담당직원한명과이프로젝트의확대방안을연구

하는또다른직원한명이있다.MGS는또한위키계열사들과파트너십을맺어이프

로젝트를발전시킬수있는방법을지속적으로모색하고있다.오르대표는장기적으

로‘스코틀랜드전쟁박물관’과같은사이트구축을목표로하고있지만,현재매우빠

듯한예산으로프로젝트를가동하고있다고강조했다.

갈라교수는무형문화유산이라는말은공동체의언어로번역될필요가있다고강

조했지만,살아있는유산(livingheritage)이대다수공동체에게생소한개념이라는점도

지적했다.오르대표에게감사의인사를전하고두번째주제토론을마무리했다.

무형문화유산 보호를 위한 온라인 데이터베이스와 아카이브즈 구축 및 관리

오르대표는이치피디아와아카이브즈데이터베이스사이에양방향링크가존재

하는지의물었다.이에대해함교수는양방향링크는존재하나정보는대체로이치피

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 316 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

317

디아사이트에입력된뒤아카이브즈로옮겨간다고설명했다.또한아카이브즈에저

장된자료를이치피디아에서검색할수있도록만들계획이라고밝혔다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장은피지의많은섬에는전기가들어오지않아인터넷

활용이용이하지않다고언급하였으며,목록이아카이브구축에도움은되지만정보

가고착화될수있다며우려를표명했다.그녀는목록이관습의생명력을유지하는데

얼마나도움이되는지의문을제기했다.이에대해함교수는한국은오래전부터정보

를수집해왔으며심지어특별연구소까지설립했다고답했다.그러나유네스코가무형

문화유산에대한새로운개념을제시한이후한국정부는무형문화유산의보호에있

어유네스코협약이추구하는바가무엇인지를파악하는데어려움을겪었다.문화재

청은함교수팀에게무형문화유산관련정보수집방법에대한연구를요청했고,그결

과두가지방식을통합하여새로운시스템을만들어내기에이르렀다고설명했다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장은모든정보가기록되고있다는것은이해했지만

관습이어떻게활성화되는지에대한답변을듣지못했다고말했다.함교수는이러한

방식의기록은공동체들이취약한무형문화유산을활성화하도록장려한다고언급하

며답변을마무리했다.

박성용본부장은이치피디아는정보수집과무형문화유산의보호를위한포괄적인

작업으로그과정에서일부소멸된무형문화유산정보가존재할수있지만,연구팀은

주로공동체내에현재살아있는유산과관련된정보를수집하는데역점을두고있

다고지적했다.또한이프로젝트는초기단계에있으며,어느정도발전궤도에오르면

무형문화유산의가치를협약의방침에따라해당유산의생존력을바탕으로구분할것

이라고덧붙였다.

칼리드자바이드파키스탄국립민속전통유산연구소소장(이하소장)은연구팀의

구성과팀관리방법에대해질문했다.함교수는작년에는문화인류학과대학원생10

명,무형문화유산전문가,공동체구성원이연구에참가했다고답했다.올해는한국의

6개대학출신교수와대학원생들이포함되었다고답했다.

사비라솔통젤디에바유네스코키르기스스탄위원회문화담당관(이하문화담당관)

은이치피디아에등록된종목의수와이들의한국내분포현황에대해질문했다.함

교수는10,000건등록을목표로하고있으며,작년에5,000건,올해9,000건을등록했

다고답했다.등록된유산종목은한국의8개도(道)중6개도를근거지로하며,내년

에는나머지2개도를대상으로작업을착수할계획이라고덧붙였다.

아셀우떼제노바유네스코카자흐스탄위원회사무총장(이하사무총장)은정보의

편집과추가권한은누구에게있고,정보의신뢰성을확인하는작업은어떻게이루어

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 317 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

Appendix318

지는지질문했다.함교수는이시스템은초기단계이기때문에아직소수의인원에게

만개방되어있다고말했다.이어연구팀은보다큰공동체로확장해나가기위한작업

을진행중이며검토위원회가정보의신뢰성을검증할것이라고덧붙였다.

고티에대표는사이트에등록된유산종목의수와누가그정보를기록했는지는파

악할수있지만,사이트방문자수와그들의정보이용행태도확인가능한지물었다.

함교수는방문자수를파악하는방법은있으나정보이용행태까지추적할방법은현

재존재하지않는다고답했다.

아이카와교수는위키의정책이매우느슨한것을지적하며저작권문제를언급했

다.함교수는그녀의연구팀이저작권을가지고있으며,모든정보는상용목적으로

사용할경우를제외하고자유롭게사용가능하다고답했다.

응우옌과장은이시스템이베트남의무형문화유산목록작업에상당히유용할것

으로보인다고말하며금전적비용과시스템설립에필요한인원에대해물었다.함교

수는컴퓨터전문가한명을제외하고나머지는학생들로이루어져있다고답했다.문화

재청이프로젝트자금의일부를지원하고있다고밝혔다.

박성용본부장은이시스템은시범프로젝트이며목록이라기보다데이터베이스의

구축이라고보는것이타당하다고재차강조했다.많은면에서요건을충족하고는있지

만목록구축과정의전단계에불과하며연구팀이구축한데이터베이스라고보면무방

할것이라고말했다.

갈라교수는이번토론에서제기된두가지주요아이디어를신뢰성과저작권이라

고지적했다.위키피디아는유효한정보원으로여겨지지않는다.심지어학부수준에도

못미치는정보를제공하는경우도있다.그러나위키피디아는문화담론에대한의식을

일깨우기때문에인식제고에있어유용한툴이될수있다고갈라교수는지적했다.또

한제한적지식의제공이라는심각한문제도있다고언급했다.

무형문화유산 실연자들의 지적재산권 보호

페랄타자문관은전통유산이란수십년전에형성된것이고그세월을고려할때

유산은공공의영역에속하는것으로간주해야하며사전동의가필요없는것은아닌

지의문을제기했다.박필호변호사는모든것이공공의영역에속한다면소멸위험이

높아질것이라고지적하면서이문제는정책의문제로정책을통해유산보존의기준을

수립해야한다고말했다.갈라교수는‘원주민권리선언(DeclarationontheRightsof

IndigenousPeoples)’의초안을작성하고최종선언문을채택하는과정에서관습법에명

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 318 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:00

319

시된원주민의유산보유권이가장논란이되었던이슈라며볼리비아,바누아투,남아프

리카공화국의사례들을추가로제시했다.

갈라교수는응우옌과장에게문화유산법개정후베트남은지적재산권문제를어

떻게처리하고있는지질문했다.응우옌과장은저작권문제는여전히복잡한문제를

야기하고있으며,2001년이후구체적인논의가이루어지지않고있다고답했다.

고팔라크리슈난대표는공연기록물의경우저작권이시청각기록을담당한기록

자에게있다고언급했다.그녀는이어저작권공유와무형문화유산보유자및기록물

소유자의권리에적용할수있는메커니즘의여부에대해질문했다.박필호변호사는

이문제는현재법체계로해결할수있다고답했다.현행법상저작권은연행자가아닌

기록자에게있다.따라서연행자의권리를보호하기위해서는특정혜택의공유를명

시하는등사전동의가이루어져야한다.또다른방법으로는이문제를직접적으로다

룰수있는새로운법을제정하여연행자에게명확하게권리를부여하는것이다.

박성용본부장은무형문화유산분야의지적재산권은현행법체계내에서해결될

수없기때문에문제가발생하는것이라며,센터의기능중하나가무형문화유산연행

자와창작자의지적재산권을강화하는것이기때문에최근센터는무형문화유산관련

정보관리와전문기관의지식재산을다루는공동프로젝트에착수했다고밝혔다.

아이카와교수는지적재산권관련문제는WIPO에넘기고더이상논의하지말자

고언급했다.그이유는무형문화유산의권리라는관점에서지적재산권문제는1973년

부터제기되어왔지만해결책이제시된경우가전무하기때문이다.또한등재신청서뿐

만아니라협약당사국이6년마다제출하는정기보고서에도유산기록과정에서지적

재산권을보호하기위해취한조치들을명시해야한다고주장했다.등재신청서와정기

보고서는보유자를보호하기위해지적재산권을분명히언급해야할필요가있다.

함한희교수에따르면한국의경우자금지원기관과기록자사이에또다른형태의

문제가있다.자금지원기관이모든권리와혜택을취하고자한다는것이다.박필호변

호사는이와같은문제는자금지원자와수취자사이의동의를통해해결해야할사안

이지공정한사용또는저작권영역에서다룰성격의것이아니라고답했다.

윌리암스사무총장은태평양지역의6개국이WIPO와기타지역기관,그리고유네

스코의지원을받아독특한전통지식관련법을제정하는와중에있다고언급했다.

2~3년전부터태평양지역에서는지적재산권문제가주요이슈로부각되어왔다며쿡

아일랜드의회는다음회기에서전통지식관련법의첫번째심의를실시할예정이라고

말했다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장에따르면피지는모든국가에적용가능한모델법

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 319 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

Appendix320

(modellaw)을바탕으로목록작성을시작했다.모델법은무형문화유산보호협약에앞

서채택된것으로피지를비롯한일부태평양도서국가들은모델법을목록작성을위한

기본체계로삼았다.피지는목록작성을시작하면서공동체와그소유물을존중하라

는모델법의규정에따라공동체소유권을기록하였다.피지의국민들은대부분작은

공동체에살고있는원주민이기때문에원소유주에게소유권을부여할수있었다.기

록자들은주로장식용무늬와상징물에집중하여그유형을파악하고,그과정에서소

유자들을확인했다.지금까지의기본작업덕분에법안제출이목전에다다랐다.

우떼제노바사무총장은카자흐스탄의회가독일의한기업가가보유한카자흐스

탄전통음료제조특허와관련된문제를언급했다.그녀는박필호변호사에게전통요리

에대한특허보유가적법한것인지프랑스요리가무형문화유산목록에등재된사실

과관련하여의견을듣고자했다.박필호변호사는전통음료제조특허문제는법정에

서결정해야할사안이라며특허취득을위해제품은새롭거나참신해야한다고덧붙

였다.또한그기준이모호하고각국의시스템이모두다르기때문에,한국가에서특

허를취득했다고해서다른국가에서도특허취득이가능한것은아니라고지적했다.

아이카와교수는프랑스요리가목록에등재된것은요리법이아닌사회적관습으로서

인정을받았기때문이라며2005년에는요리법에치중하는바람에등재신청이거부되

었지만,2010년재신청과정에서사회적관습속성이부각되면서무형문화유산으로등

재될수있었다고덧붙였다.

정보를 통한 무형문화유산 보호와 활용

갈라교수는인도네시아는인식제고를위한많은혁신적인방법과체계화된접근법

을활용하고있으며,특히무형문화유산과관련된만화책을출판하여배포하는것은좋

은방법이라고말했다.그는멕시코역시만화책을활용하여보호활동을펼쳤는데,인터

폴및고등학교들과협력하여보호활동을전개하였으며만화책을읽은학생들이지역사

회의경찰이되어문화재관련범죄를줄이는데일조할수있도록했다고설명했다.

갈라교수는무형문화유산의보호를위한모든상황을다일일이관리할수는없

기때문에체계화된접근법이필요하다고말했다.그는2003년채택된무형문화유산보

호협약은단순한조약이아니며,지난한과정을거친끝에지금의위치에이르게된것

이라고말했다.국제협력과배경지식을담고있는협약이기에협약에관한기본문서를

일독하는것이중요하다고거듭강조했다.

오르대표는요점을분명하게제시하면서기본에충실하라는접근법을알려주어

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 320 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

321

매우유익했다고말했다.박성용본부장역시이발표를통해많은참가자들이전체적

인그림을그릴수있게되었다고말했다.이어비록다른국가의상황에맞지않을수

도있지만,구체적인프로그램과활동사례들을접하는것이무엇보다중요하다고언급

했다.박본부장은만차차리타디푸라차장의발표를통해개인,공동체는물론국가와

지역에이르는모든무형문화유산보호주체들이협력하는것이얼마나중요한지다시

금깨닫게되었다고덧붙였다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장은모범사례가아닌문제사례를제시하는접근법이

매우좋았다고말하며몇가지사례를더요청했다.만차차리타디푸라차장은2009년

에이에대해강연을했다며문제사례중하나는바로배타적인조치를취하는일이라

고말했다.또다른사례는공동체의참여를배제하거나정부관료가공동체유산에

대해전권을휘두르는것과같은하향식접근법이라고말했다.또한많은등재신청서가

접수되지않고되돌아오는이유는공동체참여를입증하는충분한자료가없기때문

이라고말했다.디지털데이터에전적으로의존하는것도불량사례의하나라고지적하

고문화정보통합시스템이라는인도네시아의대규모프로젝트사례를소개했다.컴퓨터

데이터베이스에저장된데이터가어느날시스템붕괴로모두소실되어수년간의연구

기록이한순간에날아가버린불상사가발생했다며데이터백업의중요성에대해서도

언급했다.

갈라교수는등재신청서가접수되지않는이유와관련하여가장큰문제는만차차

리타디푸라차장이말했듯이협약이행방안이나제반사항을제대로파악하지도못

한채신청서를남발하는것이라고지적하면서.이러한상황이가장흔한문제사례라

고말했다.그는당사국들이협약이행역량을갖출때까지등재신청서제출을자제해

야할것이라고주장했다.에티오피아의사례를언급하며,이는비단에티오피아한나

라의문제라고만볼수없다고강조했다.

로타키문화담당관은불완전한등재신청서제출과관련하여본인의경험을전했

다.아울러접수불가판정을받았지만,그원인을알고다시제출할수있게된것이

소득이라고말했다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 321 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

Appendix322

제3부


제3부는한국외국어대학교국제학과박상미교수가좌장을맡아진행하였다.‘정보

구축에있어NGO의참여와협력’에대한수다고팔라크리슈난인도사하피디아대표

의발표와‘소지역·지역차원에서의무형문화유산이해당사자간협력강화’를다룬아

이카와노리코유네스코아피아사무소문화담당관의발표에이어앙투완고티에캐나다

퀘벡주무형유산위원회대표가‘캐나다의무형유산:정치적맥락,보호조치,국제협력’

을발표하였으며이어서토론이진행되었다.

인도 NGO의 정보 구축 참여와 협력

함한희교수는한국의경우NGO활동이제한적이며,정부주도로무형문화유산

보호활동이이루어지고있다면서고팔라크리슈난대표에게마르기(Margi)라는인도의

NGO가어떻게인도의첫번째인류구전및무형유산걸작으로선정된유산의신청서

를마련하고제출하는기관으로지목되었는지그배경에대해질문했다.고팔라크리슈

난대표는파리에서만난아이카와교수가그녀에게걸작선정프로그램에대해알려

주면서신청서준비를권했다고말했다.두달간의준비과정을거친뒤고팔라크리슈난

대표를비롯한여러전문가들은신청서를서둘러정리하여신청절차에대해제대로알

지도못하던인도문화부에제출했다.이렇게하여마르기가신청서준비과정에참여

할수있었던것이다.고팔라크리슈난대표에따르면,이제는무형문화유산관련프로

그램에대한이해도가높아졌기때문에신청서를비롯한모든제출서류를정부가취급

하고있지만,여전히NGO에게많은자문을구하고있다고덧붙였다.

로타키문화담당관은인도의학교들이사하피디아에저장된정보를학생들이이용

할수있도록허가하고있는지질문했다.고팔라크리슈난대표는최근교육부에게요청

서를제출했고,그결과6,500개의중·고등학교가콘텐츠업그레이드와생성을위해사

하피디아에접속할수있게되었고현재학생과교사들이활발히참여하고있다고설

명했다.

고티에대표는무형문화유산보호활동에참여하는NGO가늘어나면서분산화

정책은매우시의적절한것으로보인다고말했다.이어인도는영토가매우큰국가이

므로중앙기관인문화부가현장연구를모두지휘할수없으며,따라서중앙정부와지

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 322 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

323

방정부간의긴밀한협력이필요한데이러한협력체계가인도에수립되었는지질문했

다.고팔라크리슈난대표에따르면국가차원의업무를관장하는중앙의부서가존재

하지만,각주를관장하는주정부가서로긴밀한관계를유지하고있으며연구소와산

하부서에직접적으로자금을지원하고있다.뿐만아니라인도전역에위치한수많은

NGO역시위의기관들과협력관계를맺고있다.중앙정부와지방정부및NGO가거

미줄처럼복잡한네트워크를형성하고있다.

박성용본부장은사하피디아가보여준놀라운기능에찬사를보내며향후센터

의활동에있어참고할만한모델이될것이라고말했다.또한규모가나날이커지면서

NGO가무형문화유산보호활동에영향력을행사하는대표적인주체로자리잡았다고

언급했다.그에따르면무형문화유산보호협약은민주적절차를중시하고있으며,따

라서당사국들이NGO와공동체가보호활동에참여하도록독려할것을강력히권고

하고있다.박본부장은고팔라크리슈난대표에게인력과금전자원의소모측면에서

볼때사하피디아운영의가장큰문제는무엇인지질문했다.고팔라크리슈난대표는

개발단계를벗어나지못한플랫폼,시스템운영상의어려움,방대한콘텐츠를꼽았다.

그러나사하피디아는운좋게도다른기관들과파트너십을맺어자금지원을받고있다.

아직은초기단계이기때문에박본부장의질문에직접적으로답할수없었지만자금

압박의문제가크다고고팔라크리슈난대표는덧붙였다.

만차차리타디푸라차장은두가지이슈를제기했다.첫째,고팔라크리슈난대표가

내린NGO의정의와달리,유네스코가내린NGO의정의에따르면NGO는일정수준

의국제적역량,법인격등을갖추어야한다는점을지적했다.인도네시아에는수천개

의공동체기반NGO가존재하지만,유네스코의기준에따른다면소수에불과할것이

라고말했다.그는고팔라크리슈난대표에게인도의상황에대해보다상세히설명해줄

것을요청했다.둘째,대본작가나감독의경우가아니라면등재신청을위한영상물제

작은까다로운작업이라고말하며이에대한고팔라크리슈난대표의의견을물었다.고

팔라크리슈난대표는인도에는매우다양한유형의NGO가존재하기때문에첫번째

질문에답하기가매우어렵지만한가지기준이있다면반드시비영리단체만NGO로

인정받을수있다고대답했다.그의설명에따르면이단체들은또한등록된협회로서

자격을가져야한다.매우다양한분야에포진하고있기때문에공통의기준을적용하

기란쉽지않다.영상물제작과관련된두번째질문에대해서는그작업이매우까다

롭다는의견에동의하면서운이좋게도영상물전문제작자를섭외하여비교적순조

롭게작업을진행했다고설명했다.

박상미교수는유네스코기준의맥락에서NGO에대해좀더자세히설명해줄참

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 323 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

Appendix324

석자가있는지좌중에게의사를물었다.페랄타자문관은NGO는공동체라고볼수

있지만공동체에대한보편적인정의를이끌어내지는못하고있다고주장했다.따라서

계속해서변화하는기준에따라상황에맞게NGO를정의해야한다고말했다.

아이카와교수는NGO에대한유네스코의인식에대해설명했다.공식인가를받

은소수의국제NGO가유네스코와다양한수준의관계를맺고있으며,ICOM과같은

NGO는유네스코의후원으로설립된것이다.선언문의경우,유네스코와특별한관계

에있는이러한국제NGO들이심사한다.무형문화유산보호협약제9조에는유네스

코의정신에따라NGO가심사를담당한다고명시되어있다.그리고운영지침이작성

될당시,인도는NGO만이협약문구에명시된것에이의를제기했고,NGO가없거나

소수인국가들에게불공평한처사가아니냐고지적했다.인도는심사자격이있는전

문기관과개별전문가들을포함하고자했다.그결과,유네스코는NGO란모든유형

의NGO,기관및단체를포괄하는것으로보게되었다.

지역·소지역 차원에서의 무형문화유산 이해당사자 간 협력 강화

고티에대표는다카하시문화담당관이제시한인간문화재제도(LHTS)를언급하며

이것을채택한국가들이있는지물었다.고티에대표는LHTS가캐나다에는없는제도

이기때문에매우생소하다고말했다.박상미교수는다른참석자들에게도같은질문

을던졌다.박성용본부장은LHTS로인해무형문화유산보호제도가한층더강화되

었다고말했다.그에따르면일부국가들은이미1950년대와1960년대에무형문화유산

관련법을개정하여일찍부터보호조치를마련했다.그후1990년대에이르러유네스코

의활동범위안에서LHTS를확대하자는제안이제기되었다.당시이제안은상당한

논란을일으켰는데유형및부동산문화재를보다우선시하는경향이강했기때문이

다.그러나결국LHTS를받아들이는쪽으로결론이났고당사국들에게이제도를전

파하여수용하도록했다.LHTS는제도적차원의보호활동을강화하기위한대표적인

프로젝트라고할수있을것이다.나아가무형문화유산보호협약의이념에따른당사

국들의정책과법안이늘어난것도LHTS확대와일맥상통한다고볼수있다.

만차차리타디푸라차장은LHTS와유사하지만규모는보다작은인도네시아의마

에스트로프로그램(MaestroProgramme)에대해간략히언급했다.이프로그램에따라

정부는무형문화유산보유자와연행자를공식인정하고인증서와금전적지원을제공

한다.

아이카와교수는LHTS에대한평가가어떻게이루어지고있는지에대해질문했다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 324 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

325

함한희교수는한국에서는먼저무형문화재지정이이루어진후지정된보유자가평가

를받는다고설명했다.무형문화유산은다양한의미를가지고있으며,LHTS는유네스

코의긴급보호목록과유사하다고언급하며1960년대한국의무형문화재지정절차에

대해소개했다.당시급격한경제개발과산업화로인해한국의민속을포함한전통무

형문화유산과생활양식이급속히쇠퇴하고있었다.때문에한국정부는연극과공연

등특정문화항목을보호대상으로선정하였으나,연극이나노래의맥을이어공연할

사람이턱없이부족했다.따라서이러한공연들에관한지식을보유하고있는사람들

중에서가장권위있는사람을인간문화재로지정하기에이르렀다.인간문화재로지정

된사람은후대에본인이보유한지식을전수할의무가있으며,이는긴급한보호를필

요로하는무형문화유산을보호하는하나의방식으로자리잡았다.함교수는이것이

한국의무형문화재지정제도의기본개념이라고설명했다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장은다카하시문화담당관에게감사를표하며소지역,

지역및국제적차원의활동이서로연관되어있다는사실이무엇보다흥미롭다고말

했다.그녀는전문가네트워크회의의개최는다차원협력관계의표징이며,협력관계를

공고히하는계기가된다고언급했다.이어본주제인LHTS와관련하여라투나부아부

아문화개발부장은센터가역내다양한인간문화재현황을웹사이트에게시해줄수

있는지여부를물었다.많은국가들이시행하고있는LHTS관련제도를본보기로삼

을수도있기때문이었다.박성용본부장은센터가이와관련된프로젝트를추진할계

획이며,현재관련정책과법체계를파악하는조사작업을실시하고있다고밝혔다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장은4년마다열리는태평양예술축제(PacificArts

Festival)를포함하여소지역차원에서앞으로열리게될축제들에관해언급했다.이어

이들축제는무형문화유산보호협약관련정보를축제에참가하는예술가,창작자,제

작자등에게제공할수있는좋은기회이기때문에,센터가이들축제를서로연계시킬

수있는지그여부를물었다.박성용본부장은축제관련정보를제공해준라투나부아

부아문화개발부장에게감사를표했다.그는센터가축제개최전과축제기간동안네

트워크를형성하도록지원할수있기를바란다고덧붙였다.아울러축제관계자와어떻

게연락을취해야하는지추가정보를알려달라고요청했다.마지막으로축제와관련

하여협력할수있는사안들을논의해보고싶다고의견을피력했다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 325 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

Appendix326

캐나다의 무형유산-정치적 맥락, 보호 조치, 국제 협력

만차차리타디푸라차장은왜목록이필요한지에대해설명했다.그는목록을만드

는사람이면누구나그런질문을하게된다고말했다.본질적으로소유물은보관할필

요가있다.그렇지않으면그것을보호할방법이없기때문이다.만차차리타디푸라차

장은돈을예로들어비유했다.가지고있는돈을여기저기조금씩두다보면몇년뒤

그돈이어디로갔는지알지도못한채수중에아무것도남지않게된다는것이다.무

형문화유산도마찬가지이다.어떤유산이어디에있는지알지못하면결국그유산은

사라지게될것이라고강조했다.

아이카와교수는고티에대표의발표를통해경제발전과무형문화유산의관계라

는중요한측면에서새로운인식을얻게되었다고말했다.그녀는모든회의참석자들

에게유네스코의중기프로그램은다카하시문화담당관이언급했듯이새천년개발목표

(MDGs)달성에초점이맞춰져있다고지적했다.새천년개발목표에는문화가직접적으

로언급되어있지않지만,유엔은여러서면결의를통해문화의중요성을인정하고있

음을보여주고있다.유네스코의일순위목표는발전이다.세계유산과무형문화유산을

포함한모든문화적활동을통해궁극적으로발전을이룩하려는것이다.아이카와교

수는모든참석자가이목표를다시한번상기하기를바란다고말했다.박상미교수는

최근부산에서열린국제회의에서문화가지속가능한발전에있어중요한요소로대

두되었다고언급했다.

박성용본부장은무형문화유산의보호에있어새로운관점,지식,경험을공유하

는자리를마련하기위해고티에대표와오르대표를아태지역회의에초대했다고말했

다.그는참가자들에게어제체결한양해각서의주요목적은정보교류에있어국제협

력을공고히하고,협약당사국들이다른지역에서관련이슈들이어떻게처리되는지

배울수있는기회를제공하기위함이라고밝혔다.

윌리암스사무총장은쿡아일랜드에서는무형문화유산의목록작성이오랫동안주

요이슈로다루어져왔다면서유대인의역사가알고싶으면성경을사면되지만,쿡아

일랜드의역사는알고싶어도그것을알수있는방법이없다는어느노인의말을인용

했다.여러개의섬으로구성된쿡아일랜드는단일문화에서다문화사회로변화하는

과정중에있어무형문화유산이소실될위험이매우크다.뿐만아니라최근전세계

경제상황의악화로전통적인배건조및항해방법을유지해야할필요성이더욱커졌

다.이는무형문화유산을통한지속가능한발전의한유형을보여주는것이며,목록

을작성해야하는이유와도밀접한연관이있다고강조했다.

라투나부아부아문화개발부장은먼저고티에대표와오르대표의소속기관들이

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 326 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

327

공식적인비정부기관으로인가받은것에대해축하의말을전했다.그녀는정부관점

에서통계와목록작성작업의중요성에대해언급하고,다민족공동체내소수민족의

무형문화유산을보호하는노력에대해고티에대표와다른참석자들의의견을듣고자

했다.이어목록은영구적인기록물이기때문에공동체를공식인정하는방법으로중

요한의미를가진다고말했다.고티에대표는목록작성에반대하는것은아니지만,앞

으로누가어떤목적으로목록을활용할지따져봐야한다고말했다.소수민족에대해

서는캐나다에두부류의시민이존재한다는사실을제시하여설명했다.캐나다는특

권을누리는원주민과나머지사람들로이루어져있다.따라서소수민족을다루는여

러가지방법이있으나,대부분비정부단체의소관으로행해진다.

페랄타자문관은목록이란단순히유산의이름을짓거나나열하는것이아니라고

말했다.가장중요한것은목록에유산의실연과정이포함되어야한다는것이라며바

구니제조를사례로들었다.한개의바구니를없애면그냥바구니한개가없어진것

이지만,바구니제조과정을없애거나누락하면앞으로바구니는존재하지않게될것

이다.페랄타자문관은따라서목록을작성할때과정의기록에도관심을두어야한다

고지적했다.고티에대표는목록을통한과정의전승은바람직하나목록활용의주체

가누구인지고려해야한다고말했다.홍보를위한사이트와정보를제공하기위한사

이트제작은엄연히다른문제이기때문이다.

전체토론: 아태지역 무형문화유산의 보호를 위한 공동 의제 채택

전체토론은박성용본부장이좌장을맡아진행하였다.서기는아디메레투이투

보우라투나부아부아문화개발부장이담당했다.라투나부아부아문화개발부장은3일

간개최된회의내용을바탕으로보고서초안을작성했으며,참가자들이제출한아태

지역협력을위한제안사항을정리했다고밝혔다.참가자들이제출한제안사항의발표

에앞서네트워크회의내용을간략히요약했다.

다음은회의참석자들이센터의향후업무와관련하여제출한제안사항들이다.

1. 제도적 차원에서 센터의 역할

제1회이사회회의에서결정된단기및중장기전략의우선순위에대한정보를

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 327 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

Appendix328

제공하고,이정보에대해센터협력기관들과의견을교환한다.

2. 해당 공동체, 단체, 개인 간의 네트워크를 구축하여 무형문화유산의

전승과 보급을 강화한다. 이를 위해 지역 및 국제적 차원에서 공개 행

사와 회의를 개최한다.

중국,일본및이란에있는다른카테고리2기구들과관련하여센터의역할을

분명히규정하고,기능및우선순위활동측면에서기관간의차이점을간략히

명시하여문서로제공한다.또한정보네트워크를통해교류한다.

동일한또는유사한공동문화유산을가진사람들이공동의관심사를바탕으

로네트워킹과정보공유를할수있도록소지역차원에서회의를개최한다.

3. 정보 및 지식의 교류를 위해 지역 및 국제적 차원의 네트워크를 강화

한다.

아태지역및기타지역의비정부단체,협약이행당사국및협약비준예정국등

전략적협력주체들과국제적차원에서네트워킹및정보공유를강화한다.

정보교환소의역할을하는동시에각국및역내정보를포괄적으로다루는데

이터베이스를구축한다.데이터베이스에는국가정보,문화적특성과관습,보호

조치,시청각자료,인터뷰및기록과관련된기타자료등을저장한다.

4. 데이터베이스 구축을 통한 무형문화유산 자료의 효과적 관리, 무형문

화유산 현황조사 및 기록작업 지원, 기록자료의 보존과 디지털화, 메

타데이터 표준 개발을 지원하기 위해 정보체계를 수립한다.

협약당사국들과의파트너십을통해전문가,아태지역공동체기반기관,단체,

개인및네트워크지도를작성한다.

5. 무형문화유산의 보급을 위해 축적된 자료를 바탕으로 관련 정보 및 홍

보자료를 제작·배포한다. 목록, 등재신청서 및 정보자료를 위해 제작

된 기록물에 참여한 무형문화유산 연행자와 창작자의 지적재산권 보

장을 추진한다.

무형문화유산그리고/또는전통지식및문화표현물보호법사례를게시한

WIPO나기타지적재산권관련기관사이트에센터의웹사이트를연동시키자는

논의가있었다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 328 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

329

솔통젤디에바문화담당관은센터가다른카테고리2기구들도회의,학회및기타

활동에참여하도록독려해야한다고제안했다.박성용본부장은많은관계자들을초청

했지만,시간이허락지않아일부는참석하지못했다고언급했다.

갈라교수는발리에서개최된6차정부간위원회회의에서활용된기술을언급하며

센터회의영상을라이브스트리밍방식으로전송하여참석하지못한사람들에게회의

에서제시된정보를전달하자고제안했다.박성용본부장은실시간영상전송은가능

하나비용이문제라고말했다.갈라교수는일부국가에서는비용이많이들지만,한국

은이미충분히하드웨어를갖추고있으므로불가능한일은아닐것이라고말했다.박

성용본부장은이와관련하여조치를취하고비용문제도고려해보겠다고답했다.

회의를종료하기에앞서,박성용본부장은이번회의의진행에있어서매우중요한

역할을담당한라투나부아부아피지문화개발부장에게고마움을표시하고,회의가성

공적으로개최될수있도록협조해준모든참가자들에게감사를전하며폐회를선언

하였다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 329 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 330 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

331

참가자 프로필

제1부

2003년 유네스코 무형문화유산보호협약의 이행과 국제 협력

좌장

로저 자넬리(Roger L. Janelli)

인디애나주블루밍턴소재인디애나대학교에서민속학과민속음악과및동아시아언어

와문화학과명예교수로재직(1975~2007)했다.1965년에조지타운대학교에서학사학위를,

1965~1975년펜실베니아대학교에서박사,문학석사(MA),이학석사(MS)및MBA학위를받

았으며,1978년한국연세대학교한국어학당과정을수료했다.『조상의례와한국사회(Ancestor

WorshipandKoreanSociety)』와『자본주의구성:한국재벌의사회적문화적구성(Making

Capitalism:TheSocialandCulturalConstructionofaSouthKoreanConglomerate)』을공동

저술하였다.또한『한국의인류학:동아시아의관점(TheAnthropologyofKorea:EastAsian

Perspectives)』을공동으로편저하는등문화에대한수많은논문을발표해왔다.동경대학교,고

등사회과학연구원(EHESS)및UC버클리대학교등유수대학들에서초빙교수를역임했다.

아이카와 노리코(Aikawa Noriko)

불문학,예술사,사회인류학을전공했으며현재일본국립정책연구대학원및국제관계대학교

초빙교수로재직하고있다.2009년12월까지유네스코문화분과위원회부사무총장자문위원으

로활동했다.유네스코무형문화유산과장으로서무형문화유산보호를위한국제협약의탄생부

터발전에이르기까지모든과정에참여했다.아시아와유럽에서집필한무형문화유산관련논문

및서적이출판되었다.

박성용

현재유네스코아태무형유산센터정책사업본부장으로재직하면서,문화재청문화재위원회

전문위원과중앙대학교아시아문화학부비교민속학과겸임교수로활동중이다.‘아시아태평양

지역의무형문화유산가브넌스연구’에관한논문으로호주퀸즐랜드대학교에서문화유산학박

사학위를받았다.유네스코한국위원회의문화유산담당자로다년간근무했으며,그리피스대학교

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 331 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

Appendix332

(브리스번)문화예술대학에서선임연구원(‘04~’06)을역임하기도했다.유네스코의무형문화유산

보호협약(2003)초안작성과정에서정부전문가로활동한바있는그는문화유산분야다양한학

술및정책연구사업수행과관련논문을집필한바있다.

제2부

정보 시스템 구축 - 지정, 기록, 아카이브

좌장

아마레스와르 갈라(Amareswar Galla)

인도뉴델리소재자와할랄네루대학교에서수학한갈라교수는문화전문가이며,호주최

초의박물관학교수로서브리스번퀸즈랜드대학교에서교편을잡고있다.박물관,지속가능한

유산발전,문화를통한빈곤퇴치분야에서국제적명성이높다.현재국제인클루시브박물관연

구소소장직을맡고있다.인류발전의문화적다양성을위한아태관측소(UNESCOPacificAsia

ObservatoryforCulturalDiversityinHumanDevelopment)및국제박물관협의회교차문화태스

크포스(ICOMCrossCulturalTaskForce)창립위원장과유네스코세계문화발전위원회수석자문

위원,국제박물관협의회부회장을역임했다.태평양도서국가박물관협회이사직을겸임하고있으

며,「국제저널인클루시브박물관」,「국제저널무형유산」,「국제저널환경,문화,경제,사회적지속

가능성」등지속가능한유산발전을주제로하는학술지의편집장으로활동하고있다.

헤수스 페랄타(Jesus T Peralta)

화가,시인,사진작가인동시에수필가이자극작가로활약하고있다.필리핀마닐라소재산

토토마스대학교와필리핀국립대학교에서수학했으며UC데이비스에서인류학박사학위를취득

했다.오랜세월몸담아온문학과예술및문화보호에대한공로를인정받아수많은상을수상

했다.전문적인역량을발휘하며필리핀국립박물관제3관장을역임한바있으며현재필리핀국

가문화예술위원회의자문관을맡고있다.또한인류무형문화유산대표목록으로등재된필리핀

전통서사시후드후드(Hudhud)보호를위한유네스코프로젝트의프로그램책임자이다.

조앤 오르(Joanne Orr)

스코틀랜드박물관갤러리에서지난5년간대표직을맡아왔다.20년넘게공공및민간부문

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 332 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:01

333

양쪽에서유산,문화,관광산업과관련한다양한직책을맡아자문과개발업무를담당하며실무

경험을쌓았다.2010년게티재단이후원하는박물관리더십인스티튜트졸업후,더럼대학교경

영대학원에서경영학석사학위를취득하였으며,레스터대학교,맨체스터메트로폴리탄대학교,

버밍엄대학교에서역사,산업고고학,박물관학을공부했다.유네스코스코틀랜드위원회창립위

원장,유네스코영국위원회위원장,영국국가위원회문화분과위원으로활약하고있다.더럼카운

티카운슬의문화서비스부위원장과칼리슬시티카운슬의튤리저택박물관아트갤러리관장으

로재직한바있다.

함한희

전북대학교문화인류학교수로재직중이며,컬럼비아대학교에서인류학석사학위와박사학

위를취득했다.2010년부터문화재청이재정지원하는무형문화유산온라인조사등여러연구

프로젝트에참여하고있으며,한국의남서해안지역을중심으로어부와어촌,지역정보에대한

광범위한연구활동을수행하며학문적으로기여하고있다.현재한국구술사연합회와역사문화

학회,20세기민중생활사연구센터의책임자로서활발한활동을벌이고있다.

박필호

뉴욕주박로펌(ParkLawFirmPLLC)창단멤버로지적재산권전문변호사로활동하고있

다.2008년로펌을설립하기전에는위스콘신법학전문대학내동아시아법연구센터에서비교문화

연구및지적재산권분야의강사이자독립연구원으로활동했다.1988년에서부터1998년까지세

계보건기구소속으로필리핀마닐라에서근무하며다양한직책을맡아폭넓은경험과지식을쌓

았다.위스콘신대학교에서법학석사과정은면제받고법률과학박사학위를취득했으며블루밍턴

소재인디애나대학교에서비교법학석사학위를받았다.필리핀마닐라소재산토토마스대학교에

서시민권리법석사과정을,그리고남아프리카프레토리아소재남아프리카대학교에서헌법및

국제법석사학위를위한추가이수과정을밟은바있다.

가우라 만차차리타디푸라 (Gaura Mancacaritadipura)

다년간인도네시아전통인형극‘달랑’을연구한기능보유자이다.현재달랑전문가이자문화

전문가로활동하고있다.1973년부터인도네시아,일본,인도의문화와문학에대한연구를수행

하며저술활동을활발히펼치고있다.또한유네스코,박물관,무형문화유산,문화적다양성관

련협약등에대한다양한책과논문을번역했다.현재인도네시아국립크리스사무국부회장이

며문화관광국과KADIN인도네시아재단,유네스코인도네시아위원회,문화연구발전센터의자문

가로활약하고있다.유네스코및문화관광부와협력하여무형문화유산등재신청서및기타무

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 333 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:02

Appendix334

형문화유산관련자료작성및유네스코협약비준을위한보호활동과다양한프로젝트를통한

복지부와의협력등활발한활동을펼치고있다.

제3부


좌장

박상미

현재한국외국어대학교국제학부장이자문화인류학교수다.1986년서울대학교에서인류

학학사학위를받은후하버드대학교에서문화인류학석사(1992)와박사(1994)학위를취득했다.

2007년1월부터12월까지하버드대학교인류학과객원학자로재직했다.동아시아맥락에서문화

와국제화,문화유산,음식과정체성,소비,성,초국가주의등에대한연구에관심을가지고있

다.영어로발표한간행물로는「서울의맥도날드:음식선택,정체성,초국가주의」(골든아치이스

트:동아시아의맥도날드,스탠포드대학교출판부,2006),「기이하고씁쓸한배합에서낭만의필

수품까지」(코리아저널,2005),「한국인의자아정체성」(전략과정서:미국및한미동맹에대한한

국의견해,CSIS,2004)이있다.

수다 고팔라크리슈난(Sudha Gopalakrishnan)

인도의유산,문화및지식체계에대한정책,관리,시연,기록,보급과관련한분야에서지난

30년간활동해왔다.비교연극으로박사학위를받았으며,인도국가기록보관소인국립기록물미션

(NationalMissionforManuscripts)과인디라간디국립예술센터등여러기관에서중요한직책을

역임했으며몇몇전문기관과의협력프로젝트에도참여했다.전문적능력을갖춘인도대표단의

일원으로서유네스코무형문화유산보호협약의수립을위해관련유네스코무형문화유산프로

그램들과긴밀하게협력하였다.유네스코무형문화유산걸작으로선포된인도의무형유산무형문

화유산종목의등재신청서제출에도중요한역할을담당했다.80여권의책을출간하였으며(저

술,번역및편집서포함),국내외주요간행물에30편이상의논문을발표했다.또한인도내외의

여러기관들에서학술강연을했다.현재인도문화유산에대한공개온라인백과사전사하피디

아의대표직을맡고있다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 334 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:02

335

아카츠키 다카하시(Akatsuki Takahashi)

다카하시박사는1989년부터사모아주재유네스코아피아사무소문화담당관으로재직하고

있다.호주,쿡아일랜드,피지,키리바티,마샬제도,미크로네시아,나우루,뉴질랜드,니우에,뉴

기니,사모아,솔로몬제도,통가,투발루,바누아투등아피아사무소가관할하는국가에서문화

관련프로그램을진행한하고있다.문화담당관재직전에는1986~1989년까지유네스코아태문

화센터프로젝트책임자로활동했으며,아태지역의여러유네스코국가위원회와협력하여문화

관련프로그램을관리하였다.2010년리츠메이칸대학교이공계대학원에서박사학위를취득한다

카하시박사는국제기독대학교및츠다쥬쿠대학에서도학위를수여받았다.

앙투완 고티에(Antoine Gauthier)

2009년부터캐나다퀘벡주무형유산위원회대표를맡고있다.퀘벡국제대학원에서국제관계

석사학위를,몬트리올대학교에서철학석사학위를받았다.유네스코문화유산석좌교수(라발대

학교)와제12차프랑코포니정상회담사무총장(캐나다외무부)등을역임했고,세계유산도시기

구와국제유스호스텔연맹등에몸담았다.뛰어난음악가이자연구자로서캐나다와퀘벡예술위

원회로부터수차례장학금을받기도했다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 335 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:02

Published December 2012

Publisher : International Information and Networking Centre for Intangible Cultural Heritage in the Asia-Pacific Region under the auspices of UNESCO (ICHCAP)Director of the Publication: Samuel LeeEditor-in-Chief: Seong-Yong ParkEditor-in-Staff : Weonmo Park, Jieun Jeong, Min Yung Jung, Heejin Park

Tel +82-42-820-3513Fax +82-42-820-3500E-mail [email protected] www.ichcap.orgAddress 132 Munji-ro, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon, 305-380 National Research Institute of Cultural Heritage Bldg. (4F) Republic of Korea

bookdesign yemack

© 2012 ICHCAPThis publication is copyright. No part may be reproduced by any process without written permission.

초판 발행 2012년 12월

발행처 : 유네스코아태무형유산센터

발행인 : 이삼열

편집장 : 박성용

편집자 : 박원모, 정지은, 정민영, 박희진

전화 (042) 820-3513팩스 (042) 820-3500이메일 [email protected]홈페이지 www.ichcap.org주소 305-380 대전광역시 유성구 문지로 132 국립문화재연구소 4층

북디자인 예맥

ⓒ 유네스코아태무형유산센터, 2012

사전 승인 없이는 본 보고서의 무단 전재, 복제를 금합니다.

제주 네트워크 회의.indb 336 2013-05-14 오전 11:56:02

2011 Expert Meeting Report Sharing ICH Informati n · PDF file ·...

Documents

Transcript of 2011 Expert Meeting Report Sharing ICH Informati n · PDF file ·...